Merge branch 'master' of git@scm.dev.nokia.troll.no:qt/oslo-staging-2

135 files changed, 11057 insertions, 3489 deletions

diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qclucenefieldnames.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qclucenefieldnames.cpp
index 84e3a1a..5c3a474 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qclucenefieldnames.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qclucenefieldnames.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -43,7 +43,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-namespace qt {
 namespace fulltextsearch {
 namespace clucene {
 const QString AttributeField(QLatin1String("attribute"));
@@ -54,6 +53,5 @@ const QString TitleField(QLatin1String("title"));
 const QString TitleTokenizedField(QLatin1String("titleTokenized"));
 } // namespace clucene
 } // namespace fulltextsearch
-} // namespace qt
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qclucenefieldnames_p.h b/tools/assistant/lib/qclucenefieldnames_p.h
index ae13515..a611382 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qclucenefieldnames_p.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qclucenefieldnames_p.h
@@ -47,7 +47,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-namespace qt {
 namespace fulltextsearch {
 namespace clucene {
     extern const QString AttributeField;
@@ -58,7 +57,6 @@ namespace clucene {
     extern const QString TitleTokenizedField;
 } // namespace clucene
 } // namespace fulltextsearch
-} // namespace qt
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchengine.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchengine.cpp
index 7c2635d..9914efa 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchengine.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchengine.cpp
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 #if defined(QT_CLUCENE_SUPPORT)
-    using namespace qt::fulltextsearch::clucene;
+    using namespace fulltextsearch::clucene;
 #else
-    using namespace qt::fulltextsearch::std;
+    using namespace fulltextsearch::std;
 #endif
 
 class QHelpSearchEnginePrivate : public QObject
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ private:
     QHelpSearchQueryWidget *queryWidget;
     QHelpSearchResultWidget *resultWidget;
 
-    qt::fulltextsearch::QHelpSearchIndexReader *indexReader;
+    fulltextsearch::QHelpSearchIndexReader *indexReader;
     QHelpSearchIndexWriter *indexWriter;
 
     QPointer<QHelpEngineCore> helpEngine;
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader.cpp
index 92d7658..e79fca6 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader.cpp
@@ -43,8 +43,7 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-namespace qt {
-    namespace fulltextsearch {
+namespace fulltextsearch {
 
 QHelpSearchIndexReader::QHelpSearchIndexReader()
     : QThread()
@@ -100,7 +99,6 @@ QList<QHelpSearchEngine::SearchHit> QHelpSearchIndexReader::hits(int start,
 }
 
 
-    }   // namespace fulltextsearch
-}   // namespace qt
+}   // namespace fulltextsearch
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_clucene.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_clucene.cpp
index ee6dcfb..c2274c4 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_clucene.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_clucene.cpp
@@ -58,9 +58,8 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-namespace qt {
-    namespace fulltextsearch {
-        namespace clucene {
+namespace fulltextsearch {
+namespace clucene {
 
 QHelpSearchIndexReaderClucene::QHelpSearchIndexReaderClucene()
     : QHelpSearchIndexReader()
@@ -476,8 +475,7 @@ void QHelpSearchIndexReaderClucene::boostSearchHits(const QHelpEngineCore &engin
     }
 }
 
-        }   // namespace clucene
-    }   // namespace fulltextsearch
-}   // namespace qt
+}   // namespace clucene
+}   // namespace fulltextsearch
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_clucene_p.h b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_clucene_p.h
index 04c0088..7f53733 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_clucene_p.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_clucene_p.h
@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-namespace qt {
 namespace fulltextsearch {
 namespace clucene {
 
@@ -109,7 +108,6 @@ private:
 
 }   // namespace clucene
 }   // namespace fulltextsearch
-}   // namespace qt
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_default.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_default.cpp
index d2241a5..11a50d9 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_default.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_default.cpp
@@ -52,9 +52,8 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-namespace qt {
-    namespace fulltextsearch {
-        namespace std {
+namespace fulltextsearch {
+namespace std {
 
 namespace {
     QStringList split( const QString &str )
@@ -607,8 +606,7 @@ void QHelpSearchIndexReaderDefault::run()
     emit searchingFinished(hitList.count());
 }
 
-        }   // namespace std
-    }   // namespace fulltextsearch
-}   // namespace qt
+}   // namespace std
+}   // namespace fulltextsearch
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_default_p.h b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_default_p.h
index 8c80608..b30fa4b 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_default_p.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_default_p.h
@@ -64,9 +64,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 struct Entry;
 struct PosEntry;
 
-namespace qt {
-    namespace fulltextsearch {
-        namespace std {
+namespace fulltextsearch {
+namespace std {
 
 class Reader
 {
@@ -127,9 +126,8 @@ private:
     Reader m_reader;
 };
 
-        }   // namespace std
-    }   // namespace fulltextsearch
-}   // namespace qt
+}   // namespace std
+}   // namespace fulltextsearch
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_p.h b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_p.h
index b309f46..4d27c0f 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_p.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexreader_p.h
@@ -66,8 +66,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 class QHelpEngineCore;
 
-namespace qt {
-    namespace fulltextsearch {
+namespace fulltextsearch {
 
 class QHelpSearchIndexReader : public QThread
 {
@@ -100,8 +99,7 @@ private:
     virtual void run()=0;
 };
 
-    }   // namespace fulltextsearch
-}  // namespace qt
+}   // namespace fulltextsearch
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene.cpp
index 6e49e54..d9dcec5 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene.cpp
@@ -64,9 +64,8 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-namespace qt {
-    namespace fulltextsearch {
-        namespace clucene {
+namespace fulltextsearch {
+namespace clucene {
 
 // taken from qtexthtmlparser
 static const struct QTextHtmlEntity
@@ -893,8 +892,7 @@ void QHelpSearchIndexWriter::closeIndexWriter(QCLuceneIndexWriter *writer)
 #endif
 }
 
-        }   // namespace clucene
-    }   // namespace fulltextsearch
-}   // namespace qt
+}   // namespace clucene
+}   // namespace fulltextsearch
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene_p.h b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene_p.h
index 91b8abd..db1e533 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene_p.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_clucene_p.h
@@ -69,9 +69,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 class QCLuceneIndexWriter;
 
-namespace qt {
-    namespace fulltextsearch {
-        namespace clucene {
+namespace fulltextsearch {
+namespace clucene {
 
 class QHelpSearchIndexWriter : public QThread
 {
@@ -116,9 +115,9 @@ private:
     QString m_indexFilesFolder;
 };
 
-        }   // namespace clucene
-    }   // namespace fulltextsearch
 }   // namespace clucene
+}   // namespace fulltextsearch
+
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_default.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_default.cpp
index 6d09fb8..cb3e49c 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_default.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_default.cpp
@@ -55,9 +55,8 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-namespace qt {
-    namespace fulltextsearch {
-        namespace std {
+namespace fulltextsearch {
+namespace std {
 
 Writer::Writer(const QString &path)
     : indexPath(path)
@@ -379,8 +378,7 @@ QString QHelpSearchIndexWriter::removeNamespace(const QString namespaces,
     return value;
 }
 
-        }   // namespace std
-    }   // namespace fulltextsearch
-}   // namespace qt
+}   // namespace std
+}   // namespace fulltextsearch
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_default_p.h b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_default_p.h
index b222203..625cb84 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_default_p.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchindexwriter_default_p.h
@@ -65,9 +65,8 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-namespace qt {
-    namespace fulltextsearch {
-        namespace std {
+namespace fulltextsearch {
+namespace std {
 
 class Writer
 {
@@ -123,9 +122,8 @@ private:
     QString m_indexFilesFolder;
 };
 
-        }   // namespace std
-    }   // namespace fulltextsearch
-}   // namespace qt
+}   // namespace std
+}   // namespace fulltextsearch
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/assistant.pro b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/assistant.pro
index 0733128..ff0ecc5 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/assistant.pro
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/assistant.pro
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ HEADERS += aboutdialog.h \
     bookmarkfiltermodel.h \
     bookmarkitem.h \
     bookmarkmanager.h \
+    bookmarkmanagerwidget.h \
     bookmarkmodel.h \
     centralwidget.h \
     cmdlineparser.h \
@@ -49,6 +50,7 @@ SOURCES += aboutdialog.cpp \
     bookmarkfiltermodel.cpp \
     bookmarkitem.cpp \
     bookmarkmanager.cpp \
+    bookmarkmanagerwidget.cpp \
     bookmarkmodel.cpp \
     centralwidget.cpp \
     cmdlineparser.cpp \
@@ -72,6 +74,7 @@ SOURCES += aboutdialog.cpp \
     ../shared/collectionconfiguration.cpp \
 
 FORMS += bookmarkdialog.ui \
+    bookmarkmanagerwidget.ui \
     bookmarkwidget.ui \
     filternamedialog.ui \
     installdialog.ui \
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.cpp
index c053b62..8b195c1 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.cpp
@@ -105,6 +105,11 @@ BookmarkDialog::~BookmarkDialog()
     TRACE_OBJ
 }
 
+bool BookmarkDialog::isRootItem(const QModelIndex &index) const
+{
+    return !bookmarkTreeModel->parent(index).isValid();
+}
+
 bool BookmarkDialog::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
@@ -115,9 +120,12 @@ bool BookmarkDialog::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event)
         QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(event);
         switch (ke->key()) {
             case Qt::Key_F2: {
-                bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(true);
-                ui.treeView->edit(ui.treeView->currentIndex());
-                bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(false);
+                const QModelIndex &index = ui.treeView->currentIndex();
+                if (!isRootItem(index)) {
+                    bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(true);
+                    ui.treeView->edit(index);
+                    bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(false);
+                }
             }   break;
             default: break;
         }
@@ -212,13 +220,17 @@ void BookmarkDialog::textChanged(const QString& text)
 void BookmarkDialog::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
+    const QModelIndex &index = ui.treeView->currentIndex();
+    if (isRootItem(index))
+        return; // check if we go to rename the "Bookmarks Menu", bail
+
     QMenu menu(QLatin1String(""), this);
     QAction *renameItem = menu.addAction(tr("Rename Folder"));
 
     QAction *picked = menu.exec(ui.treeView->mapToGlobal(point));
     if (picked == renameItem) {
         bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(true);
-        ui.treeView->edit(ui.treeView->currentIndex());
+        ui.treeView->edit(index);
         bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(false);
     }
 }
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.h
index ba38c7a..e177af6 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.h
@@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ public:
     ~BookmarkDialog();
 
 private:
+    bool isRootItem(const QModelIndex &index) const;
     bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event);
 
 private slots:
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.cpp
index 8036959..2e81e38 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.cpp
@@ -28,6 +28,13 @@
 ** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
 ** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
 **
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.h
index 7acaf86..924a762 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.h
@@ -28,9 +28,17 @@
 ** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
 ** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
 **
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
+
 #ifndef BOOKMARKITEM_H
 #define BOOKMARKITEM_H
 
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.cpp
index 8fba811..70f562e 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.cpp
@@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
 #include "tracer.h"
 
 #include "bookmarkmanager.h"
+#include "bookmarkmanagerwidget.h"
 #include "bookmarkdialog.h"
 #include "bookmarkfiltermodel.h"
 #include "bookmarkitem.h"
@@ -48,15 +49,11 @@
 #include "centralwidget.h"
 #include "helpenginewrapper.h"
 
-#include <QtGui/QFileDialog>
 #include <QtGui/QMenu>
 #include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
 #include <QtGui/QMessageBox>
 #include <QtGui/QSortFilterProxyModel>
 
-#include <QFile>
-#include "xbelsupport.h"
-
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 // -- BookmarkManager::BookmarkWidget
@@ -163,6 +160,7 @@ BookmarkManager::BookmarkManager()
     , bookmarkModel(new BookmarkModel)
     , bookmarkWidget(new BookmarkWidget)
     , bookmarkTreeView(new BookmarkTreeView)
+    , bookmarkManagerWidget(0)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
     bookmarkWidget->installEventFilter(this);
@@ -187,6 +185,10 @@ BookmarkManager::BookmarkManager()
 
     connect(&HelpEngineWrapper::instance(), SIGNAL(setupFinished()), this,
         SLOT(setupFinished()));
+    connect(bookmarkModel, SIGNAL(rowsRemoved(QModelIndex, int, int)), this,
+        SLOT(refeshBookmarkMenu()));
+    connect(bookmarkModel, SIGNAL(rowsInserted(QModelIndex, int, int)), this,
+        SLOT(refeshBookmarkMenu()));
     connect(bookmarkModel, SIGNAL(dataChanged(QModelIndex, QModelIndex)), this,
         SLOT(refeshBookmarkMenu()));
 }
@@ -194,7 +196,9 @@ BookmarkManager::BookmarkManager()
 BookmarkManager::~BookmarkManager()
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
+    delete bookmarkManagerWidget;
     HelpEngineWrapper::instance().setBookmarks(bookmarkModel->bookmarks());
+    delete bookmarkModel;
 }
 
 void BookmarkManager::removeItem(const QModelIndex &index)
@@ -323,10 +327,8 @@ void BookmarkManager::setupFinished()
 void BookmarkManager::addBookmark()
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
-    if (CentralWidget *widget = CentralWidget::instance()) {
-        showBookmarkDialog(widget->currentTitle(),
-            widget->currentSource().toString());
-    }
+    if (CentralWidget *widget = CentralWidget::instance())
+        addBookmark(widget->currentTitle(), widget->currentSource().toString());
 }
 
 void BookmarkManager::removeBookmark()
@@ -335,10 +337,21 @@ void BookmarkManager::removeBookmark()
     removeItem(bookmarkTreeView->currentIndex());
 }
 
-//void BookmarkManager::manageBookmarks()
-//{
-//    TRACE_OBJ
-//}
+void BookmarkManager::manageBookmarks()
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    if (bookmarkManagerWidget == 0) {
+        bookmarkManagerWidget = new BookmarkManagerWidget(bookmarkModel);
+        connect(bookmarkManagerWidget, SIGNAL(setSource(QUrl)), this,
+            SIGNAL(setSource(QUrl)));
+        connect(bookmarkManagerWidget, SIGNAL(setSourceInNewTab(QUrl))
+            , this, SIGNAL(setSourceInNewTab(QUrl)));
+        connect(bookmarkManagerWidget, SIGNAL(managerWidgetAboutToClose())
+            , this, SLOT(managerWidgetAboutToClose()));
+    }
+    bookmarkManagerWidget->show();
+    bookmarkManagerWidget->raise();
+}
 
 void BookmarkManager::refeshBookmarkMenu()
 {
@@ -348,10 +361,8 @@ void BookmarkManager::refeshBookmarkMenu()
 
     bookmarkMenu->clear();
 
-    //bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Manage Bookmarks..."), this,
-    //    SLOT(manageBookmarks()));
-    bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Import..."), this, SLOT(importBookmarks()));
-    bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Export..."), this, SLOT(exportBookmarks()));
+    bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Manage Bookmarks..."), this,
+        SLOT(manageBookmarks()));
     bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Add Bookmark..."), this, SLOT(addBookmark()),
         QKeySequence(tr("Ctrl+D")));
     bookmarkMenu->addSeparator();
@@ -375,42 +386,6 @@ void BookmarkManager::renameBookmark(const QModelIndex &index)
     bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(false);
 }
 
-void BookmarkManager::importBookmarks()
-{
-    TRACE_OBJ
-    const QString &fileName = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(0, tr("Open File"),
-        QDir::currentPath(), tr("Files (*.xbel)"));
-
-    if (fileName.isEmpty())
-        return;
-
-    QFile file(fileName);
-    if (file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
-        XbelReader reader(bookmarkModel);
-        reader.readFromFile(&file);
-    }
-}
-
-void BookmarkManager::exportBookmarks()
-{
-    TRACE_OBJ
-    QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(0, tr("Save File"),
-        QLatin1String("untitled.xbel"), tr("Files (*.xbel)"));
-
-    const QLatin1String suffix(".xbel");
-    if (!fileName.endsWith(suffix))
-        fileName.append(suffix);
-
-    QFile file(fileName);
-    if (file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly)) {
-        XbelWriter writer(bookmarkModel);
-        writer.writeToFile(&file);
-    } else {
-        QMessageBox::information(bookmarkTreeView, tr("Qt Assistant"),
-            tr("Unable to save bookmarks."), tr("OK"));
-    }
-}
-
 void BookmarkManager::setSourceFromAction(QAction *action)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
@@ -484,6 +459,12 @@ void BookmarkManager::focusInEvent()
         bookmarkTreeView->setCurrentIndex(index);
 }
 
+void BookmarkManager::managerWidgetAboutToClose()
+{
+    delete bookmarkManagerWidget;
+    bookmarkManagerWidget = 0;
+}
+
 void BookmarkManager::textChanged(const QString &text)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.h
index 88342d5..c26dad8 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.h
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+class BookmarkManagerWidget;
 class BookmarkModel;
 class BookmarkFilterModel;
 class QKeyEvent;
@@ -90,17 +91,15 @@ private slots:
 
     void addBookmark();
     void removeBookmark();
-//    void manageBookmarks();
+    void manageBookmarks();
     void refeshBookmarkMenu();
     void renameBookmark(const QModelIndex &index);
 
-    void importBookmarks();
-    void exportBookmarks();
-
     void setSourceFromAction(QAction *action);
     void setSourceFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index, bool newTab = false);
 
     void focusInEvent();
+    void managerWidgetAboutToClose();
     void textChanged(const QString &text);
     void customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point);
 
@@ -118,6 +117,7 @@ private:
 
     BookmarkWidget *bookmarkWidget;
     BookmarkTreeView *bookmarkTreeView;
+    BookmarkManagerWidget *bookmarkManagerWidget;
 };
 
 class BookmarkManager::BookmarkWidget : public QWidget
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanagerwidget.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanagerwidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65df6be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanagerwidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+#include "bookmarkmanagerwidget.h"
+#include "bookmarkitem.h"
+#include "bookmarkmodel.h"
+#include "tracer.h"
+#include "xbelsupport.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/QCoreApplication>
+#include <QtCore/QFile>
+#include <QtCore/QUrl>
+
+#include <QtGui/QCloseEvent>
+#include <QtGui/QFileDialog>
+#include <QtGui/QKeySequence>
+#include <QtGui/QMessageBox>
+#include <QtGui/QShortcut>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace {
+    #define TR(x) QCoreApplication::translate("BookmarkManager", x)
+}
+
+BookmarkManagerWidget::BookmarkManagerWidget(BookmarkModel *sourceModel,
+        QWidget *parent)
+    : QWidget(parent)
+    , bookmarkModel(sourceModel)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    ui.setupUi(this);
+
+    ui.treeView->setModel(bookmarkModel);
+
+    ui.treeView->expandAll();
+    ui.treeView->installEventFilter(this);
+    ui.treeView->viewport()->installEventFilter(this);
+    ui.treeView->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::CustomContextMenu);
+
+    connect(ui.treeView, SIGNAL(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint)), this,
+        SLOT(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint)));
+
+    connect(ui.remove, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(removeItem()));
+    connect(ui.lineEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this,
+        SLOT(textChanged(QString)));
+    new QShortcut(QKeySequence::Find, ui.lineEdit, SLOT(setFocus()));
+
+    importExportMenu.addAction(tr("Import..."), this, SLOT(importBookmarks()));
+    importExportMenu.addAction(tr("Export..."), this, SLOT(exportBookmarks()));
+    ui.importExport->setMenu(&importExportMenu);
+
+    new QShortcut(QKeySequence::FindNext, this, SLOT(findNext()));
+    new QShortcut(QKeySequence::FindPrevious, this, SLOT(findPrevious()));
+
+    connect(bookmarkModel, SIGNAL(rowsRemoved(QModelIndex, int, int)), this,
+        SLOT(refeshBookmarkCache()));
+    connect(bookmarkModel, SIGNAL(rowsInserted(QModelIndex, int, int)), this,
+        SLOT(refeshBookmarkCache()));
+    connect(bookmarkModel, SIGNAL(dataChanged(QModelIndex, QModelIndex)), this,
+        SLOT(refeshBookmarkCache()));
+
+    ui.treeView->setCurrentIndex(ui.treeView->indexAt(QPoint(2, 2)));
+}
+
+BookmarkManagerWidget::~BookmarkManagerWidget()
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    event->accept();
+    emit managerWidgetAboutToClose();
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::renameItem(const QModelIndex &index)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    // check if we should rename the "Bookmarks Menu", bail
+    if (!bookmarkModel->parent(index).isValid())
+        return;
+
+    bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(true);
+    ui.treeView->edit(index);
+    bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(false);
+}
+
+static int nextIndex(int current, int count, bool forward)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    if (current >= 0)
+        return (forward ? (current + 1) : ((current - 1) + count)) % count;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::selectNextIndex(bool direction) const
+{
+    QModelIndex current = ui.treeView->currentIndex();
+    if (current.isValid() && !cache.isEmpty()) {
+        current = cache.at(nextIndex(cache.indexOf(current), cache.count(),
+            direction));
+    }
+    ui.treeView->setCurrentIndex(current);
+}
+
+bool BookmarkManagerWidget::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    if (object != ui.treeView && object != ui.treeView->viewport())
+        return QWidget::eventFilter(object, event);
+
+    if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) {
+        QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(event);
+        switch (ke->key()) {
+            case Qt::Key_F2: {
+                renameItem(ui.treeView->currentIndex());
+            }   break;
+
+            case Qt::Key_Delete: {
+                removeItem(ui.treeView->currentIndex());
+            }   break;
+
+            default: break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease) {
+        QMouseEvent *me = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(event);
+        switch (me->button()) {
+            case Qt::LeftButton: {
+                if (me->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier)
+                    setSourceFromIndex(ui.treeView->currentIndex(), true);
+            }   break;
+
+            case Qt::MidButton: {
+                setSourceFromIndex(ui.treeView->currentIndex(), true);
+            }   break;
+
+            default: break;
+        }
+    }
+    return QObject::eventFilter(object, event);
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::findNext()
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    selectNextIndex(true);
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::findPrevious()
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    selectNextIndex(false);
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::importBookmarks()
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    const QString &fileName = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(0, TR("Open File"),
+        QDir::currentPath(), TR("Files (*.xbel)"));
+
+    if (fileName.isEmpty())
+        return;
+
+    QFile file(fileName);
+    if (file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
+        XbelReader reader(bookmarkModel);
+        reader.readFromFile(&file);
+    }
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::exportBookmarks()
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(0, TR("Save File"),
+        QLatin1String("untitled.xbel"), TR("Files (*.xbel)"));
+
+    const QLatin1String suffix(".xbel");
+    if (!fileName.endsWith(suffix))
+        fileName.append(suffix);
+
+    QFile file(fileName);
+    if (file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly)) {
+        XbelWriter writer(bookmarkModel);
+        writer.writeToFile(&file);
+    } else {
+        QMessageBox::information(this, TR("Qt Assistant"),
+            TR("Unable to save bookmarks."), TR("OK"));
+    }
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::refeshBookmarkCache()
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    cache.clear();
+
+    const QString &text = ui.lineEdit->text();
+    if (!text.isEmpty())
+        cache = bookmarkModel->indexListFor(text);
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::textChanged(const QString &/*text*/)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    refeshBookmarkCache();
+    if (!cache.isEmpty())
+        ui.treeView->setCurrentIndex(cache.at(0));
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::removeItem(const QModelIndex &index)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    QModelIndex current = index.isValid() ? index : ui.treeView->currentIndex();
+    if (!bookmarkModel->parent(current).isValid())
+        return;  // check if we should delete the "Bookmarks Menu", bail
+
+    if (bookmarkModel->hasChildren(current)) {
+        int value = QMessageBox::question(this, TR("Remove"), TR("You are going"
+            "to delete a Folder, this will also<br> remove it's content. Are "
+            "you sure to continue?"),
+            QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Cancel, QMessageBox::Cancel);
+        if (value == QMessageBox::Cancel)
+            return;
+    }
+    bookmarkModel->removeItem(current);
+}
+
+void BookmarkManagerWidget::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    const QModelIndex &index = ui.treeView->indexAt(point);
+    if (!index.isValid())
+        return;
+
+    // check if we should open the menu on "Bookmarks Menu", bail
+    if (!bookmarkModel->parent(index).isValid())
+        return;
+
+    QAction *remove = 0;
+    QAction *rename = 0;
+    QAction *showItem = 0;
+    QAction *showItemInNewTab = 0;
+
+    QMenu menu(QLatin1String(""));
+    if (bookmarkModel->data(index, UserRoleFolder).toBool()) {
+        remove = menu.addAction(TR("Delete Folder"));
+        rename = menu.addAction(TR("Rename Folder"));
+    } else {
+        showItem = menu.addAction(TR("Show Bookmark"));
+        showItemInNewTab = menu.addAction(TR("Show Bookmark in New Tab"));
+        menu.addSeparator();
+        remove = menu.addAction(TR("Delete Bookmark"));
+        rename = menu.addAction(TR("Rename Bookmark"));
+    }
+
+    QAction *pickedAction = menu.exec(ui.treeView->mapToGlobal(point));
+    if (pickedAction == rename)
+        renameItem(index);
+    else if (pickedAction == remove)
+        removeItem(index);
+    else if (pickedAction == showItem || pickedAction == showItemInNewTab)
+        setSourceFromIndex(index, pickedAction == showItemInNewTab);
+}
+
+void
+BookmarkManagerWidget::setSourceFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index, bool newTab)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    if (bookmarkModel->data(index, UserRoleFolder).toBool())
+        return;
+
+    const QVariant &data = bookmarkModel->data(index, UserRoleUrl);
+    if (data.canConvert<QUrl>()) {
+        if (newTab)
+            emit setSourceInNewTab(data.toUrl());
+        else
+            emit setSource(data.toUrl());
+    }
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/expressionquerywidget.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanagerwidget.h
index 8c224f8..94384a6 100644
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/expressionquerywidget.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanagerwidget.h
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -38,68 +38,65 @@
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef EXPRESSIONQUERYWIDGET_H
-#define EXPRESSIONQUERYWIDGET_H
+#ifndef BOOKMARKMANAGERWIDGET_H
+#define BOOKMARKMANAGERWIDGET_H
 
-#include <QWidget>
+#include "ui_bookmarkmanagerwidget.h"
 
-#include <private/qmldebug_p.h>
+#include <QtCore/QPersistentModelIndex>
+
+#include <QtGui/QMenu>
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-class QGroupBox;
-class QTextEdit;
-class QLineEdit;
-class QPushButton;
+class BookmarkModel;
+class QCloseEvent;
+class QString;
 
-class ExpressionQueryWidget : public QWidget
+class BookmarkManagerWidget : public QWidget
 {
     Q_OBJECT
 public:
-    enum Mode {
-        SeparateEntryMode,
-        ShellMode
-    };
-
-    ExpressionQueryWidget(Mode mode = SeparateEntryMode, QmlEngineDebug *client = 0, QWidget *parent = 0);
-    
-    void setEngineDebug(QmlEngineDebug *client);
-    void clear();
+    BookmarkManagerWidget(BookmarkModel *bookmarkModel, QWidget *parent = 0);
+    ~BookmarkManagerWidget();
 
 protected:
-    bool eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event);
+    void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event);
+
+signals:
+    void setSource(const QUrl &url);
+    void setSourceInNewTab(const QUrl &url);
 
-public slots:
-    void setCurrentObject(const QmlDebugObjectReference &obj);
+    void managerWidgetAboutToClose();
+
+private:
+    void renameItem(const QModelIndex &index);
+    void selectNextIndex(bool direction) const;
+    bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event);
 
 private slots:
-    void executeExpression();
-    void showResult();
+    void findNext();
+    void findPrevious();
+
+    void importBookmarks();
+    void exportBookmarks();
+
+    void refeshBookmarkCache();
+    void textChanged(const QString &text);
+
+    void removeItem(const QModelIndex &index = QModelIndex());
+
+    void customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point);
+    void setSourceFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index, bool newTab = false);
 
 private:
-    void appendPrompt();
-    void checkCurrentContext();
-    void showCurrentContext();
-    void updateTitle();
-
-    Mode m_mode;
-
-    QmlEngineDebug *m_client;
-    QmlDebugExpressionQuery *m_query;
-    QTextEdit *m_textEdit;
-    QLineEdit *m_lineEdit;
-    QPushButton *m_button;
-    QString m_prompt;
-    QString m_expr;
-    QString m_lastExpr;
-
-    QString m_title;
-
-    QmlDebugObjectReference m_currObject;
-    QmlDebugObjectReference m_objectAtLastFocus;
+    QMenu importExportMenu;
+    Ui::BookmarkManagerWidget ui;
+    QList<QPersistentModelIndex> cache;
+
+    BookmarkModel *bookmarkModel;
 };
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
-#endif
-
+#endif  // BOOKMARKMANAGERWIDGET_H
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanagerwidget.ui b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanagerwidget.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc965d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanagerwidget.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<ui version="4.0">
+ <class>BookmarkManagerWidget</class>
+ <widget class="QWidget" name="BookmarkManagerWidget">
+  <property name="geometry">
+   <rect>
+    <x>0</x>
+    <y>0</y>
+    <width>517</width>
+    <height>348</height>
+   </rect>
+  </property>
+  <property name="windowTitle">
+   <string>Manage Bookmarks</string>
+  </property>
+  <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+   <item>
+    <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
+     <item>
+      <spacer name="horizontalSpacer">
+       <property name="orientation">
+        <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+       </property>
+       <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
+        <size>
+         <width>40</width>
+         <height>20</height>
+        </size>
+       </property>
+      </spacer>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QLabel" name="label">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Search:</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QLineEdit" name="lineEdit"/>
+     </item>
+    </layout>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <widget class="QTreeView" name="treeView">
+     <property name="acceptDrops">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+     <property name="showDropIndicator" stdset="0">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+     <property name="dragEnabled">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+     <property name="autoExpandDelay">
+      <number>1000</number>
+     </property>
+     <property name="uniformRowHeights">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+     <property name="allColumnsShowFocus">
+      <bool>true</bool>
+     </property>
+     <attribute name="headerDefaultSectionSize">
+      <number>225</number>
+     </attribute>
+     <attribute name="headerMinimumSectionSize">
+      <number>50</number>
+     </attribute>
+     <attribute name="headerDefaultSectionSize">
+      <number>225</number>
+     </attribute>
+     <attribute name="headerMinimumSectionSize">
+      <number>50</number>
+     </attribute>
+    </widget>
+   </item>
+   <item>
+    <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_2">
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QPushButton" name="remove">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Remove</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QPushButton" name="importExport">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>Import and Backup</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <spacer name="horizontalSpacer_2">
+       <property name="orientation">
+        <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
+       </property>
+       <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
+        <size>
+         <width>40</width>
+         <height>20</height>
+        </size>
+       </property>
+      </spacer>
+     </item>
+     <item>
+      <widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton_5">
+       <property name="text">
+        <string>OK</string>
+       </property>
+      </widget>
+     </item>
+    </layout>
+   </item>
+  </layout>
+ </widget>
+ <resources/>
+ <connections>
+  <connection>
+   <sender>pushButton_5</sender>
+   <signal>clicked()</signal>
+   <receiver>BookmarkManagerWidget</receiver>
+   <slot>close()</slot>
+   <hints>
+    <hint type="sourcelabel">
+     <x>445</x>
+     <y>328</y>
+    </hint>
+    <hint type="destinationlabel">
+     <x>340</x>
+     <y>313</y>
+    </hint>
+   </hints>
+  </connection>
+ </connections>
+</ui>
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.cpp
index c785f16..e446ff0 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.cpp
@@ -79,6 +79,9 @@ BookmarkModel::bookmarks() const
 void
 BookmarkModel::setBookmarks(const QByteArray &bookmarks)
 {
+    beginResetModel();
+
+    delete rootItem;
     folderIcon = QApplication::style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_DirClosedIcon);
     bookmarkIcon = QIcon(QLatin1String(":/trolltech/assistant/images/bookmark.png"));
 
@@ -115,6 +118,8 @@ BookmarkModel::setBookmarks(const QByteArray &bookmarks)
 
     setupCache(root);
     cache.insert(static_cast<BookmarkItem*> (root.internalPointer()), root);
+
+    endResetModel();
 }
 
 void
@@ -220,9 +225,9 @@ BookmarkModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const
     if (m_editable)
         defaultFlags |= Qt::ItemIsEditable;
 
-    if (itemFromIndex(index) && index.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool()
-        && index.column() > 0) {
-        defaultFlags &= ~Qt::ItemIsEditable;
+    if (itemFromIndex(index) && index.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool()) {
+        if (index.column() > 0)
+            return defaultFlags &~ Qt::ItemIsEditable;
         return defaultFlags | Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled;
     }
 
@@ -241,11 +246,13 @@ BookmarkModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const
                         return QLatin1String("");
                     return item->data(index.column());
                 }   break;
+
                 case Qt::DecorationRole: {
                     if (index.column() == 0)
                         return index.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool()
                             ? folderIcon : bookmarkIcon;
                 }   break;
+
                 default:;
                     return item->data(role);
             }
@@ -299,6 +306,18 @@ BookmarkModel::itemFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index) const
      return rootItem;
 }
 
+QList<QPersistentModelIndex>
+BookmarkModel::indexListFor(const QString &label) const
+{
+    QList<QPersistentModelIndex> hits;
+    const QModelIndexList &list = collectItems(QModelIndex());
+    foreach(const QModelIndex &index, list) {
+        if (index.data().toString().contains(label, Qt::CaseInsensitive))
+            hits.prepend(index);    // list is reverse sorted
+    }
+    return hits;
+}
+
 bool
 BookmarkModel::insertRows(int position, int rows, const QModelIndex &parent)
 {
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.h
index 6b2a0b8..6469258 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.h
@@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ public:
 
     QModelIndex indexFromItem(BookmarkItem *item) const;
     BookmarkItem *itemFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+    QList<QPersistentModelIndex> indexListFor(const QString &label) const;
 
     bool insertRows(int position, int rows, const QModelIndex &parent);
     bool removeRows(int position, int rows, const QModelIndex &parent);
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkwidget.ui b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkwidget.ui
index 3015740..a31a277 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkwidget.ui
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkwidget.ui
@@ -14,6 +14,9 @@
    <string>Bookmarks</string>
   </property>
   <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
+   <property name="margin">
+    <number>4</number>
+   </property>
    <item>
     <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
      <item>
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.cpp
index dd91326..f56e9e3 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.cpp
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ void CentralWidget::setLastShownPages()
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
     HelpEngineWrapper &helpEngine = HelpEngineWrapper::instance();
-    const QStringList lastShownPageList = helpEngine.lastShownPages();
+    const QStringList &lastShownPageList = helpEngine.lastShownPages();
     const int pageCount = lastShownPageList.count();
     if (pageCount == 0) {
         if (usesDefaultCollection)
@@ -333,9 +333,10 @@ void CentralWidget::setLastShownPages()
 
     for (int curTab = 0; curTab < pageCount; ++curTab) {
         const QString &curFile = lastShownPageList.at(curTab);
-        if (helpEngine.findFile(curFile).isValid())
+        if (helpEngine.findFile(curFile).isValid()
+            || curFile == QLatin1String("about:blank")) {
             setSourceInNewTab(curFile, zoomFactors.at(curTab).toFloat());
-        else if (curTab + searchIsAttached <= tabToShow)
+        } else if (curTab + searchIsAttached <= tabToShow)
             --tabToShow;
     }
 
@@ -514,15 +515,12 @@ void CentralWidget::setGlobalActions(const QList<QAction*> &actions)
 void CentralWidget::setSourceInNewTab(const QUrl &url, qreal zoom)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
-    HelpViewer *viewer;
-
-#if defined(QT_NO_WEBKIT)
-    viewer = currentHelpViewer();
-    if (viewer && viewer->launchedWithExternalApp(url))
-        return;
-#endif
+    if (HelpViewer *viewer = currentHelpViewer()) {
+        if (viewer->launchWithExternalApp(url))
+            return;
+    }
 
-    viewer = new HelpViewer(this, zoom);
+    HelpViewer *viewer = new HelpViewer(this, zoom);
     viewer->installEventFilter(this);
     viewer->setSource(url);
     viewer->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason);
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.cpp
index a181c71..e21e95d 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.h
index 8d95273..c1041b6 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.cpp
index 8597f6b..9b06400 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.cpp
@@ -39,13 +39,25 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 #include "helpviewer.h"
+#include "helpenginewrapper.h"
 #include "tracer.h"
 
 #include <QtCore/QCoreApplication>
+#include <QtCore/QFileInfo>
+#include <QtCore/QStringBuilder>
+#include <QtCore/QTemporaryFile>
 #include <QtCore/QUrl>
 
+#include <QtGui/QDesktopServices>
+
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+QString AbstractHelpViewer::AboutBlank =
+    QCoreApplication::translate("HelpViewer", "<title>about:blank</title>");
+
+QString AbstractHelpViewer::LocalHelpFile = QLatin1String("qthelp://"
+    "com.trolltech.com.assistantinternal-1.0.0/assistant/assistant.html");
+
 QString AbstractHelpViewer::PageNotFoundMessage =
     QCoreApplication::translate("HelpViewer", "<title>Error 404...</title><div "
     "align=\"center\"><br><br><h1>The page could not be found</h1><br><h3>'%1'"
@@ -76,7 +88,38 @@ bool AbstractHelpViewer::canOpenPage(const QString &url)
     TRACE_OBJ
     return url.endsWith(QLatin1String(".html"), Qt::CaseInsensitive)
         || url.endsWith(QLatin1String(".htm"), Qt::CaseInsensitive)
-        || url == QLatin1String("blank");
+        || url == QLatin1String("about:blank");
+}
+
+bool AbstractHelpViewer::launchWithExternalApp(const QUrl &url)
+{
+    TRACE_OBJ
+    if (isLocalUrl(url)) {
+        const HelpEngineWrapper &helpEngine = HelpEngineWrapper::instance();
+        const QUrl &resolvedUrl = helpEngine.findFile(url);
+        if (!resolvedUrl.isValid())
+            return false;
+
+        const QString& path = resolvedUrl.path();
+        if (!canOpenPage(path)) {
+            QTemporaryFile tmpTmpFile;
+            if (!tmpTmpFile.open())
+                return false;
+
+            const QString &extension = QFileInfo(path).completeSuffix();
+            QFile actualTmpFile(tmpTmpFile.fileName() % QLatin1String(".")
+                % extension);
+            if (!actualTmpFile.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite | QIODevice::Truncate))
+                return false;
+
+            actualTmpFile.write(helpEngine.fileData(resolvedUrl));
+            actualTmpFile.close();
+            return QDesktopServices::openUrl(QUrl(actualTmpFile.fileName()));
+        }
+    } else if (url.scheme() == QLatin1String("http")) {
+        return QDesktopServices::openUrl(url);
+    }
+    return false;
 }
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.h
index fe860fd..0bfe904 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.h
@@ -64,9 +64,13 @@ public:
     virtual void resetScale() = 0;
     virtual qreal scale() const = 0;
 
+    static QString AboutBlank;
+    static QString LocalHelpFile;
     static QString PageNotFoundMessage;
+
     static bool isLocalUrl(const QUrl &url);
     static bool canOpenPage(const QString &url);
+    static bool launchWithExternalApp(const QUrl &url);
 };
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qtb.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qtb.cpp
index 1e439dc..bba2850 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qtb.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qtb.cpp
@@ -39,7 +39,6 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 #include "helpviewer_qtb.h"
-#include "helpviewer_qwv.h"
 
 #if defined(QT_NO_WEBKIT)
 
@@ -47,15 +46,12 @@
 #include "helpenginewrapper.h"
 #include "tracer.h"
 
-#include <QtCore/QDir>
 #include <QtCore/QStringBuilder>
 
 #include <QtGui/QContextMenuEvent>
 #include <QtGui/QMenu>
 #include <QtGui/QClipboard>
 #include <QtGui/QApplication>
-#include <QtGui/QMessageBox>
-#include <QtGui/QDesktopServices>
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
@@ -136,62 +132,28 @@ void HelpViewer::resetScale()
 void HelpViewer::setSource(const QUrl &url)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
-    bool help = url.toString() == QLatin1String("help");
-    if (url.isValid() && !help) {
-        if (launchedWithExternalApp(url))
+    const QString &string = url.toString();
+    if (url.isValid() && string != QLatin1String("help")) {
+        if (launchWithExternalApp(url))
             return;
 
-        QUrl u = helpEngine.findFile(url);
-        if (u.isValid()) {
-            QTextBrowser::setSource(u);
+        const QUrl &resolvedUrl = helpEngine.findFile(url);
+        if (resolvedUrl.isValid()) {
+            QTextBrowser::setSource(resolvedUrl);
             return;
-        }
+        } 
     }
 
-    if (help) {
-        QTextBrowser::setSource(QUrl(QLatin1String("qthelp://com.trolltech.com."
-            "assistantinternal-1.0.0/assistant/assistant.html")));
-    } else {
+    if (string != QLatin1String("help")) {
         QTextBrowser::setSource(url);
-        setHtml(PageNotFoundMessage.arg(url.toString()));
+        setHtml(string == QLatin1String("about:blank") ? AboutBlank
+            : PageNotFoundMessage.arg(url.toString()));
         emit sourceChanged(url);
+    } else {
+        QTextBrowser::setSource(LocalHelpFile);
     }
 }
 
-bool HelpViewer::launchedWithExternalApp(const QUrl &url)
-{
-    TRACE_OBJ
-    const bool canOpen = canOpenPage(url.path());
-    if (!isLocalUrl(url) || !canOpen) {
-        bool launched = false;
-        if (!canOpen && url.scheme() == QLatin1String("qthelp")) {
-            const QString& path = url.path();
-            const int lastDash = path.lastIndexOf(QChar('/'));
-            QString fileName = QDir::tempPath() + QDir::separator();
-            if (lastDash < 0)
-                fileName += path;
-            else
-                fileName += path.mid(lastDash + 1, path.length());
-
-            QFile tmpFile(QDir::cleanPath(fileName));
-            if (tmpFile.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite)) {
-                tmpFile.write(helpEngine.fileData(url));
-                tmpFile.close();
-            }
-            launched = QDesktopServices::openUrl(QUrl(tmpFile.fileName()));
-        } else {
-            launched = QDesktopServices::openUrl(url);
-        }
-
-        if (!launched) {
-            QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Help"),
-                tr("Unable to launch external application.\n"), tr("OK"));
-        }
-        return true;
-    }
-    return false;
-}
-
 QVariant HelpViewer::loadResource(int type, const QUrl &name)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qtb.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qtb.h
index 2d29774..5b38870 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qtb.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qtb.h
@@ -81,8 +81,6 @@ public:
     inline bool hasSelection() const
     { return textCursor().hasSelection(); }
 
-    bool launchedWithExternalApp(const QUrl &url);
-
 public Q_SLOTS:
     void home();
 
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qwv.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qwv.cpp
index e302b5e..9bb66e1 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qwv.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer_qwv.cpp
@@ -50,10 +50,8 @@
 #include <QtCore/QFileInfo>
 #include <QtCore/QString>
 #include <QtCore/QStringBuilder>
-#include <QtCore/QTemporaryFile>
 #include <QtCore/QTimer>
 
-#include <QtGui/QDesktopServices>
 #include <QtGui/QWheelEvent>
 
 #include <QtNetwork/QNetworkAccessManager>
@@ -212,45 +210,27 @@ bool HelpPage::acceptNavigationRequest(QWebFrame *,
     const QNetworkRequest &request, QWebPage::NavigationType type)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
-    const QUrl &url = request.url();
     const bool closeNewTab = closeNewTabIfNeeded;
     closeNewTabIfNeeded = false;
 
-    if (AbstractHelpViewer::isLocalUrl(url)) {
-        const QString& path = url.path();
-        if (!AbstractHelpViewer::canOpenPage(path)) {
-            QTemporaryFile tmpTmpFile;
-            if (!tmpTmpFile.open())
-                return false;
-            const QString &extension = QFileInfo(path).completeSuffix();
-            QFile actualTmpFile(tmpTmpFile.fileName() % QLatin1String(".")
-                % extension);
-            if (actualTmpFile.open(QIODevice::ReadWrite | QIODevice::Truncate)) {
-                actualTmpFile.write(HelpEngineWrapper::instance().fileData(url));
-                actualTmpFile.close();
-                QDesktopServices::openUrl(QUrl(actualTmpFile.fileName()));
-            }
-
-            if (closeNewTab)
-                QMetaObject::invokeMethod(CentralWidget::instance(), "closeTab");
+    const QUrl &url = request.url();
+    if (AbstractHelpViewer::launchWithExternalApp(url)) {
+        if (closeNewTab)
+            QMetaObject::invokeMethod(centralWidget, "closeTab");
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (type == QWebPage::NavigationTypeLinkClicked
+        && (m_keyboardModifiers & Qt::ControlModifier
+        || m_pressedButtons == Qt::MidButton)) {
+            if (HelpViewer* viewer = centralWidget->newEmptyTab())
+                centralWidget->setSource(url);
+            m_pressedButtons = Qt::NoButton;
+            m_keyboardModifiers = Qt::NoModifier;
             return false;
-        }
-
-        if (type == QWebPage::NavigationTypeLinkClicked
-            && (m_keyboardModifiers & Qt::ControlModifier
-            || m_pressedButtons == Qt::MidButton)) {
-                HelpViewer* viewer = centralWidget->newEmptyTab();
-                if (viewer)
-                    CentralWidget::instance()->setSource(url);
-                m_pressedButtons = Qt::NoButton;
-                m_keyboardModifiers = Qt::NoModifier;
-                return false;
-        }
-        return true;
     }
 
-    QDesktopServices::openUrl(url);
-    return false;
+    return true;
 }
 
 // -- HelpViewer
@@ -338,12 +318,7 @@ void HelpViewer::setSource(const QUrl &url)
 {
     TRACE_OBJ
     loadFinished = false;
-    if (url.toString() == QLatin1String("help")) {
-        load(QUrl(QLatin1String("qthelp://com.trolltech.com."
-            "assistantinternal-1.0.0/assistant/assistant.html")));
-    } else {
-        load(url);
-    }
+    load(url.toString() == QLatin1String("help") ? LocalHelpFile : url);
 }
 
 void HelpViewer::home()
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.cpp
index 7d5a08b..ce49230 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/shared/collectionconfiguration.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/shared/collectionconfiguration.cpp
index 896afaf..e3944b6 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/shared/collectionconfiguration.cpp
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/shared/collectionconfiguration.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/shared/collectionconfiguration.h b/tools/assistant/tools/shared/collectionconfiguration.h
index d897adb..b7bf247 100644
--- a/tools/assistant/tools/shared/collectionconfiguration.h
+++ b/tools/assistant/tools/shared/collectionconfiguration.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
diff --git a/tools/configure/configure.pro b/tools/configure/configure.pro
index 243183c..91de7c2 100644
--- a/tools/configure/configure.pro
+++ b/tools/configure/configure.pro
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ DESTDIR   = ../..
 
 CONFIG   += console flat
 CONFIG   -= moc qt
-DEFINES  = UNICODE QT_NODLL QT_NO_CODECS QT_NO_TEXTCODEC QT_NO_UNICODETABLES QT_LITE_COMPONENT QT_NO_STL QT_NO_COMPRESS QT_BUILD_QMAKE QT_NO_THREAD QT_NO_QOBJECT _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
-
+DEFINES  = UNICODE QT_NODLL QT_NO_CODECS QT_NO_TEXTCODEC QT_NO_UNICODETABLES QT_LITE_COMPONENT QT_NO_STL QT_NO_COMPRESS QT_NO_THREAD QT_NO_QOBJECT _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
+DEFINES  += QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
 
 win32 : LIBS += -lole32 -ladvapi32
 win32-msvc.net | win32-msvc2* : QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += /EHsc
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ INCPATH += $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/arch/generic \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/global \
            $$QT_BUILD_TREE/include \
            $$QT_BUILD_TREE/include/QtCore \
+           $$QT_BUILD_TREE/tools/shared
 
 HEADERS  = configureapp.h environment.h tools.h\
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qbytearray.h \
@@ -58,7 +59,11 @@ HEADERS  = configureapp.h environment.h tools.h\
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qstring.h \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qstringlist.h \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qstringmatcher.h \
-           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qunicodetables_p.h
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qunicodetables_p.h \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.h \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils_p.h \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/tools/shared/symbian/epocroot.h \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/tools/shared/windows/registry.h
 
 
 SOURCES  = main.cpp configureapp.cpp environment.cpp tools.cpp \
@@ -102,7 +107,11 @@ SOURCES  = main.cpp configureapp.cpp environment.cpp tools.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/tools/qrect.cpp \
            $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/kernel/qmetatype.cpp \
-           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/global/qmalloc.cpp
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/global/qmalloc.cpp \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/xml/qxmlstream.cpp \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/xml/qxmlutils.cpp \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/tools/shared/symbian/epocroot.cpp \
+           $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/tools/shared/windows/registry.cpp
 
 win32:SOURCES += $$QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/corelib/io/qfsfileengine_win.cpp
 
diff --git a/tools/configure/configureapp.cpp b/tools/configure/configureapp.cpp
index 7154fd4..8c2a015 100644
--- a/tools/configure/configureapp.cpp
+++ b/tools/configure/configureapp.cpp
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Configure::Configure( int& argc, char** argv )
     dictionary[ "PHONON" ]          = "auto";
     dictionary[ "PHONON_BACKEND" ]  = "yes";
     dictionary[ "MULTIMEDIA" ]      = "yes";
-    dictionary[ "AUDIO_BACKEND" ]   = "yes";
+    dictionary[ "AUDIO_BACKEND" ]   = "auto";
     dictionary[ "DIRECTSHOW" ]      = "no";
     dictionary[ "WEBKIT" ]          = "auto";
     dictionary[ "DECLARATIVE" ]     = "auto";
@@ -961,6 +961,7 @@ void Configure::parseCmdLine()
             if(i==argCount)
                 break;
             qmakeDefines += "QT_NAMESPACE="+configCmdLine.at(i);
+            dictionary[ "QT_NAMESPACE" ] = configCmdLine.at(i);
         } else if( configCmdLine.at(i) == "-qtlibinfix" ) {
             ++i;
             if(i==argCount)
@@ -2067,6 +2068,52 @@ bool Configure::checkAvailability(const QString &part)
         available = (dictionary.value("QMAKESPEC") == "win32-msvc2005") || (dictionary.value("QMAKESPEC") == "win32-msvc2008") || (dictionary.value("QMAKESPEC") == "win32-g++");
     } else if (part == "DECLARATIVE") {
         available = QFile::exists(sourcePath + "/src/declarative/qml/qmlcomponent.h");
+    } else if (part == "AUDIO_BACKEND") {
+        available = true;
+        if (dictionary.contains("XQMAKESPEC") && dictionary["XQMAKESPEC"].startsWith("symbian")) {
+            QString epocRoot = Environment::symbianEpocRoot();
+            const QDir epocRootDir(epocRoot);
+            if (epocRootDir.exists()) {
+                QStringList paths;
+                paths << "epoc32/release/armv5/lib/mmfdevsound.dso"
+                      << "epoc32/release/armv5/lib/mmfdevsound.lib"
+                      << "epoc32/release/winscw/udeb/mmfdevsound.dll"
+                      << "epoc32/release/winscw/udeb/mmfdevsound.lib"
+                      << "epoc32/include/mmf/server/sounddevice.h";
+
+                QStringList::iterator i = paths.begin();
+                while (i != paths.end()) {
+                    const QString &path = epocRoot + *i;
+                    if (QFile::exists(path))
+                        i = paths.erase(i);
+                    else
+                        ++i;
+                }
+
+                available = (paths.size() == 0);
+                if (!available) {
+                    if (epocRoot.isNull() || epocRoot == "")
+                        epocRoot = "<empty string>";
+                    cout << endl
+                         << "The QtMultimedia audio backend will not be built because required" << endl
+                         << "support for CMMFDevSound was not found in the SDK." << endl
+                         << "The SDK which was examined was located at the following path:" << endl
+                         << "    " << epocRoot << endl
+                         << "The following required files were missing from the SDK:" << endl;
+                    QString path;
+                    foreach (path, paths)
+                        cout << "    " << path << endl;
+                    cout << endl;
+                }
+            } else {
+                cout << endl
+                     << "The SDK root was determined to be '" << epocRoot << "'." << endl
+                     << "This directory was not found, so the SDK could not be checked for" << endl
+                     << "CMMFDevSound support.  The QtMultimedia audio backend will therefore" << endl
+                     << "not be built." << endl << endl;
+                available = false;
+            }
+        }
     }
 
     return available;
@@ -2155,6 +2202,8 @@ void Configure::autoDetection()
         dictionary["WEBKIT"] = checkAvailability("WEBKIT") ? "yes" : "no";
     if (dictionary["DECLARATIVE"] == "auto")
         dictionary["DECLARATIVE"] = checkAvailability("DECLARATIVE") ? "yes" : "no";
+    if (dictionary["AUDIO_BACKEND"] == "auto")
+        dictionary["AUDIO_BACKEND"] = checkAvailability("AUDIO_BACKEND") ? "yes" : "no";
 
     // Qt/WinCE remote test application
     if (dictionary["CETEST"] == "auto")
@@ -2267,24 +2316,31 @@ void Configure::generateBuildKey()
 
     QString build32Key = buildKey + "Windows " + compiler + " %1 " + build_options.join(" ") + " " + build_defines.join(" ");
     QString build64Key = buildKey + "Windows x64 " + compiler + " %1 " + build_options.join(" ") + " " + build_defines.join(" ");
+    QString buildSymbianKey = buildKey + "Symbian " + build_options.join(" ") + " " + build_defines.join(" ");
     build32Key = build32Key.simplified();
     build64Key = build64Key.simplified();
-    build32Key.prepend("#  define ");
-    build64Key.prepend("#  define ");
+    buildSymbianKey = buildSymbianKey.simplified();
+    build32Key.prepend("#   define ");
+    build64Key.prepend("#   define ");
+    buildSymbianKey.prepend("# define ");
 
-    QString buildkey = // Debug builds
-                       "#if (defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBUG))\n"
-                       "# if (defined(WIN64) || defined(_WIN64) || defined(__WIN64__))\n"
+    QString buildkey = "#if defined(__SYMBIAN32__)\n"
+                       + buildSymbianKey + "\"\n"
+                       "#else\n"
+                       // Debug builds
+                       "# if (defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBUG))\n"
+                       "#  if (defined(WIN64) || defined(_WIN64) || defined(__WIN64__))\n"
                        + build64Key.arg("debug") + "\"\n"
-                       "# else\n"
+                       "#  else\n"
                        + build32Key.arg("debug") + "\"\n"
-                       "# endif\n"
-                       "#else\n"
+                       "#  endif\n"
+                       "# else\n"
                        // Release builds
-                       "# if (defined(WIN64) || defined(_WIN64) || defined(__WIN64__))\n"
+                       "#  if (defined(WIN64) || defined(_WIN64) || defined(__WIN64__))\n"
                        + build64Key.arg("release") + "\"\n"
-                       "# else\n"
+                       "#  else\n"
                        + build32Key.arg("release") + "\"\n"
+                       "#  endif\n"
                        "# endif\n"
                        "#endif\n";
 
@@ -2792,6 +2848,9 @@ void Configure::generateCachefile()
         if(!dictionary["ARM_FPU_TYPE"].isEmpty()) {
             configStream<<"MMP_RULES += \"ARMFPU "<< dictionary["ARM_FPU_TYPE"]<< "\"";
         }
+        if (!dictionary["QT_NAMESPACE"].isEmpty()) {
+            configStream << "#namespaces" << endl << "QT_NAMESPACE = " << dictionary["QT_NAMESPACE"] << endl;
+        }
 
         configStream.flush();
         configFile.close();
diff --git a/tools/configure/environment.cpp b/tools/configure/environment.cpp
index af6f9e5..e93f9a0 100644
--- a/tools/configure/environment.cpp
+++ b/tools/configure/environment.cpp
@@ -60,6 +60,8 @@ using namespace std;
 #include <qt_windows.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <symbian/epocroot.h> // from tools/shared
+#include <windows/registry.h> // from tools/shared
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
@@ -97,126 +99,6 @@ CompilerInfo *Environment::compilerInfo(Compiler compiler)
 }
 
 /*!
-    Returns the path part of a registry key.
-    Ei.
-        For a key
-            "Software\\Microsoft\\VisualStudio\\8.0\\Setup\\VC\\ProductDir"
-        it returns
-            "Software\\Microsoft\\VisualStudio\\8.0\\Setup\\VC\\"
-*/
-QString Environment::keyPath(const QString &rKey)
-{
-    int idx = rKey.lastIndexOf(QLatin1Char('\\'));
-    if (idx == -1)
-        return QString();
-    return rKey.left(idx + 1);
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns the name part of a registry key.
-    Ei.
-        For a key
-            "Software\\Microsoft\\VisualStudio\\8.0\\Setup\\VC\\ProductDir"
-        it returns
-            "ProductDir"
-*/
-QString Environment::keyName(const QString &rKey)
-{
-    int idx = rKey.lastIndexOf(QLatin1Char('\\'));
-    if (idx == -1)
-        return rKey;
-
-    QString res(rKey.mid(idx + 1));
-    if (res == "Default" || res == ".")
-        res = "";
-    return res;
-}
-
-/*!
-    Returns a registry keys value in string form.
-    If the registry key does not exist, or cannot be accessed, a
-    QString() is returned.
-*/
-QString Environment::readRegistryKey(HKEY parentHandle, const QString &rSubkey)
-{
-#ifndef Q_OS_WIN32
-    return QString();
-#else
-    QString rSubkeyName = keyName(rSubkey);
-    QString rSubkeyPath = keyPath(rSubkey);
-
-    HKEY handle = 0;
-    LONG res = RegOpenKeyEx(parentHandle, (wchar_t*)rSubkeyPath.utf16(), 0, KEY_READ, &handle);
-    if (res != ERROR_SUCCESS)
-        return QString();
-
-    // get the size and type of the value
-    DWORD dataType;
-    DWORD dataSize;
-    res = RegQueryValueEx(handle, (wchar_t*)rSubkeyName.utf16(), 0, &dataType, 0, &dataSize);
-    if (res != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
-        RegCloseKey(handle);
-        return QString();
-    }
-
-    // get the value
-    QByteArray data(dataSize, 0);
-    res = RegQueryValueEx(handle, (wchar_t*)rSubkeyName.utf16(), 0, 0,
-                           reinterpret_cast<unsigned char*>(data.data()), &dataSize);
-    if (res != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
-        RegCloseKey(handle);
-        return QString();
-    }
-
-    QString result;
-    switch (dataType) {
-        case REG_EXPAND_SZ:
-        case REG_SZ: {
-            result = QString::fromWCharArray(((const wchar_t *)data.constData()));
-            break;
-        }
-
-        case REG_MULTI_SZ: {
-            QStringList l;
-            int i = 0;
-            for (;;) {
-                QString s = QString::fromWCharArray((const wchar_t *)data.constData() + i);
-                i += s.length() + 1;
-
-                if (s.isEmpty())
-                    break;
-                l.append(s);
-            }
-            result = l.join(", ");
-            break;
-        }
-
-        case REG_NONE:
-        case REG_BINARY: {
-            result = QString::fromWCharArray((const wchar_t *)data.constData(), data.size() / 2);
-            break;
-        }
-
-        case REG_DWORD_BIG_ENDIAN:
-        case REG_DWORD: {
-            Q_ASSERT(data.size() == sizeof(int));
-            int i;
-            memcpy((char*)&i, data.constData(), sizeof(int));
-            result = QString::number(i);
-            break;
-        }
-
-        default:
-            qWarning("QSettings: unknown data %d type in windows registry", dataType);
-            break;
-    }
-
-    RegCloseKey(handle);
-    return result;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*!
     Returns the qmakespec for the compiler detected on the system.
 */
 QString Environment::detectQMakeSpec()
@@ -579,4 +461,10 @@ bool Environment::rmdir(const QString &name)
     return result;
 }
 
+QString Environment::symbianEpocRoot()
+{
+    // Call function defined in tools/shared/symbian/epocroot.h
+    return ::epocRoot();
+}
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/configure/environment.h b/tools/configure/environment.h
index 2d0eafd..b1cbe3a 100644
--- a/tools/configure/environment.h
+++ b/tools/configure/environment.h
@@ -71,13 +71,12 @@ public:
     static bool cpdir(const QString &srcDir, const QString &destDir);
     static bool rmdir(const QString &name);
 
+    static QString symbianEpocRoot();
+
 private:
     static Compiler detectedCompiler;
 
     static CompilerInfo *compilerInfo(Compiler compiler);
-    static QString keyPath(const QString &rKey);
-    static QString keyName(const QString &rKey);
-    static QString readRegistryKey(HKEY parentHandle, const QString &rSubkey);
 };
 
 
diff --git a/tools/configure/tools.cpp b/tools/configure/tools.cpp
index aea2713..c4625af 100644
--- a/tools/configure/tools.cpp
+++ b/tools/configure/tools.cpp
@@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ void Tools::checkLicense(QMap<QString,QString> &dictionary, QMap<QString,QString
         if (products == 'B') {
             dictionary["EDITION"] = "Evaluation";
             dictionary["QT_EDITION"] = "QT_EDITION_EVALUATION";
+            licenseType = "Evaluation";
         }
     }
 
@@ -212,7 +213,7 @@ void Tools::checkLicense(QMap<QString,QString> &dictionary, QMap<QString,QString
     }
 
     // Override for evaluation licenses
-    if (dictionary["Edition"] == "Evaluation")
+    if (dictionary["EDITION"] == "Evaluation")
         dictionary["LICENSE_EXTENSION"] = "-EVALUATION";
 
     if (QFile::exists(dictionary["QT_SOURCE_TREE"] + "/.LICENSE")) {
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindow.cpp b/tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindow.cpp
index 631ca7c..15775f6 100644
--- a/tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindow.cpp
+++ b/tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindow.cpp
@@ -1436,6 +1436,14 @@ struct ArrowKeyOperation {
     int arrowKey;
 };
 
+} // namespace
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(qdesigner_internal::ArrowKeyOperation)
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+namespace qdesigner_internal {
+
 QRect ArrowKeyOperation::apply(const QRect &rect) const
 {
     QRect r = rect;
@@ -2964,4 +2972,3 @@ QUndoStack *FormWindow::commandHistory() const
 
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
-Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(qdesigner_internal::ArrowKeyOperation)
diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qtresourceview.cpp b/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qtresourceview.cpp
index c15942f..859f239 100644
--- a/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qtresourceview.cpp
+++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qtresourceview.cpp
@@ -664,6 +664,8 @@ QString QtResourceView::selectedResource() const
 
 void QtResourceView::selectResource(const QString &resource)
 {
+    if (resource.isEmpty())
+        return;
     QFileInfo fi(resource);
     QDir dir = fi.absoluteDir();
     if (fi.isDir())
diff --git a/tools/linguist/lconvert/main.cpp b/tools/linguist/lconvert/main.cpp
index 3a30027..543c405 100644
--- a/tools/linguist/lconvert/main.cpp
+++ b/tools/linguist/lconvert/main.cpp
@@ -48,6 +48,8 @@
 
 #include <iostream>
 
+QT_USE_NAMESPACE
+
 static int usage(const QStringList &args)
 {
     Q_UNUSED(args);
diff --git a/tools/linguist/lupdate/qml.cpp b/tools/linguist/lupdate/qml.cpp
index 860d87c..cb35f47 100644
--- a/tools/linguist/lupdate/qml.cpp
+++ b/tools/linguist/lupdate/qml.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
diff --git a/tools/linguist/lupdate/qscript.cpp b/tools/linguist/lupdate/qscript.cpp
index 6f34c2b..33276e6 100644
--- a/tools/linguist/lupdate/qscript.cpp
+++ b/tools/linguist/lupdate/qscript.cpp
@@ -40,6 +40,26 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 
+
+#define Q_SCRIPT_REGEXPLITERAL_RULE1 7
+
+#define Q_SCRIPT_REGEXPLITERAL_RULE2 8
+
+#include <translator.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
+#include <QtCore/qnumeric.h>
+#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+#include <QtCore/qtextcodec.h>
+#include <QtCore/qvariant.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 class QScriptGrammar
 {
 public:
@@ -174,7 +194,6 @@ public:
   }
 };
 
-
 const char *const QScriptGrammar::spell [] = {
   "end of file", "&", "&&", "&=", "break", "case", "catch", ":", ";", "continue", 
   "default", "delete", "/", "/=", "do", ".", "else", "=", "==", "===", 
@@ -747,26 +766,6 @@ const int QScriptGrammar::action_check [] = {
   -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 
   -1, -1};
 
-
-#define Q_SCRIPT_REGEXPLITERAL_RULE1 7
-
-#define Q_SCRIPT_REGEXPLITERAL_RULE2 8
-
-#include <translator.h>
-
-#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
-#include <QtCore/qnumeric.h>
-#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
-#include <QtCore/qtextcodec.h>
-#include <QtCore/qvariant.h>
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
 static void recordMessage(
     Translator *tor, const QString &context, const QString &text, const QString &comment,
     const QString &extracomment, bool plural, const QString &fileName, int lineNo)
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/codeparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/codeparser.cpp
index 3ad3372..5ae63ac 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/codeparser.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/codeparser.cpp
@@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 #define COMMAND_MAINCLASS               Doc::alias(QLatin1String("mainclass"))
 #define COMMAND_NONREENTRANT            Doc::alias(QLatin1String("nonreentrant"))
 #define COMMAND_OBSOLETE                Doc::alias(QLatin1String("obsolete"))
+#define COMMAND_PAGEKEYWORDS            Doc::alias(QLatin1String("pagekeywords"))
 #define COMMAND_PRELIMINARY             Doc::alias(QLatin1String("preliminary"))
 #define COMMAND_INPUBLICGROUP           Doc::alias(QLatin1String("inpublicgroup"))
 #define COMMAND_REENTRANT               Doc::alias(QLatin1String("reentrant"))
@@ -170,6 +171,7 @@ QSet<QString> CodeParser::commonMetaCommands()
                            << COMMAND_MAINCLASS
                            << COMMAND_NONREENTRANT
                            << COMMAND_OBSOLETE
+                           << COMMAND_PAGEKEYWORDS
                            << COMMAND_PRELIMINARY
                            << COMMAND_INPUBLICGROUP
                            << COMMAND_REENTRANT
@@ -230,6 +232,9 @@ void CodeParser::processCommonMetaCommand(const Location &location,
     else if (command == COMMAND_SINCE) {
         node->setSince(arg);
     }
+    else if (command == COMMAND_PAGEKEYWORDS) {
+        node->addPageKeywords(arg);
+    }
     else if (command == COMMAND_SUBTITLE) {
 	if (node->type() == Node::Fake) {
 	    FakeNode *fake = static_cast<FakeNode *>(node);
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/config.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/config.cpp
index f62ec24..acb1576 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/config.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/config.cpp
@@ -671,7 +671,9 @@ void Config::load(Location location, const QString& fileName)
             location.fatal(tr("Cannot open file '%1': %2").arg(fileName).arg(fin.errorString()));
     }
 
-    QString text = fin.readAll();
+    QTextStream stream(&fin);
+    stream.setCodec("UTF-8");
+    QString text = stream.readAll();
     text += QLatin1String("\n\n");
     text += QChar('\0');
     fin.close();
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/config.h b/tools/qdoc3/config.h
index 5e7e6f1..6f23469 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/config.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/config.h
@@ -140,8 +140,10 @@ class Config
 #define CONFIG_INDEXES                  "indexes"
 #define CONFIG_LANGUAGE                 "language"
 #define CONFIG_MACRO                    "macro"
+#define CONFIG_NATURALLANGUAGE          "naturallanguage"
 #define CONFIG_OBSOLETELINKS            "obsoletelinks"
 #define CONFIG_OUTPUTDIR                "outputdir"
+#define CONFIG_OUTPUTENCODING           "outputencoding"
 #define CONFIG_OUTPUTLANGUAGE           "outputlanguage"
 #define CONFIG_OUTPUTFORMATS            "outputformats"
 #define CONFIG_PROJECT                  "project"
@@ -150,6 +152,7 @@ class Config
 #define CONFIG_SLOW                     "slow"
 #define CONFIG_SHOWINTERNAL             "showinternal"
 #define CONFIG_SOURCEDIRS               "sourcedirs"
+#define CONFIG_SOURCEENCODING           "sourceencoding"
 #define CONFIG_SOURCES                  "sources"
 #define CONFIG_SPURIOUS                 "spurious"
 #define CONFIG_STYLESHEETS              "stylesheets"
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodemarker.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodemarker.cpp
index d9c767a..657cfbb 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodemarker.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodemarker.cpp
@@ -881,8 +881,7 @@ QString CppCodeMarker::addMarkUp(const QString& protectedCode,
     static QRegExp globalX("[\n{()=] *([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*)[ \n]*\\(");
     static QRegExp multiLineComment("/(?:( )?\\*(?:[^*]+|\\*(?! /))*\\*\\1/)");
     multiLineComment.setMinimal(true);
-    static QRegExp singleLineCommentLine("(?:^|\n)(?:[^&]|&(?!quot;)|&quot;(?:[^&\\\\]|&(?!quot;)|\\\\&quot;|\\\\(?!&quot;))*&quot;)*//(?!!)[^!\n]*");
-    static QRegExp singleLineComment("//(?!!)[^!\n]*");
+    static QRegExp singleLineComment("[^:]//(?!!)[^!\\n]*");
     static QRegExp preprocessor("(?:^|\n)(#[ \t]*(?:include|if|elif|endif|error|pragma|define"
                                 "|warning)(?:(?:\\\\\n|\\n#)[^\n]*)*)");
     static QRegExp literals("&quot;(?:[^\\\\&]|\\\\[^\n]|&(?!quot;))*&quot;"
@@ -1057,8 +1056,7 @@ QString CppCodeMarker::addMarkUp(const QString& protectedCode,
         int mlpos;
         int slpos;
         int len;
-        int sllpos = singleLineCommentLine.indexIn(result, pos);
-        slpos = sllpos == -1 ? -1 : singleLineComment.indexIn(result, sllpos);
+        slpos = singleLineComment.indexIn(result, pos);
         mlpos = multiLineComment.indexIn(result, pos);
 
         if (slpos == -1 && mlpos == -1)
@@ -1069,13 +1067,13 @@ QString CppCodeMarker::addMarkUp(const QString& protectedCode,
             len = multiLineComment.matchedLength();
         }
         else if (mlpos == -1) {
-            pos = slpos;
-            len = singleLineComment.matchedLength();
+            pos = slpos + 1;
+            len = singleLineComment.matchedLength() - 1;
         }
         else {
             if (slpos < mlpos) {
-                pos = slpos;
-                len = singleLineComment.matchedLength();
+                pos = slpos + 1;
+                len = singleLineComment.matchedLength() - 1;
             }
             else {
                 pos = mlpos;
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp
index 7d08c77..c8655a4 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ void CppCodeParser::parseHeaderFile(const Location& location,
                                     const QString& filePath,
                                     Tree *tree)
 {
-    FILE *in = fopen(QFile::encodeName(filePath), "r");
-    if (!in) {
+    QFile in(filePath);
+    if (!in.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
         location.error(tr("Cannot open C++ header file '%1'").arg(filePath));
         return;
     }
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ void CppCodeParser::parseHeaderFile(const Location& location,
     matchDeclList(tree->root());
     if (!fileTokenizer.version().isEmpty())
         tree->setVersion(fileTokenizer.version());
-    fclose(in);
+    in.close();
 
     if (fileLocation.fileName() == "qiterator.h")
         parseQiteratorDotH(location, filePath);
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ void CppCodeParser::parseSourceFile(const Location& location,
                                     const QString& filePath,
                                     Tree *tree)
 {
-    FILE *in = fopen(QFile::encodeName(filePath), "r");
-    if (!in) {
+    QFile in(filePath);
+    if (!in.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
         location.error(tr("Cannot open C++ source file '%1' (%2)").arg(filePath).arg(strerror(errno)));
         return;
     }
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ void CppCodeParser::parseSourceFile(const Location& location,
     readToken();
     usedNamespaces.clear();
     matchDocsAndStuff();
-    fclose(in);
+    in.close();
 }
 
 /*!
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/doc.cpp
index 17a6efd..ad4cdde 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/doc.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc.cpp
@@ -3056,7 +3056,8 @@ QString Doc::canonicalTitle(const QString &title)
             slurping = true;
         }
         else {
-            // !alnum && slurping -> nothin
+            result += title[i];
+            lastAlnum = result.size();
         }
     }
     result.truncate(lastAlnum);
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/classic.css b/tools/qdoc3/doc/classic.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8cae8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/classic.css
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+BODY,H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6,P,CENTER,TD,TH,UL,DL,DIV {
+  font-family: Arial, Geneva, Helvetica, sans-serif;
+}
+H1 {
+  text-align: center;
+  font-size: 160%;
+}
+H2 {
+  font-size: 120%;
+}
+H3 {
+  font-size: 100%;
+}
+
+h3.fn,span.fn
+{
+  background-color: #eee;
+  border-width: 1px;
+  border-style: solid;
+  border-color: #ddd;
+  font-weight: bold;
+  padding: 6px 0px 6px 10px;
+  margin: 42px 0px 0px 0px;
+}
+
+hr {
+  border: 0;
+  color: #a0a0a0;
+  background-color: #ccc;
+  height: 1px;
+  width: 100%;
+  text-align: left;
+  margin: 34px 0px 34px 0px;
+}
+
+table.valuelist {
+	border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px;
+	border-style: solid;
+	border-color: #dddddd;
+	border-collapse: collapse;
+	background-color: #f0f0f0;
+}
+
+table.indextable {
+	border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px;
+	border-style: solid;
+	border-collapse: collapse;
+	background-color: #f0f0f0;
+    border-color:#555;
+    font-size: 100%;
+}
+
+table td.largeindex {
+	border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px;
+	border-collapse: collapse;
+	background-color: #f0f0f0;
+    border-color:#555;
+    font-size: 120%;
+}
+
+table.valuelist th {
+	border-width: 1px 1px 1px 2px;
+	padding: 4px;
+	border-style: solid;
+	border-color: #666;
+    color:white;
+    background-color:#666;
+}
+
+th.titleheader  {
+	border-width: 1px 0px 1px 0px;
+	padding: 2px;
+	border-style: solid;
+	border-color: #666;
+    color:white;
+    background-color:#555;
+    background-image:url('images/gradient.png')};
+    background-repeat: repeat-x;
+    font-size: 100%;
+}
+
+
+th.largeheader {
+	border-width: 1px 0px 1px 0px;
+	padding: 4px;
+	border-style: solid;
+	border-color: #444;
+    color:white;
+    background-color:#555555;
+    font-size: 120%;
+}
+
+p {
+
+  margin-left: 4px;
+  margin-top: 8px;
+  margin-bottom: 8px;
+}
+
+a:link
+{
+  color: #0046ad;
+  text-decoration: none
+}
+
+a:visited
+{
+  color: #672967;
+  text-decoration: none
+}
+
+a.obsolete
+{
+  color: #661100;
+  text-decoration: none
+}
+
+a.compat
+{
+  color: #661100;
+  text-decoration: none
+}
+
+a.obsolete:visited
+{
+  color: #995500;
+  text-decoration: none
+}
+
+a.compat:visited
+{
+  color: #995500;
+  text-decoration: none
+}
+
+body
+{
+  background: #ffffff;
+  color: black
+}
+
+table.generic, table.annotated
+{
+  border-width: 1px;
+  border-color:#bbb;
+  border-style:solid;  
+  border-collapse:collapse;
+}
+
+table td.memItemLeft {
+  width: 180px;
+  padding: 2px 0px 0px 8px;
+  margin: 4px;
+  border-width: 1px;
+  border-color: #E0E0E0;
+  border-style: none;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  white-space: nowrap
+}
+
+table td.memItemRight {
+  padding: 2px 8px 0px 8px;
+  margin: 4px;
+  border-width: 1px;
+  border-color: #E0E0E0;
+  border-style: none;
+  font-size: 100%;
+}
+
+table tr.odd {
+  background: #f0f0f0;
+  color: black;
+}
+
+table tr.even {
+  background: #e4e4e4;
+  color: black;
+}
+
+table.annotated th {
+  padding: 3px;
+  text-align: left
+}
+
+table.annotated td {
+  padding: 3px;
+}
+
+table tr pre
+{
+  padding-top: 0px;
+  padding-bottom: 0px;
+  padding-left: 0px;
+  padding-right: 0px;
+  border: none;
+  background: none
+}
+
+tr.qt-style
+{
+  background: #96E066;
+  color: black
+}
+
+body pre
+{
+  padding: 0.2em;
+  border: #e7e7e7 1px solid;
+  background: #f1f1f1;
+  color: black
+}
+
+table tr.qt-code pre
+{
+  padding: 0.2em;
+  border: #e7e7e7 1px solid;
+  background: #f1f1f1;
+  color: black
+}
+
+span.preprocessor, span.preprocessor a
+{
+  color: darkblue;
+}
+
+span.comment
+{
+  color: darkred;
+  font-style: italic
+}
+
+span.string,span.char
+{
+  color: darkgreen;
+}
+
+.title
+{
+    text-align: center
+}
+
+.subtitle
+{
+    font-size: 0.8em
+}
+
+.small-subtitle
+{
+    font-size: 0.65em
+}
+
+.qmlitem {
+    padding: 0;
+}
+
+.qmlname {
+    white-space: nowrap;
+}
+
+.qmltype {
+    text-align: center;
+    font-size: 160%;
+}
+
+.qmlproto {
+    background-color: #eee;
+    border-width: 1px;
+    border-style: solid;
+    border-color: #ddd;
+    font-weight: bold;
+    padding: 6px 10px 6px 10px;
+    margin: 42px 0px 0px 0px;
+}
+
+.qmlreadonly {
+    float: right;
+    color: red
+}
+
+.qmldoc {
+}
+
+*.qmlitem p {
+}
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01f8acf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+\section1 Layout Classes
+
+The Qt layout system provides a simple and powerful way of specifying
+the layout of child widgets.
+
+By specifying the logical layout once, you get the following benefits:
+
+\list
+    \o Positioning of child widgets.
+    \o Sensible default sizes for windows.
+    \o Sensible minimum sizes for windows.
+    \o ...
+\endlist
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/main.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/main.cpp
index 715837e..e2cf6c5 100644
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/main.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/main.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
+** This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit.
 **
 ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
 ** No Commercial Usage
@@ -38,40 +38,17 @@
 ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
-#include <QtGui/qapplication.h>
 
-#include "qmldebugger.h"
+#include <QApplication>
+#include <QPushButton>
 
-int main(int argc, char ** argv)
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
     QApplication app(argc, argv);
-    app.setApplicationName("QtQmlDebugger");
-    app.setOrganizationName("Nokia");
-    app.setOrganizationDomain("nokia.com");    
 
-    QStringList args = app.arguments();
-
-    QmlDebugger win;
-    if (args.contains("--engine"))
-        win.showEngineTab();
-
-    for (int i=0; i<args.count(); i++) {
-        if (!args[i].contains(':'))
-            continue;
-        QStringList hostAndPort = args[i].split(':');
-        bool ok = false;
-        quint16 port = hostAndPort.value(1).toInt(&ok);
-        if (ok) {
-            qWarning() << "qmldebugger connecting to"
-                    << hostAndPort[0] << port << "...";
-            win.setHost(hostAndPort[0]);
-            win.setPort(port);
-            win.connectToHost();
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    win.show();
+    QPushButton *hello("Hello world!");
+    hello.resize(100, 30);
 
+    hello.show();
     return app.exec();
 }
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/minimum.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/minimum.qdocconf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5e9e67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/minimum.qdocconf
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# QDoc is a tool that constantly evolves to suit our needs,
+# and there are some compatibility issues between old and new
+# practices. For that reason, any QDoc configuration file needs to
+# include compat.qdocconf.
+
+#include(compat.qdocconf)
+
+
+# The outputdir variable specifies the directory 
+# where QDoc will put the generated documentation.
+
+outputdir   = html
+
+
+# The headerdirs variable specifies the directories 
+# containing the header files associated 
+# with the .cpp source files used in the documentation.
+
+headerdirs  = .
+
+
+# The sourcedirs variable specifies the 
+# directories containing the .cpp or .qdoc 
+# files used in the documentation.
+
+#sourcedirs  = .
+
+
+# The exampledirs variable specifies the directories containing 
+# the source code of the example files.
+
+exampledirs = .
+
+
+# The imagedirs variable specifies the 
+# directories containing the images used in the documentation.
+
+imagedirs   = ./images
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/objectmodel.qdocinc b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/objectmodel.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02b5991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/objectmodel.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+\section1 Qt Object Model
+
+The standard C++ object model provides very efficient runtime support
+for the object paradigm. But its static nature is inflexibile in
+certain problem domains. Graphical user interface programming is a
+domain that requires both runtime efficiency and a high level of
+flexibility. Qt provides this, by combining the speed of C++ with the
+flexibility of the Qt Object Model.
+
+...
+
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/signalandslots.qdocinc b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/signalandslots.qdocinc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfae43a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/signalandslots.qdocinc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+\section1 Signals and Slots
+
+Signals and slots are used for communication between objects. The signals and
+slots mechanism is a central feature of Qt and probably the part that differs 
+most from the features provided by other frameworks.
+
+\section2 Introduction
+
+In GUI programming, when we ...
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/compat.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/compat.qdocconf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5745ed9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/compat.qdocconf
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+alias.i				= e
+alias.include			= input
+
+macro.0                         = "\\\\0"
+macro.b                         = "\\\\b"
+macro.n                         = "\\\\n"
+macro.r                         = "\\\\r"
+macro.i                         = "\\o"
+macro.i11                       = "\\o{1,1}"
+macro.i12                       = "\\o{1,2}"
+macro.i13                       = "\\o{1,3}"
+macro.i14                       = "\\o{1,4}"
+macro.i15                       = "\\o{1,5}"
+macro.i16                       = "\\o{1,6}"
+macro.i17                       = "\\o{1,7}"
+macro.i18                       = "\\o{1,8}"
+macro.i19                       = "\\o{1,9}"
+macro.i21                       = "\\o{2,1}"
+macro.i31                       = "\\o{3,1}"
+macro.i41                       = "\\o{4,1}"
+macro.i51                       = "\\o{5,1}"
+macro.i61                       = "\\o{6,1}"
+macro.i71                       = "\\o{7,1}"
+macro.i81                       = "\\o{8,1}"
+macro.i91                       = "\\o{9,1}"
+macro.img                       = "\\image"
+macro.endquote                  = "\\endquotation"
+macro.relatesto                 = "\\relates"
+
+spurious			= "Missing comma in .*" \
+				  "Missing pattern .*"
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/qt.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/qt.qdocconf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..942d023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/qt.qdocconf
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+include(compat.qdocconf)
+include(macros.qdocconf)
+include(qt-cpp-ignore.qdocconf)
+include(qt-html-templates.qdocconf)
+include(qt-defines.qdocconf)
+
+project                 = Qt
+versionsym              =
+version                 = %VERSION%
+description             = Qt Reference Documentation
+url                     = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.6
+
+edition.Console.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtNetwork QtScript QtSql QtXml \
+                          QtXmlPatterns QtTest
+edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg \
+                          QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns Qt3Support QtHelp \
+                          QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \
+                          QAxServer QtUiTools QtTest QtDBus
+edition.DesktopLight.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui Qt3SupportLight QtTest
+edition.DesktopLight.groups       = -graphicsview-api
+
+qhp.projects            = Qt
+
+qhp.Qt.file                = qt.qhp
+qhp.Qt.namespace           = com.trolltech.qt.460
+qhp.Qt.virtualFolder       = qdoc
+qhp.Qt.indexTitle          = Qt Reference Documentation
+qhp.Qt.indexRoot           =
+
+# Files not referenced in any qdoc file (last four are needed by qtdemo)
+# See also extraimages.HTML
+qhp.Qt.extraFiles          = classic.css \
+                             images/qt-logo.png \
+                             images/taskmenuextension-example.png \
+                             images/coloreditorfactoryimage.png \
+                             images/dynamiclayouts-example.png \
+                             images/stylesheet-coffee-plastique.png
+
+qhp.Qt.filterAttributes    = qt 4.6.0 qtrefdoc
+qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.name = Qt 4.6.0
+qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.filterAttributes = qt 4.6.0
+qhp.Qt.subprojects         = classes overviews examples
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.title = Classes
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.indexTitle = Qt's Classes
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.selectors = class fake:headerfile
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.sortPages = true
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.title = Overviews
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.indexTitle = All Overviews and HOWTOs
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.selectors = fake:page,group,module
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.title = Tutorials and Examples
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.indexTitle = Qt Examples
+qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.selectors = fake:example
+
+language                = Cpp
+
+headerdirs              = $QTDIR/src \
+                          $QTDIR/extensions/activeqt \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/assistant/lib \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/assistant/compat/lib \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/uitools \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/extension \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/qtestlib/src \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/qdbus/src
+sourcedirs              = $QTDIR/src \
+                          $QTDIR/doc/src \
+                          $QTDIR/extensions/activeqt \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/assistant/lib \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/assistant/compat/lib \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/uitools \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/extension \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/qtestlib/src \
+                          $QTDIR/tools/qdbus
+
+excludedirs             = $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/clucene \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/des \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/freetype \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/harfbuzz \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/kdebase \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/libjpeg \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/libmng \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/libpng \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/libtiff \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/md4 \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/md5 \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/patches \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/sha1 \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/sqlite \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/webkit/JavaScriptCore \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/wintab \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/zlib \
+                          $QTDIR/doc/src/snippets \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/gstreamer \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9 \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/qt7 \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout
+
+sources.fileextensions  = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.mm"
+examples.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.h *.js *.xq *.svg *.xml *.ui *.qhp *.qhcp"
+
+exampledirs             = $QTDIR/doc/src \
+                          $QTDIR/examples \
+                          $QTDIR/examples/tutorials \
+                          $QTDIR \
+                          $QTDIR/qmake/examples \
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/docs
+imagedirs               = $QTDIR/doc/src/images \
+                          $QTDIR/examples
+outputdir               = $QTDIR/doc/html
+tagfile                 = $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.tags
+base                    = file:$QTDIR/doc/html
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happy.gif b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happy.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4597f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happy.gif
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happyguy.jpg b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happyguy.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e860479
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happyguy.jpg
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/qt-logo.png b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/qt-logo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14ddf2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/qt-logo.png
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/training.jpg b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/training.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2ce5c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/training.jpg
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdoc b/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2f670c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdoc
@@ -0,0 +1,8695 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** All rights reserved.
+** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
+** this package.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
+** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
+** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
+**
+** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
+** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+**
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \page index.html
+    \nextpage QDoc Manual
+
+    \title QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+
+    \list
+    \o \l{QDoc Manual}
+    \o \l{QDoc Commands}
+       \list
+       \o \l{Markup Commands}
+       \o \l{Text Formatting Commands}
+       \o \l{Document Structuring Commands}
+       \o \l{Verbatim Code Commands}
+       \o \l{Quoting External Code Commands}
+          \list
+          \o \l{Example File}
+          \endlist
+       \o \l{Linking Commands}
+       \o \l{Graphic Commands}
+       \o \l{Container Commands}
+       \o \l{Document Contents Commands}
+       \o \l{Miscellaneous Commands}
+          \list
+          \o \l{signalandslots.qdocinc}
+          \o \l{objectmodel.qdocinc}
+          \o \l{layoutmanagement.qdocinc}
+          \endlist
+       \o \l{Topical Commands}
+       \o \l{Contextual Commands}
+       \o \l{Navigation Commands}
+       \o \l{Status Commands}
+       \o \l{Thread Support Commands}
+       \o \l{Relating Commands}
+       \o \l{Grouping Commands}
+       \o \l{Title Commands}
+       \endlist
+    \o \l{QDoc Configuration}
+       \list
+       \o \l{General Variables}
+       \o \l{Creating Help Project Files}
+       \o \l{C++ Specific Variables}
+       \o \l{HTML Specific Variables}
+       \o \l{Supporting Derived Projects}
+       \o \l{QDoc Compatibility}
+       \o \l{qt.qdocconf}
+       \o \l{minimum.qdocconf}
+       \endlist
+    \o \l{QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 01-qdoc-manual.html
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \previouspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage QDoc Commands
+
+    \title QDoc Manual
+
+    QDoc is the internal tool used by Qt Development Frameworks for generating
+    documentation. This document is a reference for QDoc command syntax and
+    configuration.
+
+    \section1 Overview
+
+    \list I
+    \o \section2 \l {QDoc Commands}
+
+       \l {QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List}{A complete alphabetical
+       list}.
+
+       There are two main categories of commands for QDoc: markup
+       commands and meta-commands.
+
+       The markup commands indicate the generated documentation's
+       appearance and logical structure. The meta-commands provide
+       information about the document as well as the documented
+       item. The meta-commands can be further categorized as topical
+       commands and contextual commands.
+
+       \list
+       \o \l {Markup Commands}
+           \list
+           \o \l {Text Formatting Commands}{Text Formatting}
+           \o \l {Document Structuring Commands}{Document Structuring}
+           \o \l {Verbatim Code Commands}{Verbatim Code}
+           \o \l {Quoting External Code Commands}{Quoting External Code}
+           \o \l {Linking Commands}{Linking}
+           \o \l {Graphic Commands}{Graphic}
+           \o \l {Container Commands}{Container}
+           \o \l {Document Contents Commands}{Document Contents}
+           \o \l {Miscellaneous Commands}{Miscellaneous}
+           \endlist
+       \o \l {Topical Commands}
+       \o \l {Contextual Commands}
+           \list
+           \o \l {Navigation Commands}{Navigation}
+           \o \l {Status Commands}{Status}
+           \o \l {Thread Support Commands}{Thread Support}
+           \o \l {Relating Commands}{Relating}
+           \o \l {Grouping Commands}{Grouping}
+           \o \l {Title Commands}{Title}
+           \endlist
+       \endlist
+    \endlist
+
+    \list II
+    \o \section2 \l {QDoc Configuration}
+
+       When running QDoc to generate the documentation, you must
+       specify a configuration file on the command line. The
+       configuration file is a list of entries of entries of the form
+       "variable = value".
+
+       \list
+       \o \l {Configuration Variables}
+       \o \l {Configuration File Examples}
+       \endlist
+
+       Some particular configuration variables allow you to use QDoc
+       to support Qt-based projects; i.e to make projects, such as Qt
+       Solutions, contain references to the online Qt documentation.
+
+       \list
+       \o \l {Supporting Derived Projects}
+       \endlist
+
+       QDoc is a tool that constantly evolves to suit our needs, for
+       that reason there are some compatibility issues between old and
+       new practices.
+
+       \list
+       \o \l {QDoc Compatibility}
+       \endlist
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 02-qdoc-commands.html
+    \previouspage QDoc Manual
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Markup Commands
+
+    \title QDoc Commands
+
+    There are two main categories of commands for QDoc: markup
+    commands and meta-commands.
+
+    The markup commands indicate the generated documentation's visual
+    appearance and logical structure. The meta-commands provide
+    information about the documentation unit as well as the documented
+    item. The meta-commands can be further categorized as topical
+    commands and contextual commands.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    A complete \l{QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List }
+    {alphabetical list of the QDoc commands}.
+
+    \section1 Categories
+
+    \list
+    \o \l {Markup Commands}
+    \o \l {Topical Commands}
+    \o \l {Contextual Commands}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 03-qdoc-commands-markup.html
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \previouspage QDoc Commands
+    \nextpage Text Formatting Commands
+
+    \title Markup Commands
+
+    The markup commands indicate the generated documentation's visual
+    appearance and logical structure.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#backslash}{\\\\},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#a}{\\a},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#abstract}{\\abstract},
+    \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#badcode}{\\badcode},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#bold}{\\bold},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#brief}{\\brief},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#c}{\\c},
+    \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#caption}{\\caption},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#chapter}{\\chapter},
+    \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#code}{\\code},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#codeline}{\\codeline},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#dots}{\\dots},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#else}{\\else},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#endif}{\\endif},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#expire}{\\expire},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#footnote}{\\footnote},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#generatelist}{\\generatelist},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#header}{\\header},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#i}{\\i},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#if}{\\if},
+    \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#image}{\\image},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#include}{\\include},
+    \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#inlineimage}{\\inlineimage},
+    \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#keyword}{\\keyword},
+    \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#l}{\\l},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#legalese}{\\legalese},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#list}{\\list},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#meta}{\\meta},
+    \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#newcode}{\\newcode},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#o}{\\o},
+    \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#oldcode}{\\oldcode},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#omit}{\\omit},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#part}{\\part},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printline}{\\printline},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printto}{\\printto},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printuntil}{\\printuntil},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#quotation}{\\quotation},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefile}{\\quotefile},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\raw},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#row}{\\row},
+    \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#sa}{\\sa},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionOne}{\\section1},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionTwo}{\\section2},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionThree}{\\section3},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionFour}{\\section4},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipline}{\\skipline},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipto}{\\skipto},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipuntil}{\\skipuntil},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#snippet}{\\snippet},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sub}{\\sub},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sup}{\\sup},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#table}{\\table},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#tableofcontents}
+       {\\tableofcontents},
+    \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#target}{\\target},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#tt}{\\tt},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#underline}{\\underline},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\unicode},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#warning}{\\warning}
+
+    \section1 Categories
+    \list
+    \o \l {Text Formatting Commands}
+    \o \l {Document Structuring Commands}
+    \o \l {Verbatim Code Commands}
+    \o \l {Quoting External Code Commands}
+    \o \l {Linking Commands}
+    \o \l {Graphic Commands}
+    \o \l {Container Commands}
+    \o \l {Document Contents Commands}
+    \o \l {Miscellaneous Commands}
+    \endlist
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \previouspage Markup Commands
+    \nextpage Document Structuring Commands
+
+    \title Text Formatting Commands
+
+    The text formatting commands indicate how the regular text in the
+    documentation is rendered.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#backslash}{\\\\},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#a}{\\a},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#bold}{\\bold},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#c}{\\c},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#i}{\\i},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sub}{\\sub},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sup}{\\sup},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#tt}{\\tt},
+    \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#underline}{\\underline}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+
+        \o \bold \\\\ \target backslash
+        \o \bold {The \\\\ command expands to a single backslash.}
+
+           QDoc commands always start with a backslash alone. To
+           display an actual backslash in the text you need to type
+           two of the kind. If you want to display two backslashes,
+           you need to type four, and so forth. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The \\\\ command is useful if you want a
+               backslash to appear verbatim, for example,
+               writing C:\\windows\\home\\.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The \\\\ command is useful if you want a
+               backslash to appear verbatim, for example,
+               writing C:\\windows\\home\\.
+           \endquotation
+
+           However, if you want your text to appear in a typewriter
+           font as well, you can use the \l {c}{\\c} command instead,
+           which accepts and renders the backslash as any other
+           character. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The \\c command is useful if you want a
+               backslash to appear verbatim, and the word
+               that contains it written in a typewriter font,
+               like this: \c {C:\windows\home\}.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The \\c command is useful if you want a
+               backslash to appear verbatim, and the word
+               that contains it written in a typewriter font,
+               like this: \c {C:\windows\home\}.
+           \endquotation
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\a \target a
+        \o \bold {The \\a command indicates that the next word
+           is a parameter when documenting functions.}
+
+           Warnings are emitted when function parameters are
+           undocumented or misspelled, so whenever you write
+           documentation for functions you should make sure you
+           mention all the parameters and precede each of these by the
+           \\a command. The parameter is then rendered in italic. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Constructs a line edit containing the text
+               \a contents.
+
+               The \a parent parameter is sent to the
+               QWidget constructor.
+           * /
+
+           QLineEdit::QLineEdit(const QString &contents, QWidget *parent)
+               :QWidget(parent)
+           {
+               ...
+           }
+
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \bold {QLineEdit::QLineEdit ( const QString &
+               contents, QWidget *parent )}
+
+           Constructs a line edit containing the text \a contents.
+
+           The \a parent parameter is sent to the QWidget
+           constructor.
+
+           \endquotation
+
+           The \\a command follows the same conventions as the \l
+           {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses
+           and use of braces} for the argument. However, a parameter
+           is always a single word, so braces are rarely
+           necessary. And for the same reason, parentheses seldom
+           occur.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\c \target c
+        \o \bold {The \\c command can be used to render variables,
+           user-defined classes and C++ keywords like \c int,
+           \c for, etc.}
+
+           The command renders its argument using a typewriter font. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The \c AnalogClock class provides a clock widget with hour
+               and minute hands that is automatically updated every
+               few seconds.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The \c AnalogClock class provides a clock widget with hour
+               and minute hands that is automatically updated every
+               few seconds.
+           \endquotation
+
+           The \\c command follows the same conventions as the \l
+           {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses
+           and use of braces} for the argument.
+
+           The \\c command accepts the special character \c \ within
+           its argument, i.e. it renders it as a normal character. So
+           if you want to use nested commands, you must use the \l
+           {tt}{teletype (\\tt)} command instead.
+
+           See also \l {tt}{\\tt} and \l {code}{\\code}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\tt \target tt
+        \o \bold {The \\tt command can be used to render variables,
+           user-defined classes and C++ keywords like \c int, \c
+           for, etc.}
+
+           The \\tt command behaves just like the \l {c}{\\c} command,
+           except that \\tt parses QDoc commands (like \l {i}{\\i}, \l
+           {bold}{\\bold} and \l {underline}{\\underline}) contained
+           within its argument.
+
+           The command renders its argument using a monospace
+           font. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               After \c setupUi() populates the main container with
+               child widgets it scans the main container's list of
+               slots for names with the form
+               \tt{on_\i{objectName}_\i{signalName}().}
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               After \c setupUi() populates the main container with
+               child widgets it scans the main container's list of
+               slots for names with the form
+               \tt{on_\i{objectName}_\i{signalName}().}
+           \endquotation
+
+           The \\tt command follows the same conventions as the \l
+           {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses
+           and use of braces} for the argument.
+
+           See also \l {c}{\\c}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\bold \target bold
+        \o \bold {The \\bold command renders its argument using
+           a bold font.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               This is regular text; \bold {this text is
+               rendered using the \\bold command}.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+           This is regular text; \bold {this text is rendered using
+           the \\bold command}.
+           \endquotation
+
+           The command follows the same conventions as the \l {i}{\\i}
+           command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses and use
+           of braces} for the argument.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\i \target i
+        \o \bold {The \\i command renders its argument in italic.}
+
+           \warning This is preliminary functionality. For
+           more information, see the \l
+           {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#i-versus-e}{compatibility}
+           section.
+
+           \target argument
+           Normally, a command argument ends at the next whitespace [1],
+           but braces can be used to group words [2]. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Here, we render \i {a few words} in italic.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               Here, we render \i {a few words} in italic.
+           \endquotation
+
+           If you want to use other QDoc commands within an argument
+           that contains spaces, you always need to enclose the
+           argument with braces. But QDoc is smart enough to count
+           parentheses [3], so you don't need braces in cases like this:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               An argument can sometimes contain whitespaces,
+               for example: \i QPushButton(tr("A Brand New Button"))
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               An argument can sometimes contain whitespaces,
+               for example: \i QPushButton(tr("A Brand New Button"))
+           \endquotation
+
+           Finally, trailing punctuation is not included in an
+           argument [4], nor is 's [5]
+
+           \raw HTML
+               <table align="center" cellpadding="2"
+                   cellspacing="1" border="0">
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511">
+                   <th></th>
+                   <th>QDoc Syntax</th>
+                   <th>Generated Documentation</th>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td>1</td>
+                   <td>A variation of a command button is a \i menu
+                       button.</td>
+                   <td>A variation of a command button is a <i>menu</i>
+                       button.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0">
+                   <td>2</td>
+                   <td>The QPushButton widget provides a
+                       \i {command button}.</td>
+                   <td>The QPushButton widget provides a
+                       <i>command button</i>.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td>3</td>
+                   <td>Another class of buttons are option buttons
+                       \i (see QRadioButton).</td>
+                   <td>Another class of buttons are option buttons
+                       <i> (see QRadioButton)</i>.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0">
+                   <td>4</td>
+                   <td>A push button emits the signal \i clicked().</td>
+                   <td>A push button emits the signal <i>clicked</i>().</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td>5</td>
+                   <td>The \i QPushButton's checked property is
+                       false by default.</td>
+                   <td>The <i>QPushButton</i>'s checked property is
+                       false by default.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               </table>
+           \endraw
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\sub \target sub
+        \o \bold {The \\sub command renders its argument lower
+           than the baseline of the regular text, using a smaller font.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Definition (Range): Consider the sequence
+               {x\sub n}\sub {n > 1} . The set
+
+               {x\sub 2, x\sub 3, x\sub 4, ...} = {x\sub n ; n = 2, 3, 4, ...}
+
+               is called the range of the sequence.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               Definition (Range): Consider the sequence
+               {x\sub n}\sub {n > 1} . The set
+
+               {x\sub 2, x\sub 3, x\sub 4, ...} = {x\sub n ; n = 2, 3, 4, ...}
+
+               is called the range of the sequence.
+           \endquotation
+
+           The \\sub command follows the same conventions as the \l
+           {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses
+           and use of braces} for the argument.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\sup \target sup
+        \o \bold {The \\sup command renders its argument higher than
+           the baseline of the regular text, using a smaller font.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The series
+
+               1 + a + a\sup 2 + a\sup 3 + a\sup 4 + ...
+
+               is called the \i {geometric series}.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The series
+
+               1 + a + a\sup 2 + a\sup 3 + a\sup 4 + ...
+
+               is called the \i {geometric series}.
+           \endquotation
+
+           The \\sup command follows the same conventions as the \l
+           {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses
+           and use of braces} for the argument.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\underline \target underline
+        \o \bold {The \\underline command renders its argument underlined.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The \underline {F}ile menu gives the users the possibility
+               to open, and edit, an existing file, save a new or modified
+               file, and exit the application.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The \underline {F}ile menu gives the users the possibility
+               to open, and edit, an existing file, save a new or modified
+               file, and exit the application.
+           \endquotation
+
+           The \\underline command follows the same conventions as the
+           \l {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation,
+           parentheses and use of braces} for the argument.  \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html
+    \previouspage Text Formatting Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Verbatim Code Commands
+
+    \title Document Structuring Commands
+
+    The document structuring commands divide the documentation into
+    sections. In total, there are six levels of sections in QDoc: \c
+    \part, \c \chapter, \c \section1, \c \section2, \c \section3 and
+    \c \section4. \c \section1 to \c \section4 correspond to the
+    traditional section, subsection, subsubsection and
+    subsubsubsection.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#chapter}{\\chapter},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#part}{\\part},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionOne}{\\section1},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionTwo}{\\section2},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionThree}{\\section3},
+    \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionFour}{\\section4}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\part \target part
+        \o \bold {The \\part command is intended for use in
+           larger documents, and divides the document into parts.}
+
+           In general a document structuring command considers
+           everything that follows it until the first line break as
+           its argument. The argument is rendered as the unit's
+           title. If the title needs to be spanned over several lines,
+           make sure that each line (except the last one) is ended
+           with a backslash.
+
+           In total, there are six levels of sections in QDoc: \c
+           \part, \c \chapter, \c \section1, \c \section2, \c
+           \section3 and \c \section4. \c \section1 to \c \section4
+           correspond to the traditional section, subsection,
+           subsubsection and subsubsubsection.
+
+           There is a strict ordering of the section units:
+
+           \code
+           part
+              |
+              chapter
+                    |
+                    section1
+                           |
+                           section2
+                                  |
+                                  section3
+                                         |
+                                         section4
+           \endcode
+
+           For example, a \c section1 unit can only appear as the top
+           level section or inside a \c chapter unit. Skipping a
+           section unit, for example from \c part to \c section1, is
+           not allowed.
+
+           You can \i begin with either of the three: \c part, \c
+           chapter or \c section1. For example:
+
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \part Basic Qt
+
+               This is the first part.
+
+
+                   \chapter Getting Started
+
+                   This is the first part's first chapter.
+
+
+                       \section1 Hello Qt
+
+                       This is the first chapter's first section.
+
+
+                       \section1 Making Connections
+
+                       This is the first chapter's second section.
+
+
+                       \section1 Using the Reference Documentation
+
+                       This is the first chapter's third section.
+
+
+                   \chapter Creating Dialogs
+
+                   This is the first part's second chapter.
+
+
+                       \section1 Subclassing QDialog
+
+                       This is the second chapter's first section.
+
+                       ...
+
+
+               \part Intermediate Qt
+
+               This is the second part.
+
+
+                   \chapter Layout Management
+
+                   This is the second part's first chapter.
+
+
+                       \section1 Basic Layouts
+
+                       This is the first chapter's first section.
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+           \raw HTML
+               <a name="Basic Qt">
+               <h1>Basic Qt</h1>
+               </a>
+               <p>This is the first part.</p>
+
+                   <a name="Getting started">
+                   <h2>Getting Started</h2>
+                   </a>
+                   This is the first part's first chapter.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Hello Qt">
+                       <h3>Hello Qt</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the first chapter's first section.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Making Connections">
+                       <h3>Making Connections</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the first chapter's second section.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Using the Reference Documentation">
+                       <h3>Using the Reference Documentation</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the first chapter's third section.</p>
+
+                   <a name="Creating Dialogs">
+                   <h2>Creating Dialogs</h2>
+                   </a>
+                   <p>This is the first part's second chapter.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Subclassing QDialog">
+                       <h3>Subclassing QDialog</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the second chapter's first section.</p>
+
+                       ...
+
+               <a name="Intermediate Qt">
+               <h1>Intermediate Qt</h1>
+               </a>
+               <p>This is the second part.</p>
+
+                   <a name="Layout Management">
+                   <h2>Layout Management</h2>
+                   </a>
+                   <p>This is the second part's first chapter.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Basic Layouts">
+                       <h3>Basic Layouts</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the first chapter's first section.</p>
+
+               ...
+
+           \endraw
+           \endquotation
+
+           Each section level is a logical unit within the
+           document. Its title will appear on the table of contents
+           generated by the \l
+           {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#tableofcontents}
+           {\\tableofcontents} command. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Contents:
+
+               \tableofcontents
+
+               ...
+            * /
+            \endcode
+
+            will expand to
+
+            \quotation
+            \raw HTML
+                <p>Contents:</p>
+
+                <ul>
+                <li><a href="#Basic Qt">Basic Qt</a></li>
+                    <ul>
+                    <li><a href="#Getting Started">Getting Started</a></li>
+                        <ul>
+                        <li><a href="#Hello Qt">Hello Qt</a></li>
+                        <li><a href="#Making Connections">
+                            Making Connections</a></li>
+                        <li><a href="#Using the Reference Documentation">
+                            Using the Reference Documentation</a></li>
+                        </ul>
+                    <li><a href="#Creating Dialogs">Creating Dialogs</a></li>
+                        <ul>
+                        <li><a href="#Subclassing QDialog">
+                            Subclassing QDialog</a></li>
+                        </ul>
+                    </ul>
+                <li><a href="#Intermediate Qt">Intermediate Qt</a></li>
+                    <ul>
+                    <li><a href="#Layout Management">
+                        Layout Management</a></li>
+                        <ul>
+                        <li><a href="#Basic Layouts">Basic Layouts</a></li>
+                        </ul>
+                    </ul>
+                </ul>
+
+                ...
+            \endraw
+            \endquotation
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\chapter \target chapter
+        \o \bold {The \\chapter command is intended for use in
+           larger documents, and divides the document into chapters.}
+
+           See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various
+           section units, command argument and rendering.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\section1 \target sectionOne
+        \o \bold {The \\section1 command starts a new section.}
+
+           See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various
+           section units, command argument and rendering.
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\section2 \target sectionTwo
+        \o \bold {The \\section2 command starts a new section.}
+
+           See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various
+           section units, command argument and rendering.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\section3 \target sectionThree
+        \o \bold {The \\section3 command starts a new section.}
+
+           See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various
+           section units, command argument and rendering.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\section4 \target sectionFour
+        \o \bold {The \\section4 command starts a new section.}
+
+           See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various
+           section units, command argument and rendering.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html
+    \previouspage Document Structuring Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Quoting External Code Commands
+
+    \title Verbatim Code Commands
+
+    The following commands are used to render verbatim code within the
+    documentation. The code is rendered on a new line, using a
+    typewriter font and the standard indentation.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Although all of these commands can be used to present
+    C++ code, the \l{07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#snippet}{\\snippet}
+    and \l{07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#codeline}{\\codeline} commands
+    should be used in preference to
+    the others when presenting valid code. This allows auxilliary tools
+    for Qt language bindings to substitute the relevant code snippets in
+    place of the C++ ones.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#badcode}{\\badcode},
+    \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#code}{\\code},
+    \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#newcode}{\\newcode},
+    \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#oldcode}{\\oldcode}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\code \target code
+        \o \bold {The \\code command and the corresponding
+           \\endcode command delimit a piece of verbatim code.}
+
+           Whereas the \l {c}{\\c} command can be used for short code
+           fragments within a sentence, the \\code command is for
+           longer code snippets and renders the code verbatim in a
+           separate paragraph using a typewriter font and the standard
+           indentation.
+
+           When processing any of the \\code, \l {badcode}{\\badcode},
+           \l {newcode}{\\newcode} and \l {oldcode}{\\oldcode}
+           commands, QDoc basically removes all indentation that is
+           common for the verbatim code blocks within a \c{/}\c{*!} ...
+           \c{*}\c{/} comment before it adds the standard
+           indentation. For that reason the recommended style is to
+           use 8 spaces for the verbatim code contained within these
+           commands (note that this doesn't apply to externally
+           quoted code using the \l {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}
+           or \l {quotefile}{\\quotefile} command).
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \code
+                   #include <QApplication>
+                   #include <QPushButton>
+
+                   int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+                   {
+                       ...
+                   }
+               \ endcode
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \code
+               #include <QApplication>
+               #include <QPushButton>
+
+               int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+               {
+                   ...
+               }
+           \endcode
+
+           Other QDoc commands are disabled within
+           \\code... \\endcode, and the special character '\\' is
+           accepted and rendered like the rest of the code.
+
+           You need to type the code manually between the \\code and
+           \\endcode commands. If you want to include code snippets
+           from a particular file, use the \l
+           {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}
+           command instead.
+
+           See also \l {c}{\\c}, \l
+           {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile},
+           \l {badcode}{\\badcode}, \l {newcode}{\\newcode} and \l
+           {oldcode}{\\oldcode}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\badcode \target badcode
+        \o \bold {The \\badcode command and the corresponding
+           \\endcode command delimit a piece of code that doesn't
+           compile or is wrong for some other reason.}
+
+           The \\badcode command is similar the \l {code}{\\code}
+           command, but renders the code using a grey font instead of
+           black (the default).
+
+           Like the \l {code}{\\code} command, it renders its code on
+           a new line in the documentation using a typewriter font and
+           the standard indentation. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The statement below is rendered using the
+               regular \\code command:
+
+               \code
+                   statusbar()->message(tr("Host %1 found").arg(hostName));
+               \ endcode
+
+               While the following  statement is rendered using
+               the \\badcode command:
+
+               \badcode
+                   statusbar()->message(tr("Host" + hostName + " found"));
+               \ endcode
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The statement below is rendered using the
+               regular \\code command:
+
+               \code
+                   statusbar()->message(tr("Host %1 found").arg(hostName));
+               \endcode
+
+               While the following  statement is rendered using
+               the \\badcode command:
+
+               \badcode
+                   statusbar()->message(tr("Host" + hostName + " found"));
+               \endcode
+           \endquotation
+
+           Other QDoc commands are disabled within
+           \\badcode... \\endcode, and the special character '\\' is
+           accepted and rendered like the rest of the code.
+
+           See also \l {code}{\\code}, \l {newcode}{\\newcode} and \l
+           {oldcode}{\\oldcode}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\newcode \target newcode
+        \o \bold {The \\newcode command, and the associated \\oldcode
+           and \\endcode commands, indicate how to port a piece of
+           code to a new version of an API.}
+
+           The \\newcode command, and its companion the \\oldcode
+           command, is a convenience combination of the \l
+           {code}{\\code} and \l {badcode}{\\badcode} commands: The
+           combination provides a text relating the two code snippets
+           to each other. The command requires a preceding \\oldcode
+           statement.
+
+           Like the \l {code}{\\code} and \l {badcode}{\\badcode}
+           commands, the \\newcode command renders its code on a new
+           line in the documentation using a typewriter font and the
+           standard indentation. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \oldcode
+                   if (printer->setup(parent))
+                       ...
+               \newcode
+                   QPrintDialog dialog(printer, parent);
+                       if (dialog.exec())
+                           ...
+               \ endcode
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           is rendered like this:
+
+           \quotation
+               \oldcode
+                   if (printer->setup(parent))
+                       ...
+               \newcode
+                   QPrintDialog dialog(printer, parent);
+                       if (dialog.exec())
+                           ...
+               \endcode
+           \endquotation
+
+           Other QDoc commands are disabled within
+           \\oldcode ... \\endcode, and the '\\' character doesn't need
+           to be escaped.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\oldcode \target oldcode
+        \o \bold {The \\oldcode command requires a corresponding
+           \\newcode statement; otherwise QDoc fails to parse the command
+           and emits a warning.}
+
+           See also \l {newcode}{\\newcode} and \l {badcode}{\\badcode}.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html
+    \previouspage Verbatim Code Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Linking Commands
+
+    \title Quoting External Code Commands
+
+    The following commands enable quoting from files in the
+    documentation: You can make QDoc include the complete contents of
+    a file, or you can quote specific parts of the file and skip
+    others. The typical use of the latter is to quote a file chunk by
+    chunk.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Although all of these commands can be used to present
+    C++ code, the \l{#snippet}{\\snippet} and \l{#codeline}{\\codeline}
+    commands should be used in preference to
+    the others when presenting valid code. This allows auxilliary tools
+    for Qt language bindings to substitute the relevant code snippets in
+    place of the C++ ones.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#codeline}{\\codeline},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#dots}{\\dots},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printline}{\\printline},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printto}{\\printto},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printuntil}{\\printuntil},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefile}{\\quotefile},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipline}{\\skipline},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipto}{\\skipto},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipuntil}{\\skipuntil},
+    \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#snippet}{\\snippet}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\quotefile \target quotefile
+        \o \bold {The \\quotefile command expands to the complete
+           contents of the file given as argument.}
+
+           The command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument, make sure to follow the file name with a line
+           break.
+
+           The file's contents is rendered in a separate paragraph,
+           using a typewriter font and the standard indentation. The
+           code is shown verbatim.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               This is a simple "Hello world" example:
+
+               \quotefile examples/main.cpp
+
+               It contains only the bare minimum you need
+               to get a Qt application up and running.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               This is a simple "Hello world" example:
+
+               \quotefile examples/main.cpp
+
+               It contains only the bare minimum you need to get a Qt
+               application up and running.
+           \endquotation
+
+           \warning If you use the \l {QDoc
+           Compatibility}{compat.qdocconf} file this command is called
+           \\include.
+
+           See also \l {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} and \l
+           {code}{\\code}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\quotefromfile \target quotefromfile
+        \o \bold {The \\quotefromfile command opens the file
+           given as argument for quoting.}
+
+           The command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument, make sure to follow the file name with a line
+           break.
+
+           The command is intended for use when quoting parts from
+           file with the walkthrough commands: \l
+           {printline}{\\printline}, \l {printto}{\\printto}, \l
+           {printuntil}{\\printuntil}, \l {skipline}{\\skipline}, \l
+           {skipto}{\\skipto}, \l {skipuntil}{\\skipuntil}. This
+           enables you to quote specific portions of a file. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The whole application is contained within
+               the \c main() function:
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+
+               \skipto main
+               \printuntil app(argc, argv)
+
+               First we create a QApplication object using
+               the \c argc and \c argv parameters.
+
+               \skipto QPushButton
+               \printuntil resize
+
+               Then we create a QPushButton, and give it a reasonable
+               size using the QWidget::resize() function.
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The whole application is contained within
+               the \c main() function:
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+
+               \skipto main
+               \printuntil app(argc, argv)
+
+               First we create a QApplication object using the \c argc
+               and \c argv parameters.
+
+               \skipto QPushButton
+               \printuntil resize
+
+               Then we create a QPushButton, and give it a reasonable
+               size using the QWidget::resize() function.
+
+               ...
+           \endquotation
+
+           (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...})
+
+           QDoc remembers which file it's quoting, and the current
+           position within that file (see \l {file}{\\printline} for
+           more information). There is no need to "close" the file.
+
+           Earlier we called this command \\quotefile. For more
+           information, see the \l
+           {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#quotefromfile-versus-quotefile}
+           {compatibility} section.
+
+           See also \l {quotefile}{\\quotefile}, \l {code}{\\code} and
+           \l {dots}{\\dots}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\printline \target printline
+        \o \bold {The \\printline command expands to the line
+           from the current position to the next non-blank line of
+           the current souce file.}
+
+           To ensure that the documentation always is synchronized
+           with the source file, a substring of the line must be
+           specified as an argument to the command. Note that the
+           command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line
+           break.
+
+           The line from the source file is rendered as a separate
+           paragraph, using a typewriter font and the standard
+           indentation. The code is shown verbatim.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               There has to be exactly one QApplication object
+               in every GUI application that uses Qt.
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+
+               \printline QApplication
+
+               This line includes the QApplication class
+               definition. QApplication manages various
+               application-wide resources, such as the
+               default font and cursor.
+
+               \printline QPushButton
+
+               This line includes the QPushButton class
+               definition. The QPushButton widget provides a command
+               button.
+
+               \printline main
+
+               The main function...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               There has to be exactly one QApplication object
+               in every GUI application that uses Qt.
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+
+               \printline QApplication
+
+               This line includes the QApplication class
+               definition. QApplication manages various
+               application-wide resources, such as the
+               default font and cursor.
+
+               \printline QPushButton
+
+               This line includes the QPushButton class
+               definition. The QPushButton widget provides a command
+               button.
+
+               \printline main
+
+               The main function...
+           \endquotation
+
+           (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...})
+
+           \target file
+
+           QDoc reads the file sequentially. To move the current
+           position forward you can use either of the \l
+           {skipline}{\\skip...} commands. To move the current
+           position backward, you can use the \l
+           {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command again.
+
+           \target substring
+
+           If the substring argument is surrounded by slashes it is
+           interpreted as a \l {regular expression}.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \quotefromfile widgets/scribble/mainwindow.cpp
+
+               \skipto closeEvent
+               \printuntil /^\}/
+
+               Close events are sent to widgets that the users want to
+               close, usually by clicking \c File|Exit or by clicking
+               the \c X title bar button. By reimplementing the event
+               handler, we can intercept attempts to close the
+               application.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \quotefromfile widgets/scribble/mainwindow.cpp
+
+               \skipto closeEvent
+               \printuntil /^\}/
+
+               Close events are sent to widgets that the users want to
+               close, usually by clicking \c File|Exit or by clicking
+               the \c X title bar button. By reimplementing the event
+               handler, we can intercept attempts to close the
+               application.
+           \endquotation
+
+           (\l {widgets/scribble}{The complete example file...})
+
+           The regular expression \c /^\}/ makes QDoc print until the
+           first '}' character occurring at the beginning of the line
+           without indentation. /.../ encloses the regular expression,
+           and '^' means the beginning of the line. The '}' character
+           must be escaped since it is a special character in regular
+           expressions.
+
+           QDoc will emit a warning if the specified substring or
+           regular expression cannot be located, i.e. if the source
+           code has changed.
+
+           See also \l {printto}{\\printto} and \l
+           {printuntil}{\\printuntil}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\printto \target printto
+        \o \bold {The \\printto command expands to all the lines
+           from the current position up to and \i excluding the
+           next line containing a given substring.}
+
+           The command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line
+           break. The command also follows the same conventions for \l
+           {file}{positioning} and \l {substring}{argument} as the \l
+           {printline}{\\printline} command.
+
+           The lines from the source file are rendered in a separate
+           paragraph, using a typewriter font and the standard
+           indentation. The code is shown verbatim.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The whole application is contained within the
+               \c main() function:
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \printto hello
+
+               First we create a QApplication object using the \c argc and
+               \c argv parameters...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The whole application is contained within the
+               \c main() function:
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipto main
+               \printto hello
+
+               First we create a QApplication object using the \c argc
+               and \c argv parameters...
+           \endquotation
+
+           (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...})
+
+           See also \l {printline}{\\printline} and \l
+           {printuntil}{\\printuntil}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\printuntil \target printuntil
+        \o \bold {The \\printuntil command expands to all the lines
+           from the current position up to and \i including the next line
+           containing a given substring.}
+
+           The command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line
+           break. The command also follows the same conventions for \l
+           {file}{positioning} and \l {substring}{argument} as the \l
+           {printline}{\\printline} command.
+
+           The lines from the source file are rendered in a separate
+           paragraph, using a typewriter font and the standard
+           indentation. The code is shown verbatim.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The whole application is contained within the
+               \c main() function:
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipto main
+               \printuntil hello
+
+               First we create a QApplication object using the
+               \c argc and \c argv parameters, then we create
+               a QPushButton.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The whole application is contained within the
+               \c main() function:
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipto main
+               \printuntil hello
+
+               First we create a \l
+               {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qapplication}{QApplication}
+               object using the \c argc and \c argv parameters, then we
+               create a \l
+               {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qpushbutton}{QPushButton}.
+           \endquotation
+
+           (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...})
+
+           See also \l {printline}{\\printline} and \l
+           {printto}{\\printto}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\skipline \target skipline
+        \o \bold {The \\skipline command ignores the next non-blank
+           line in the current source file.}
+
+           Doc reads the file sequentially, and the \\skipline command
+           is used to move the current position (omitting a line of
+           the source file). See the remark about \l {file}{file
+           positioning} above.
+
+           The command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line
+           break. The command also follows the same conventions for \l
+           {substring}{argument} as the \l {printline}{\\printline}
+           command, and it is used in conjunction with the \l
+           {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               QPushButton is a GUI push button that the user
+               can press and release.
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipline QApplication
+               \printline QPushButton
+
+               This line includes the QPushButton class
+               definition. For each class that is part of the
+               public Qt API, there exists a header file of
+               the same name that contains its definition.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \l
+               QPushButton is a GUI push button that the user
+               can press and release.
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipline QApplication
+               \printline QPushButton
+
+               This line includes the QPushButton class
+               definition. For each class that is part of the public
+               Qt API, there exists a header file of the same name
+               that contains its definition.
+           \endquotation
+
+           (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...})
+
+           See also \l {skipto}{\\skipto}, \l
+           {skipuntil}{\\skipuntil} and \l {dots}{\\dots}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\skipto \target skipto
+        \o \bold {The \\skipto command ignores all the lines from the
+           current position up to and \i excluding the next line
+           containing a given substring.}
+
+           QDoc reads the file sequentially, and the \\skipto command
+           is used to move the current position (omitting one or
+           several lines of the source file). See the remark about \l
+           {file}{file positioning} above.
+
+           The command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line
+           break.
+
+           The command also follows the same conventions for \l
+           {substring}{argument} as the \l {printline}{\\printline}
+           command, and it is used in conjunction with the \l
+           {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The whole application is contained within
+               the \c main() function:
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipto main
+               \printuntil }
+
+               First we create a QApplication object.  There
+               has to be exactly one such object in
+               every GUI application that uses Qt. Then
+               we create a QPushButton, resize it to a reasonable
+               size...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The whole application is contained within
+               the \c main() function:
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipto main
+               \printuntil }
+
+               First we create a QApplication object.  There has to be
+               exactly one such object in every GUI application that
+               uses Qt. Then we create a QPushButton, resize it to a
+               reasonable size ...
+           \endquotation
+
+           (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...})
+
+           See also \l {skipline}{\\skipline}, \l
+           {skipuntil}{\\skipuntil} and \l {dots}{\\dots}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\skipuntil \target skipuntil
+        \o \bold {The \\skipuntil command ignores all the lines from
+           the current position up to and \i including the next line
+           containing a given substring.}
+
+           QDoc reads the file sequentially, and the \\skipuntil
+           command is used to move the current position (omitting one
+           or several lines of the source file). See the remark about
+           \l {file}{file positioning} above.
+
+           The command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line
+           break.
+
+           The command also follows the same conventions for \l
+           {substring}{argument} as the \l {printline}{\\printline}
+           command, and it is used in conjunction with the \l
+           {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The first thing we did in the \c main() function
+               was to create a QApplication object \c app.
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipuntil show
+               \dots
+               \printuntil }
+
+               In the end we must remember to make \c main() pass the
+               control to Qt. QCoreApplication::exec() will return when
+               the application exits...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The first thing we did in the \c main() function was to
+               create a QApplication object \c app.
+
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipuntil show
+               \dots
+               \printuntil }
+
+               In the end we must remember to make \c main() pass the
+               control to Qt. QCoreApplication::exec()
+               will return when the application exits...
+           \endquotation
+
+           (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...})
+
+           See also \l {skipline}{\\skipline}, \l {skipto}{\\skipto}
+           and \l {dots}{\\dots}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\dots \target dots
+        \o \bold {The \\dots command indicates that parts of the
+           source file have been omitted when quoting a file.}
+
+           The command is used in conjunction with the \l
+           {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command, and should be
+           stated on its own line. The dots are rendered on a new
+           line, using a typewriter font. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+               \skipto main
+               \printuntil {
+               \dots
+               \skipuntil exec
+               \printline }
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp
+           \skipto main
+           \printuntil {
+           \dots
+           \skipuntil exec
+           \printline }
+
+           (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...})
+
+           The default indentation is 4 spaces, but this can be
+           adjusted using the command's optional argument. For
+           example:
+
+            \code
+           / *!
+               \dots 0
+               \dots
+               \dots 8
+               \dots 12
+               \dots 16
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \dots 0
+           \dots
+           \dots 8
+           \dots 12
+           \dots 16
+
+           See also \l {skipline}{\\skipline}, \l
+           {skipto}{\\skipto} and \l {skipuntil}{\\skipuntil}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\snippet \target snippet
+        \o \bold {The \\snippet command causes a code snippet to be included
+           verbatim as preformatted text, which may be syntax highlighted.}
+           
+           Each code snippet are referenced by the file that holds it and by
+           a unique identifier for that file. Snippet files are typically
+           stored in a \c{snippets} directory inside the documentation
+           directory (e.g., \c{$QTDIR/doc/src/snippets}).
+
+           For example, the following documentation references a snippet in
+           a file residing in a subdirectory of the documentation directory:
+           
+           \code
+           \snippet snippets/textdocument-resources/main.cpp Adding a resource
+           \endcode
+           
+           The text following the file name is the unique identifier for the
+           snippet. This is used to delimit the quoted code in the relevant
+           snippet file as shown in the following example that corresponds to
+           the above \c{\\snippet} command:
+           
+           \dots
+           \code
+               QImage image(64, 64, QImage::Format_RGB32);
+               image.fill(qRgb(255, 160, 128));
+
+           //! [Adding a resource]
+               document->addResource(QTextDocument::ImageResource,
+                   QUrl("mydata://image.png"), QVariant(image));
+           //! [Adding a resource]
+           \endcode
+           \dots
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\codeline \target codeline
+        \o \bold{The \\codeline command inserts a blank line of preformatted
+           text. It is used to insert gaps between snippets without closing
+           the current preformatted text area and opening a new one.}
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page  07-1-example.html
+    \previouspage Quoting External Code Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+
+    \title Example File
+
+    \quotefile examples/main.cpp
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 08-qdoc-commands-linking.html
+    \previouspage Quoting External Code Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Graphic Commands
+
+    \title Linking Commands
+
+    The linking commands make it possible to create hyperlinks to
+    classes, functions, header files and examples. They also make it
+    possible to link to targets within a document, as well as to other
+    documents and URLs.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#keyword}{\\keyword},
+    \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#l}{\\l},
+    \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#sa}{\\sa},
+    \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#target}{\\target}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\l \target l
+        \o \bold {The \\l command is used to create hyperlinks. }
+
+           The command's general syntax is
+
+           \code
+           \l {link target}{link text}
+           \endcode
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Read the \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/}
+               {Qt's Reference Documentation} carefully.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+              Read the \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/}
+              {Qt's Reference Documentation} carefully.
+           \endquotation
+
+           If the link target is equivalent to the link text, the
+           second argument can be omitted.
+
+           For example, if you have documentation like:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \target assertions
+
+               Assertions make some statement about the text at the
+               point where they occur in the regexp but they do not
+               match any characters.
+
+               ...
+
+               Regexps are built up from expressions, quantifiers, and
+               \l {assertions}{assertions}.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           you can rewrite it as
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \target assertions
+
+               Assertions make some statement about the text at the
+               point where they occur in the regexp but they do not
+               match any characters.
+
+               ...
+
+               Regexps are built up from expressions, quantifiers, and
+               \l assertions.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           For the one-parameter version the braces can often
+           be omitted. See the \l {i}{\\i} command for the \l
+           {argument}{argument conventions}.
+
+           The \\l command supports several kinds of links:
+
+           \list
+           \o \c {\l QWidget} - a defined \l {class}{\\class}
+           \o \c {\l QWidget::sizeHint()} - a defined member
+               function (\l {fn}{\\fn})
+           \o \c {\l <QtGlobal>} - a defined \l {headerfile}{\\headerfile}
+           \o \c {\l widgets/wiggly} - a defined
+              \l {example-command}{\\example}
+           \o \c {\l {QWidget Class Reference}} - a defined \l {title}{\\title}
+           \o \c {\l {Introduction}}- a defined \l{part}{\\part},
+              \l{chapter}{\\chapter} or \l {sectionOne}{\\section...}
+           \o \c {\l fontmatching} - a defined \l {target}{\\target}
+           \o \c {\l {Shared Classes}} - a defined \l {keyword}{\\keyword}
+           \o \c {\l network.html} - a defined \l {page}{\\page}
+           \o \c {\l http://www.trolltech.com/} - a URL
+           \endlist
+
+           QDoc also tries to make a link out of any words that don't
+           resemble any normal English words, for example Qt class
+           names or functions, like QWidget or QWidget::sizeHint(). In
+           these cases, the \\l command can actually be omitted, but
+           by using the command, you ensure that QDoc will emit a
+           warning if it cannot find the link target. In addition, if
+           you only want the function name to appear in the link, you
+           can use the following syntax:
+
+           \list
+               \o \c {\l {QWidget::}{sizeHint()}}
+           \endlist
+
+           See also \l {sa}{\\sa}, \l {target}{\\target} and \l
+           {keyword}{\\keyword}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\sa \target sa
+        \o \bold {The \\sa command defines a list of links that will
+           be rendered in a separate "See also" section at the bottom
+           of the documentation.}
+
+           The command takes a comma-separated list of links as its
+           argument. If the line ends with a comma, you can continue
+           on a second line.  The general syntax is:
+
+           \code
+           \sa {the first link}, {the second link},
+               {the third link}, ...
+           \endcode
+
+           QDoc will automatically try to generate "See also" links
+           interconnecting a property's various functions. For
+           example, an setVisible() function will automatically get a
+           link to visible() and vice versa.
+
+           In general, QDoc will generate "See also" links that
+           interconnect the functions that access the same
+           property. It recognizes four different syntax versions:
+
+           \list
+           \o \c property()
+           \o \c setProperty()
+           \o \c isProperty()
+           \o \c hasProperty()
+           \endlist
+
+           The \\sa command supports the same kind
+           of links as the \l {l}{\\l} command. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Appends the actions \a actions to this widget's
+               list of actions.
+
+               \sa removeAction(), QMenu, addAction()
+           * /
+           void QWidget::addActions(QList<QAction *> actions)
+           {
+           ...
+           }
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \bold {void QWidget::addActions ( QList<QAction*>
+               \i actions )}
+
+               Appends the actions \i actions to this widget's
+               list of actions.
+
+               See also \l {QWidget::removeAction()}{removeAction()},
+               \l QMenu, and \l {QWidget::addAction()}{addAction()}.
+           \endquotation
+
+           See also \l {l}{\\l}, \l {target}{\\target} and \l
+           {keyword}{\\keyword}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\target \target target
+        \o \bold {The \\target command defines an explicit point in the
+           documentation that you can later link to using the \l {l}{\\l}
+           and \l {sa}{\\sa} commands.}
+
+           The command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument, make sure to follow the target name with a line
+           break.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \target capturing parentheses
+               \section1 Capturing Text
+
+               Parentheses allow us to group elements together so that
+               we can quantify and capture them.
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           can be referenced with
+
+           \list
+           \o \c {\l {capturing parentheses}}
+              (from elsewhere in the same comment)
+           \o \c {\l qregexp.html#capturing-parentheses}
+              (from anywhere else)
+           \endlist
+
+           within a documentation unit, and with
+
+           \list
+           \o \c {\l http://www.trolltech.com/4.0/doc/html/qregexp.html#capturing-parentheses}
+           \endlist
+
+           on a more global scale.
+
+           If the target name does't contain any spaces, the brackets can
+           be omitted as well.
+
+           See also \l {l}{\\l}, \l {sa}{\\sa} and \l
+           {keyword}{\\keyword}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\keyword \target keyword
+        \o \bold {The \\keyword command defines an explicit point in the
+           documentation that you can later link to using the \l {l}{\\l}
+           and \l {sa}{\\sa} commands.}
+
+           Keywords must be unique within the entire set of
+           documentation processed in on QDoc run.  The command
+           considers the rest of the line as part of its argument,
+           make sure to follow the keyword with a line break.
+
+           The \\keyword command is similar to \l {target}{\\target},
+           but stronger.  A keyword can be referenced from anywhere
+           using a simple syntax. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \class QRegExp
+               \reentrant
+               \brief The QRegExp class provides pattern
+                      matching using regular expressions.
+               \ingroup tools
+               \ingroup misc
+               \ingroup shared
+               \mainclass
+
+               \keyword regular expression
+
+               Regular expressions, or "regexps", provide a way to
+               find patterns within text.
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           can be referenced like this
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               When a string is surrounded by slashes, it's
+               interpreted as a \l regular expression.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           which will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               When a string is surrounded by slashes, it's
+               interpreted as a \l {regular expression}.
+           \endquotation
+
+           If the keyword does't contain any spaces, the brackets can
+           be omitted as well.
+
+           See also \l {l}{\\l}, \l {sa}{\\sa} and \l
+           {target}{\\target}.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html
+    \previouspage Linking Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Container Commands
+
+    \title Graphic Commands
+
+    The graphic commands makes it possible to include images in the
+    documentation. The images can be rendered as separate paragraphs,
+    or within running text.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#caption}{\\caption},
+    \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#image}{\\image},
+    \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#inlineimage}{\\inlineimage}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\image \target image
+        \o \bold {The \\image command expands to the image specified by its
+           argument, and renders it centered as a separate paragraph.}
+
+           The \\image command replaces the old \\img command. For more
+           information, see the \l
+           {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#image-versus-img}
+           {compatibility} section.
+
+           The command takes two arguments. The first is the name of
+           the image file. The second argument is optional and is a
+           simple description of the image equivalent to the HTML
+           alt="" in an image tag. The description is used for
+           tooltips, and when a browser doesn't support images like
+           the Lynx text browser.
+
+           The command considers the rest of the line after the file
+           name its second argument, make sure that you follow the
+           filename or description with a line break. Braces are only
+           necessary if the description spans several lines.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform GUI
+               application development.
+
+               \image happyguy.jpg "Happy guy"
+
+               Qt provides single-source portability across Microsoft
+               Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, and all major commercial Unix
+               variants. It is also available for embedded devices.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform GUI
+               application development.
+
+               \image happyguy.jpg image "Happy guy"
+
+               Qt provides single-source portability across Microsoft
+               Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, and all major commercial Unix
+               variants. It is also available for embedded devices.
+           \endquotation
+
+           See also \l {inlineimage}{\\inlineimage} and \l
+           {caption}{\\caption}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\inlineimage \target inlineimage
+        \o \bold {The \\inlineimage command expands to the image
+           specified by its argument; the image is rendered inline
+           with the rest of the text.}
+
+           The command takes two arguments. The first is the name of
+           the image file. The second argument is optional and is a
+           simple description of the image equivalent to the HTML
+           alt="" in an image tag. The description is used for
+           tooltips, and when a browser doesn't support images like
+           the Lynx text browser.
+
+           The most common use of the \\inlineimage command is in
+           lists and tables. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \list 1
+               \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+               \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+               \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+               \endlist
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \list 1
+           \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+           \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+           \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+           \endlist
+
+           And
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \table
+               \header
+                   \o Trolltech
+                   \o Trolltech
+               \row
+                   \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+                   \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+               \row
+                   \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+                   \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy!
+               \endtable
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \raw HTML
+               <table align="center" cellpadding="2"
+                   cellspacing="1" border="0">
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511">
+                   <th>Trolltech</th>
+                   <th>Trolltech</th>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#f0f0f0">
+                   <td><img src="images/happy.gif" alt="Oh so happy!" />
+                   </td>
+                   <td><img src="images/happy.gif" alt="Oh so happy!" />
+                   </td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#f0f0f0">
+                   <td><img src="images/happy.gif" alt="Oh so happy!"/>
+                   </td>
+                   <td><img src="images/happy.gif" alt="Oh so happy!" />
+                   </td>
+               </tr>
+
+               </table>
+           \endraw
+
+           The command can also be used to insert an image
+           inline with the regular text. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \inlineimage training.jpg Training by Trolltech
+               The Qt Programming course is offered as a
+               five day Open Enrollment Course. The classes
+               are open to the public.While the course is open
+               to anyone who wants to learn, attendees should
+               have significant experience in C++ development
+               to derive maximum benefit from the course.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \inlineimage training.jpg Training by Trolltech
+               The Qt Programming course is offered as a
+               five day Open Enrollment Course. The classes
+               are open to the public.While the course is open
+               to anyone who wants to learn, attendees should
+               have significant experience in C++ development
+               to derive maximum benefit from the course.
+           \endquotation
+
+           See also \l {image}{\\image} and \l {caption}{\\caption}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\caption \target caption
+        \o \bold {The \\caption command provides a caption for an image.}
+
+           The command follows the same conventions for parentheses and use
+           of braces for its \l argument as the \l {i}{\\i} command.
+
+           \warning This is preliminary functionality. The
+           command is not fully implemented.
+
+           See also \l {image}{\\image} and \l
+           {inlineimage}{\\inlineimage}
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 10-qdoc-commands-container.html
+    \previouspage Graphic Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Document Contents Commands
+
+    \title Container Commands
+
+    The container commands create tables and lists with associated
+    items and contents. A list is rendered left aligned as a separate
+    paragraph. A table is rendered centered as a separate paragraph,
+    and its width depends on its content.
+
+   \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#header}{\\header},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#list}{\\list},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#o}{\\o},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#omitvalue}{\\omitvalue},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#row}{\\row},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#table}{\\table},
+    \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#value}{\\value}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\table \target table
+        \o \bold {The \\table command and the corresponding \\endtable
+           command delimit the contents of a table.}
+
+           The command accepts a single argument specifying the
+           table's width in percentage:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \table 100 %
+
+                  ...
+
+               \endtable
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           The code above ensures that the table will fill all
+           available space. If the table's width is smaller than 100 %,
+           the table will be centered in the generated documentation.
+
+           A table can contain headers, rows and columns. A row starts
+           with a \l {row}{\\row} command and consists of cells, which
+           starts with a \l {o}{\\o} command. There is also a \l
+           {header}{\\header} command which is a special kind of row
+           with a special formatting. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \table
+               \header
+                   \o Qt Core Feature
+                   \o Brief Description
+               \row
+                   \o \l {Signal and Slots}
+                   \o Signals and slots are used for communication
+                      between objects.
+               \row
+                   \o \l {Layout Management}
+                   \o The Qt layout system provides a simple
+                      and powerful way of specifying the layout
+                      of child widgets.
+               \row
+                   \o \l {Drag and Drop}
+                   \o Drag and drop provides a simple visual
+                      mechanism which users can use to transfer
+                      information between and within applications.
+               \endtable
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \raw HTML
+               <table align="center" cellpadding="2"
+                   cellspacing="1" border="0">
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511">
+                   <th>Qt Core Feature</th>
+                   <th>Brief Description</th>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td>
+                   <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/signalsandslots.html">
+                       Signals and Slots</a>
+                   </td>
+                   <td>Signals and slots are used for communication
+                       between objects.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0">
+                   <td>
+                   <a href=http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/layout.html">
+                       Layout Management</a></td>
+                   <td>The Qt layout system provides a simple
+                       and powerful way of specifying the layout
+                       of child widgets.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td>
+                   <a href=http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/dnd.html">
+                       Drag and Drop</a></td>
+                   <td>Drag and drop provides a simple visual
+                       mechanism which users can use to transfer
+                       information between and within applications.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               </table>
+           \endraw
+
+           You can also make cells span several rows and columns. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \table
+               \header
+                   \o {3,1} This header cell spans three columns
+                      but only one row.
+               \row
+                   \o {2, 1} This table cell spans two columns
+                      but only one row
+                   \o {1, 2} This table cell spans only one column,
+                   but two rows.
+               \row
+                   \o A regular table cell
+                   \o A regular table cell
+               \endtable
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \raw HTML
+               <table align="center" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1"
+                border="0">
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511">
+                   <th colspan="3" rowspan=" 1">
+                   This header cell spans three columns but only one row
+                   </th>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td colspan="2" rowspan=" 1">
+                   This table cell spans two columns but only one row
+                   </td>
+                   <td rowspan=" 2">
+                   This table cell spans only one column, but two rows.
+                   </td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0">
+                   <td>A regular table cell</td>
+                   <td>A regular table cell</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               </table>
+           \endraw
+
+           See also \l {header}{\\header}, \l {row}{\\row} and \l {o}{\\o}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\header \target header
+        \o \bold {The \\header command indicates that the following
+           table cells are the current table's column headers.}
+
+           The command can only be used within the \l{table}
+           {\\table...\\endtable} commands. A header can contain
+           several cells. A cell is created with the \l {o}{\\o}
+           command.
+
+           A header cell's text is centered within the table cell and
+           rendered using a bold font. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \table
+               \header
+                   \o Qt Core Feature
+                   \o Brief Description
+               \row
+                   \o \l {Signal and Slots}
+                   \o Signals and slots are used for communication
+                      between objects.
+               \endtable
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \raw HTML
+               <table align="center" cellpadding="2"
+                   cellspacing="1" border="0">
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511">
+                   <th>Qt Core Feature</th>
+                   <th>Brief Description</th>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td>
+                   <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/signalsandslots.html">
+                       Signals and Slots</a>
+                   </td>
+                   <td>Signals and slots are used for communication
+                       between objects.</td>
+               </tr>
+               </table>
+           \endraw
+
+           See also \l {table}{\\table}, \l {row}{\\row} and \l {o}{\\o}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\row \target row
+        \o \bold {The \\row command indicates that the following table
+           cells belong to the same row in the current table.}
+
+           The command can only be used within the \l{table}
+           {\\table...\\endtable} commands. A row can contain
+           several cells. A cell is created with the \l {o}{\\o}
+           command.
+
+           The background cell color of each row alternate between two
+           shades of grey, making it easier to distinguish the rows
+           from each other. The cells' contents is left aligned.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \table
+               \header
+                   \o Qt Core Feature
+                   \o Brief Description
+               \row
+                   \o \l {Signal and Slots}
+                   \o Signals and slots are used for communication
+                      between objects.
+               \row
+                   \o \l {Layout Management}
+                   \o The Qt layout system provides a simple
+                      and powerful way of specifying the layout
+                      of child widgets.
+               \row
+                   \o \l {Drag and Drop}
+                   \o Drag and drop provides a simple visual
+                      mechanism which users can use to transfer
+                      information between and within applications.
+               \endtable
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \raw HTML
+               <table align="center" cellpadding="2"
+                   cellspacing="1" border="0">
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511">
+                   <th>Qt Core Feature</th>
+                   <th>Brief Description</th>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td>
+                   <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/signalsandslots.html">
+                       Signals and Slots</a>
+                   </td>
+                   <td>Signals and slots are used for communication
+                       between objects.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0">
+                   <td>
+                   <a href=http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/layout.html">
+                       Layout Management</a></td>
+                   <td>The Qt layout system provides a simple
+                       and powerful way of specifying the layout
+                       of child widgets.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td>
+                   <a href=http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/dnd.html">
+                       Drag and Drop</a></td>
+                   <td>Drag and drop provides a simple visual
+                       mechanism which users can use to transfer
+                       information between and within applications.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               </table>
+           \endraw
+
+           See also \l {table}{\\table}, \l {header}{\\header} and \l
+           {o}{\\o}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\value \target value
+        \o \bold {The \\value command starts the documentation of a C++ enum
+           item}.
+
+           The command's first argument is the enum item. Then follows
+           its associated description. The description argument ends
+           at the next blank line or \\value. The arguments are
+           rendered within a table.
+
+           The documentation will be located in the associated class,
+           header file or namespace documentation. See the \l
+           {enum}{\\enum} documentation for an example.
+
+           See also \l {enum}{\\enum} and \l {omitvalue}{\\omitvalue}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\omitvalue \target omitvalue
+        \o \bold {The \\omitvalue command excludes a C++ enum item
+           from the documentation}.
+
+           The command's only argument is the name of the enum item
+           that will be omitted. See the \l {enum}{\\enum}
+           documentation for an example.
+
+           See also \l {enum}{\\enum} and \l {value}{\\value}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\list \target list
+        \o \bold {The \\list command and the corresponding \\endlist
+           command delimit a list of items.}
+
+           You need to create each list item explicitly using the \l
+           {o}{\\o} command. A list can contain one or more items; it
+           can also be nested. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \list
+               \o Qt Reference Documentation: Getting Started
+                   \list
+                   \o How to Learn Qt
+                   \o Installation
+                       \list
+                       \o Qt/X11
+                       \o Qt/Windows
+                       \o Qt/Mac
+                       \o Qt/Embedded
+                       \endlist
+                   \o Tutorial and Examples
+                   \endlist
+               \endlist
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \list
+           \o Qt Reference Documentation: Getting Started
+               \list
+               \o How to Learn Qt
+               \o Installation
+                   \list
+                   \o Qt/X11
+                   \o Qt/Windows
+                   \o Qt/Mac
+                   \o Qt/Embedded
+                   \endlist
+               \o Tutorial and Examples
+               \endlist
+           \endlist
+
+           The \\list command takes an optional argument providing
+           alternative appearances for the list items. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \list
+                   \o How to Learn Qt
+                   \o Installation
+                   \o Tutorial and Examples
+               \endlist
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will render the list items with bullets (the default):
+
+           \list
+               \o How to Learn Qt
+               \o Installation
+               \o Tutorial and Examples
+           \endlist
+
+           If you provide 'A' as an argument to the \\list command,
+           the bullets are replaced with characters following in
+           alphabetical order:
+
+           \list A
+               \o How to Learn Qt
+               \o Installation
+               \o Tutorial and Examples
+           \endlist
+
+           If you replace 'A' with '1', the list items are rendered
+           with numbers following in ascending order:
+
+           \list 1
+               \o How to Learn Qt
+               \o Installation
+               \o Tutorial and Examples
+
+           \endlist
+
+           If you provide 'i' as the argument, the default bullets are
+           replaced with roman numerals:
+
+           \list i
+               \o How to Learn Qt
+               \o Installation
+               \o Tutorial and Examples
+           \endlist
+
+           Or finally, you can make the list items appear with roman
+           numbers following in ascending order if you provide 'I' as
+           the optional argument:
+
+           \list I
+               \o How to Learn Qt
+               \o Installation
+               \o Tutorial and Examples
+           \endlist
+
+           You can also make the listing start at any character or
+           number by simply provide the number or character you want
+           to start at. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \list G
+                   \o How to Learn Qt
+                   \o Installation
+                   \o Tutorial and Examples
+               \endlist
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \list G
+               \o How to Learn Qt
+               \o Installation
+               \o Tutorial and Examples
+           \endlist
+
+           See also \l {o}{\\o}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\o \target o
+        \o \bold {The \\o command announce a table or list item.}
+
+           Earlier we used the \l {i}{\\i} command for this purpose. For more
+           information see the \l
+           {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#o-versus-i}{compatibility}
+           section.
+
+           The command can only be used within the \l{table}
+           {\\table...\\endtable} or \l{list}{\\list... \\endlist}
+           commands.
+
+           It considers everything until the next occurrence
+           of the \\o command, or the currently applicable \l
+           {table}{\\endtable} or \l {list}{\\endlist} command, as its
+           argument. For examples, see \l {table}{\\table} and \l
+           {list}{\\list}.
+
+           If the command is used within a table, you can in addition
+           specify how many rows or columns the item should span. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \table
+               \header
+                   \o {3,1} This header cell spans three columns
+                      but only one row.
+               \row
+                   \o {2, 1} This table item spans two columns
+                      but only one row
+                   \o {1, 2} This table item spans only one column,
+                   but two rows.
+               \row
+                   \o A regular table item
+                   \o A regular table item
+               \endtable
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \raw HTML
+               <table align="center" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1"
+                border="0">
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511">
+                   <th colspan="3" rowspan=" 1">
+                   This header cell spans three columns but only one row
+                   </th>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td colspan="2" rowspan=" 1">
+                   This table item spans two columns but only one row
+                   </td>
+                   <td rowspan=" 2">
+                   This table item spans only one column, but two rows.
+                   </td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0">
+                   <td>A regular table item</td>
+                   <td>A regular table item</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               </table>
+           \endraw
+
+           If not specified, the item will span one column and one row.
+
+           See also \l {table}{\\table}, \l {header}{\\header},
+           \l {list}{\\list} and \l {o}{\\o}.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html
+    \previouspage Container Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Miscellaneous Commands
+
+    \title Document Contents Commands
+
+    The document contents commands identify parts of the documentation,
+    i.e. parts with a special rendering, conceptual meaning or
+    function.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#abstract}{\\abstract},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#brief}{\\brief},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#footnote}{\\footnote},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#legalese}{\\legalese},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#tableofcontents}
+       {\\tableofcontents},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#quotation}{\\quotation},
+    \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#warning}{\\warning}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\abstract \target abstract
+        \o \bold {The \\abstract command and the corresponding \\endabstract
+           command delimit a document's abstract section.}
+
+           The abstract section is rendered as an indented italicized
+           paragraph.
+
+           \warning This is preliminary funcionality. The
+           command is not fully implemented. Currently, the abstract
+           section is rendered as a regular HTML paragraph. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \abstract
+                   Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform
+                   GUI application development. Qt provides
+                   single-source portability across Microsoft Windows,
+                   Mac OS X, Linux, and all major commercial Unix
+                   variants. It is also available for embedded
+                   devices.
+               \endabstract
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \abstract
+              Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform GUI
+              application development. Qt provides single-source
+              portability across Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, Linux,
+              and all major commercial Unix variants. It is also
+              available for embedded devices.
+           \endabstract
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\quotation \target quotation
+        \o \bold { The \\quotation command and the corresponding
+           \\endquotation command delimit a quotation remark.}
+
+           This command replaces the old \\quote command. For more
+           information see the \l
+           {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#quotation-versus-quote}
+           {compatibility} section.
+
+           The remark is rendered as a separate centered
+           paragraph. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               While the prospect of a significantly broader market is
+               good news for Firstlogic, the notion also posed some
+               challenges. Dave Dobson, director of technology for the La
+               Crosse, Wisconsin-based company, said:
+
+
+               \quotation
+                   As our solutions were being adopted into new
+                   environments, we saw an escalating need for easier
+                   integration with a wider range of enterprise
+                   applications.
+               \endquotation
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           While the prospect of a significantly broader market is
+           good news for Firstlogic, the notion also posed some
+           challenges. Dave Dobson, director of technology for the La
+           Crosse, Wisconsin-based company, said:
+
+           \quotation
+               As our solutions were being adopted into new
+               environments, we saw an escalating need for easier
+               integration with a wider range of enterprise
+               applications.
+           \endquotation
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\footnote \target footnote
+        \o \bold {The \\footnote command and the corresponding
+           \\endfootnote command delimit a footnote.}
+
+           The footnote follows the standard conventions, rendered at the
+           bottom of the page.
+
+           \warning This is preliminary funcionality. The
+           command is not fully implemented.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               In Qt 4 we have tried to simplify the constructors of
+               QObject/QWidget subclasses. This makes subclassing
+               easier, at the same time as it helps make the Qt
+               library more efficient.
+
+               \footnote
+               Constructors no longer take a "const char *name"
+               parameter. If you want to specify a name for a QObject,
+               you must call QObject::setObjectName() after
+               construction. The object name is now a QString.
+               \endfootnote
+
+               QWidget's WFlags data type has been split in two:
+               Qt::WindowFlags specifies low-level window flags (the
+               type of window and the frame style), whereas
+               Qt::WidgetAttribute specifies various higher-level
+               attributes about the widget (e.g.,
+               WA_StaticContents).
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               In Qt 4 we have tried to simplify the constructors of
+               QObject/QWidget subclasses. This makes subclassing
+               easier, at the same time as it helps make the Qt
+               library more efficient.
+
+               \footnote
+               Constructors no longer take a "const char *name"
+               parameter. If you want to specify a name for a QObject,
+               you must call QObject::setObjectName() after
+               construction. The object name is now a QString.
+               \endfootnote
+
+               QWidget's WFlags data type has been split in two:
+               Qt::WindowFlags specifies low-level window flags (the
+               type of window and the frame style), whereas
+               Qt::WidgetAttribute specifies various higher-level
+               attributes about the widget (e.g.,
+               WA_StaticContents).
+           \endquotation
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\tableofcontents \target tableofcontents
+        \o \bold {The \\tableofcontents command generates a
+           table displaying the titles of the current documentation
+           unit's parts, chapters, sections, etc.}
+
+           The command accepts a single optional argument:
+
+           \code
+               \tableofcontents sectionN
+           \endcode
+
+           where \c sectionN is the deepest section to include (by
+           default all sections are included).
+
+           For example, it the documentation unit's structure looks
+           something like this:
+
+           \quotation
+           \raw HTML
+               <a name="Basic Qt">
+               <h1>Basic Qt</h1>
+               </a>
+               <p>This is the first part.</p>
+
+                   <a name="Getting started">
+                   <h2>Getting Started</h2>
+                   </a>
+                   This is the first part's first chapter.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Hello Qt">
+                       <h3>Hello Qt</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the first chapter's first section.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Making Connections">
+                       <h3>Making Connections</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the first chapter's second section.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Using the Reference Documentation">
+                       <h3>Using the Reference Documentation</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the first chapter's third section.</p>
+
+                   <a name="Creating Dialogs">
+                   <h2>Creating Dialogs</h2>
+                   </a>
+                   <p>This is the first part's second chapter.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Subclassing QDialog">
+                       <h3>Subclassing QDialog</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the second chapter's first section.</p>
+
+                       ...
+
+               <a name="Intermediate Qt">
+               <h1>Intermediate Qt</h1>
+               </a>
+               <p>This is the second part.</p>
+
+                   <a name="Layout Management">
+                   <h2>Layout Management</h2>
+                   </a>
+                   <p>This is the second part's first chapter.</p>
+
+                       <a name="Basic Layouts">
+                       <h3>Basic Layouts</h3>
+                       </a>
+                       <p>This is the first chapter's first section.</p>
+
+               ...
+
+           \endraw
+           \endquotation
+
+           Then
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Contents:
+
+               \tableofcontents
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will expand to
+
+           \quotation
+           \raw HTML
+               <p>Contents:</p>
+
+               <ul>
+               <li><a href="#Basic Qt">Basic Qt</a></li>
+                   <ul>
+                   <li><a href="#Getting Started">Getting Started</a></li>
+                       <ul>
+                       <li><a href="#Hello Qt">Hello Qt</a></li>
+                       <li><a href="#Making Connections">
+                           Making Connections</a></li>
+                       <li><a href="#Using the Reference Documentation">
+                           Using the Reference Documentation</a></li>
+                       </ul>
+                   <li><a href="#Creating Dialogs">Creating Dialogs</a></li>
+                       <ul>
+                       <li><a href="#Subclassing QDialog">
+                           Subclassing QDialog</a></li>
+                       </ul>
+                   </ul>
+               <li><a href="#Intermediate Qt">Intermediate Qt</a></li>
+                   <ul>
+                   <li><a href="#Layout Management">Layout Management</a></li>
+                       <ul>
+                       <li><a href="#Basic Layouts">Basic Layouts</a></li>
+                       </ul>
+                   </ul>
+               </ul>
+
+               ...
+           \endraw
+           \endquotation
+
+           Each table entry becomes a link to the corresponding part,
+           chapter or section.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\brief \target brief
+        \o \bold {The \\brief command introduces a one-sentence
+           description of a class, namespace, header file, property
+           or variable.}
+
+           The brief text is used to introduce the documentation of
+           the associated object, and in lists generated using the \l
+           {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command.
+
+           The \\brief command can be used in two significant
+           different ways: \l {brief class}{One for classes,
+           namespaces and header files}, and \l {brief property}{one
+           for properties and variables}.
+
+           \target brief property
+
+           When the \\brief command is used to describe a property or
+           a variable, the brief text must only be a sentence fragment
+           and start with "whether" (for boolean properties and
+           variables) or "the" (for any other property or variable).
+
+           For example the boolean QWidget::isWindow property:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \property QWidget::isActiveWindow
+               \brief whether this widget's window is the active window
+
+               The active window is the window that contains the widget that
+               has keyboard focus.
+
+               When popup windows are visible, this property is true
+               for both the active window \e and for the popup.
+
+               \sa activateWindow(), QApplication::activeWindow()
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           and the QWidget::geometry property
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \property QWidget::geometry
+               \brief the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and
+               excluding the window frame
+
+               When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible,
+               receives a move event (moveEvent()) and/or a resize
+               event (resizeEvent()) immediately.
+
+               ...
+
+              \sa frameGeometry(), rect(), ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           The latter will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>geometry :
+                   <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qrect.html">QRect</a>
+                   </h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               This property holds the geometry of the widget relative
+               to its parent and excluding the window frame.
+
+               ...
+
+               Access functions:
+               \list
+                   \o \bold {const QRect & geometry () const}
+                   \o \bold {void setGeometry ( int x, int y, int w, int h )}
+                   \o \bold {void setGeometry ( const QRect & )}
+               \endlist
+
+               See also \l
+               {QWidget::frameGeometry()}{frameGeometry()}, \l
+               {QWidget::rect()}{rect()}, ...
+           \endquotation
+
+           \target brief class
+
+           When the \\brief command is used to describe a class, the
+           brief text should be a complete sentence and must start
+           like this:
+
+           \code
+           The <classname> class is|provides|contains|specifies...
+           \endcode
+
+           and likewise when the command is used for namespaces or
+           header files.
+
+           \warning The brief statement is used as the first
+           paragraph of the detailed description. Do not repeat the
+           sentence.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \class PreviewWindow
+               \brief The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget
+                      displaying the names of its currently set
+                      window flags in a read-only text editor.
+
+               The PreviewWindow class inherits QWidget. The widget
+               displays the names of its window flags set with the
+               setWindowFlags() function. It is also provided with a
+               QPushButton that closes the window.
+
+               ...
+
+               \sa QWidget
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h1>PreviewWindow Class Reference</h1>
+               \endraw
+
+               The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget displaying
+               the names of its currently set window flags in a
+               read-only text editor. \l {preview window}{More...}
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>Properties</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               \list
+                   \o 52 properties inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 1 property inherited from QObject
+               \endlist
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>Public Functions</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               \list
+                   \o \l {constructor}{PreviewWindow}(QWidget *parent = 0)
+                   \o void \l {function}{setWindowFlags}(Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+               \endlist
+
+               \list
+                   \o 183 public functions inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 28 public functions inherited from QObject
+               \endlist
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>Public Slots</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               \list
+                   \o 17 public slots inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 1 public slot inherited from QObject
+               \endlist
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>Additional Inherited Members</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               \list
+                   \o 1 signal inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 1 signal inherited from QObject
+                   \o 4 static public members inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 4 static public members inherited from QObject
+                   \o 39 protected functions inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 7 protected functions inherited from QObject
+               \endlist
+
+               \target preview window
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <hr />
+                   <h2>Detailed Description</h2>
+               \endraw
+               The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget displaying
+               the names of its currently set window flags in a
+               read-only text editor.
+
+               The PreviewWindow class inherits QWidget. The widget
+               displays the names of its window flags set with the \l
+               {function}{setWindowFlags()} function. It is also
+               provided with a QPushButton that closes the window.
+
+               ...
+
+               See also QWidget.
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <hr />
+                   <h2>Member Function Documentation</h2>
+               \endraw
+
+               \target constructor
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>PreviewWindow(QWidget *parent = 0)</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               Constructs a preview window widget with \i parent.
+
+               \target function
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>setWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags)</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               Sets the widgets flags using the
+               QWidget::setWindowFlags() function.
+
+               Then runs through the available window flags,
+               creating a text that contains the names of the flags
+               that matches the flags parameter, displaying
+               the text in the widgets text editor.
+           \endquotation
+
+           Using \\brief with a namespace can for example look like this:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \namespace Qt
+
+               \brief The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous identifiers
+               used throughout the Qt library.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           and finally using \\brief with a header file can look
+           something like this:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \headerfile <QtGlobal>
+               \title Global Qt Declarations
+
+               \brief The <QtGlobal> header file provides basic
+               declarations and is included by all other Qt headers.
+
+               \sa <QtAlgorithms>
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           See also \l{property}{\\property}, \l{class}{\\class},
+           \l{namespace}{\\namespace} and  \l{headerfile}{\\headerfile}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\legalese \target legalese
+        \o \bold {The \\legalese command, and the corresponding \\endlegalese
+           command, delimit a licence agreement.}
+
+           If the \\endlegalese command is omitted, QDoc will still
+           process the \\legalese command but considers the rest of
+           the documentation page as the license agreement.
+
+           Ideally, the license documentation is located where the
+           licensed code is used.
+
+           Later the documentation identified by the \\legalese
+           command can be accumulated into a list using the \l
+           {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with the \c legalese
+           argument. This is useful to generate an overview of all the
+           licenses associated with the source code.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           \ * !
+               ...
+
+               On X11, Qt also supports drops via the Motif Drag \&
+               Drop Protocol. The implementation incorporates some
+               code that was originally written by Daniel Dardailler,
+               and adapted for Qt by Matt Koss \<koss@napri.sk\> and
+               Trolltech. Here is the original copyright notice:
+
+               \legalese
+               \code
+
+               Copyright 1996 Daniel Dardailler.
+
+               Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell
+               this software for any purpose is hereby granted without
+               fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+               all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+               permission notice appear in supporting documentation,
+               and that the name of Daniel Dardailler not be used in
+               advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+               the software without specific, written prior
+               permission. Daniel Dardailler makes no representations
+               about the suitability of this software for any
+               purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or
+               implied warranty.
+
+               Modifications Copyright 1999 Matt Koss, under the same
+               license as above.
+
+               \ endcode
+               \endlegalese
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               ...
+
+               On X11, Qt also supports drops via the Motif Drag \&
+               Drop Protocol. The implementation incorporates some
+               code that was originally written by Daniel Dardailler,
+               and adapted for Qt by Matt Koss \<koss@napri.sk\> and
+               Trolltech. Here is the original copyright notice:
+
+               \legalese
+               \code
+
+               Copyright 1996 Daniel Dardailler.
+
+               Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell
+               this software for any purpose is hereby granted without
+               fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+               all copies and that both that copyright notice and this
+               permission notice appear in supporting documentation,
+               and that the name of Daniel Dardailler not be used in
+               advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+               the software without specific, written prior
+               permission. Daniel Dardailler makes no representations
+               about the suitability of this software for any
+               purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or
+               implied warranty.
+
+               Modifications Copyright 1999 Matt Koss, under the same
+               license as above.
+
+               \endcode
+               \endlegalese
+           \endquotation
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\warning \target warning
+        \o \bold {The \\warning command renders a "Warning:" prefix to
+           the command's argument.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Qt::HANDLE is a platform-specific handle type
+               for system objects. This is  equivalent to
+               \c{void *} on Windows and Mac OS X, and to
+               \c{unsigned long} on X11.
+
+               \warning Using this type is not portable.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               Qt::HANDLE is a platform-specific handle type
+               for system objects. This is  equivalent to
+               \c{void *} on Windows and Mac OS X, and to
+               \c{unsigned long} on X11.
+
+               \warning Using this type is not portable.
+           \endquotation
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html
+    \previouspage Document Contents Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Topical Commands
+
+    \title Miscellaneous Commands
+
+    These commands provide miscellaneous functions
+    connected to the visual appearance of the documentation, and to the
+    process of generating the documentation.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#else}{\\else},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#endif}{\\endif},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#expire}{\\expire},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#generatelist}{\\generatelist},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#if}{\\if},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#include}{\\include},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#meta}{\\meta},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#omit}{\\omit},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\raw},
+    \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\unicode}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\expire \target expire
+        \o \bold {The \\expire command allows you to define an expiration
+           date for your documentation.}
+
+           When using the \\expire command, QDoc will emit a warning
+           when the current date is larger than the specified
+           date. The command accepts one argument; the argument's
+           format is yyyy-mm-dd. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \page porting.html
+
+               \title Porting to Qt 3.x
+
+               \expire 2004-12-31
+
+               This document describes porting applications from Qt
+               2.x to Qt 3.x.
+
+               The Qt 3.x series is not binary compatible with the
+               2.x series.
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           If you run QDoc on 4 July 2005, it will emit the warning
+
+           \quotation
+               porting.qdoc:6: Documentation expired 185 days ago
+           \endquotation
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\generatelist \target generatelist
+        \o \bold {The \\generatelist command expands to a list of
+           various documentation or links to documentation.}
+
+           For example in the Qt Reference Documentation:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \page classes.html
+               \title All Qt Classes (main index)
+
+               For a shorter list that only includes the most
+               frequently used classes, see \l{Qt's Main Classes}. For
+               a list of Qt 3 support classes, see \l{Qt3Support
+               Classes}.
+
+               \generatelist classes
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           is used to generate \l {All Qt Classes (main index)}.
+
+           The command accepts the following arguments:
+
+           \target table example
+
+           \list
+           \o \c annotatedclasses
+
+              The \c annotatedclasses argument provides a table
+              containing the names of all the classes, and a
+              description of each class. Each class name is a link to
+              the class's reference documentation.
+
+              For example:
+
+              \quotation
+                  \raw HTML
+                  <table align="center" cellpadding="2"
+                      cellspacing="1" border="0">
+
+                  <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                      <td>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qdial.html">
+                          QDial</a>
+                      </td>
+                      <td>Rounded range control (like a speedometer
+                          or potentiometer)</td>
+                  </tr>
+
+                  <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                      <td>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qdialog.html">
+                          QDialog</a>
+                      </td>
+                      <td>The base class of dialog windows</td>
+                  </tr>
+
+                  <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                      <td>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qdir.html">
+                          QDir</a>
+                      </td>
+                      <td>Access to directory structures and their
+                          contents</td>
+                  </tr>
+                  </table>
+                  \endraw
+              \endquotation
+
+              A class is identified within the documentation by the
+              the \l {class}{\\class} command, and the descriptions
+              are based on the argument of the \l {brief}{\\brief}
+              commands in the class documentation.
+
+           \target list example
+
+           \o \c classes
+
+              The \c classes argument provides a complete alphabetical
+              list of the classes. Each class name is a link to the
+              class's reference documentation.
+
+              For example:
+
+              \quotation
+                  \raw HTML
+                      <p><table width="100%">
+
+                      <tr>
+                      <td align="right"><b>A&nbsp;</b></td>
+                      <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractbutton.html">QAbstractButton</a></td>
+
+                      <td align="right"></td>
+                      <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractextensionmanager.html">QAbstractExtensionManager</a></td>
+
+                      <td align="right"></td>
+                      <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractitemmodel.html">QAbstractItemModel</a></td>
+                      </tr>
+
+                      <tr>
+                      <td align="right"></td>
+                      <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstracteventdispatcher.html">QAbstractEventDispatcher</a></td>
+
+                      <td align="right"></td>
+                      <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractformbuilder.html">QAbstractFormBuilder</a></td>
+
+                      <td align="right"></td>
+                      <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractitemview.html">QAbstractItemView</a></td>
+                      </tr>
+
+                      <tr>
+                      <td align="right"></td>
+                      <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractextensionfactory.html">QAbstractExtensionFactory</a></td>
+
+                      <td align="right"></td>
+                      <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractitemdelegate.html">QAbstractItemDelegate</a></td>
+
+                      <td align="right"></td>
+                      <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractlistmodel.html">QAbstractListModel</a></td>
+                      </tr>
+                      </table></p>
+                  \endraw
+              \endquotation
+
+              A class is identified within the documentation by the
+              the \l {class}{\\class} command.
+
+           \o \c classesbymodule
+
+              This particular argument requests an additional argument,
+              i.e. a specification of the module.
+
+              For example:
+
+              \code
+              / *!
+                  \page qtgui.html
+                  \contentspage Qt Classes by Module
+                  \previouspage QtCore Classes
+                  \nextpage QtNetwork Classes
+
+                  \title QtGui Classes
+
+                  \keyword QtGui
+
+                  \generatelist {classesbymodule QtGui}
+              * /
+              \endcode
+
+              Together, these arguments provide a table containing the
+              classes considered members of the specified module,
+              accompanied with a brief description. Each class name is
+              a link to the class's reference documentation.
+
+              The generated table is rendered similarily to the one
+              generated when using the \l {table example}{\c
+              annotatedclasses} argument.
+
+              For the basic classes in Qt, a class's module is
+              determined by its location, i.e. its directory. However,
+              for extensions, like ActiveQt and Qt Designer, a class
+              is related to a module with the \l
+              {inmodule}{\\inmodule} command.
+
+           \o \c classesbyedition
+
+              This particular argument requests an additional argument,
+              i.e. a specification of the edition.
+
+              For example:
+
+              \code
+              / *!
+                  \page console-edition-classes.html
+                  \title Qt Console Edition Classes
+
+                  \generatelist{classesbyedition Console}
+              * /
+              \endcode
+
+              Together, these arguments provide a table containing the
+              classes considered members of the specified edition,
+              accompanied with a brief description. Each class name is
+              a link to the class's reference documentation.
+
+              The edition a given class can be found in is determined by
+              the module it belongs to.
+
+           \o \c compatclasses
+
+              The \c compatclasses argument provides a complete and
+              alphabetical list of the support classes.  A support
+              class is identified within the documentation by the \l
+              {compat}{\\compat} command. Each class name is a link to
+              the class's reference documentation. The list is
+              rendered similarily to the list generated by the \l
+              {list example}{\c classes} argument.
+
+              \warning The \c classesbymodule argument will at some
+              point replace the this argument.
+
+           \o \c functionindex
+
+              The \c functionindex argument provides a complete
+              alphabetical list of all the documented member
+              functions.
+
+              For example:
+
+              \quotation
+                  \raw HTML
+                      <p><center><font size="+1"><b><a href="#a">A</a>&nbsp;<a href="#b">B</a>&nbsp;<a href="#c">C</a>&nbsp;<a href="#d">D</a>&nbsp;<a href="#e">E</a>&nbsp;<a href="#f">F</a>&nbsp;<a href="#g">G</a>&nbsp;<a href="#h">H</a>&nbsp;<a href="#i">I</a>&nbsp;<a href="#j">J</a>&nbsp;<a href="#k">K</a>&nbsp;<a href="#l">L</a>&nbsp;<a href="#m">M</a>&nbsp;<a href="#n">N</a>&nbsp;<a href="#o">O</a>&nbsp;<a href="#p">P</a>&nbsp;<a href="#q">Q</a>&nbsp;<a href="#r">R</a>&nbsp;<a href="#s">S</a>&nbsp;<a href="#t">T</a>&nbsp;<a href="#u">U</a>&nbsp;<a href="#v">V</a>&nbsp;<a href="#w">W</a>&nbsp;<a href="#x">X</a>&nbsp;<a href="#y">Y</a>&nbsp;<a href="#z">Z</a>&nbsp;</b></font></center></p>
+
+                      <p>DTDHandler: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qxmlreader.html#DTDHandler">QXmlReader</a></p>
+
+                      <p>QAXCLASS: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxfactory.html#QAXCLASS">global</a></p>
+
+                      <p>QAXFACTORY_BEGIN: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxfactory.html#QAXFACTORY_BEGIN">global</a></p>
+
+                      <p>QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxfactory.html#QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT">global</a></p>
+
+                      <p>QAXFACTORY_END: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxfactory.html#QAXFACTORY_END">global</a></p>
+
+                  \endraw
+
+                  ...
+              \endquotation
+
+           \o \c legalese
+
+              The \c legalese argument provides a complete list of all
+              the licenses. The licenses are identified within the
+              documentation using the \l {legalese}{\\legalese}
+              command.
+
+              For example:
+
+              \quotation
+                  \raw HTML
+                      <hr />
+                      <p>
+                      Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the
+                      University of California. All rights reserved.
+                      </p>
+
+                      <p>
+                      Redistribution and use in source and binary
+                      forms are permitted provided that the above
+                      copyright notice and this paragraph are
+                      duplicated in all such forms and that any
+                      documentation, advertising materials, and other
+                      materials related to such distribution and use
+                      acknowledge that the software was developed by
+                      the University of California, Berkeley...
+                      </p>
+
+                      <ul>
+                      <li>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qdate.html#weekNumber">QDate::weekNumber()</a>
+                      </li>
+                      </ul>
+
+                      <hr />
+                      <p>
+                      Copyright (c) 1991 by AT&amp;T.
+                      </p>
+
+                      <p>
+                      Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute
+                      this software for any purpose without fee is
+                      hereby granted, provided that this entire notice
+                      is included in all copies of any software which
+                      is or includes a copy or modification of this
+                      software and in all copies of the supporting
+                      documentation for such software...
+                      </p>
+
+                      <ul>
+                      <li>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qlocale.html">QLocale</a>
+                      </li>
+                      </ul>
+                      <hr />
+                  \endraw
+                  ...
+              \endquotation
+
+           \o \c mainclasses
+
+              The \c mainclasses argument provides a complete
+              alphabetical list of the main classes. Each class name
+              is a link to the class's reference documentation. A
+              class is related to the group of main classes by using
+              the \l {mainclass}{\\mainclass} command.
+
+              The list is rendered similarily to the list generated by
+              the \l {list example}{\c classes} argument.
+
+           \o \c overviews
+
+              The \c overviews argument provides a complete
+              alphabetical overview of the documentation. Each list
+              entry is a link to the respective documentation page.
+
+              The list includes pages declared using commands like \l
+              {page}{\\page} and \l {group}{\\group}. The list omits
+              examples and classes, and only lists the first page of
+              documentation that contains two or more pages using
+              commands like \l {nextpage}{\\nextpage}.
+
+              For example:
+
+              \quotation
+                  \raw HTML
+                      <ul>
+
+                      <li>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qtalgorithms.html">
+                      &lt;QtAlgorithms&gt; - Generic Algorithms
+                      </a>
+                      </li>
+
+                      <li>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qtglobal.html">
+                      &lt;QtGlobal&gt; - Global Qt Declarations
+                      </a>
+                      </li>
+
+                      <li>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxserver-demo-simple.html">
+                      A standard ActiveX and the &quot;simple&quot; ActiveQt widget
+                      </a>
+                      </li>
+
+                      <li>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/aboutqt.html">
+                      About Qt
+                      </a>
+                      </li>
+
+                      <li>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/trolltech.html">
+                      About Trolltech
+                      </a>
+                      </li>
+
+                      <li>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/abstractwidgets.html">
+                      Abstract Widget Classes
+                      </a>
+                      </li>
+
+                      <li>
+                      <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/accessibility.html">
+                      Accessibility Classes
+                      </a>
+                      </li>
+                      ...
+                      </ul>
+                  \endraw
+              \endquotation
+
+           \o \c related
+
+              The \c related argument is used in combination with the
+              \l {group}{\\group} command to list all the overviews
+              related to the given group. Each list entry is a link to
+              the respective documentation page.
+
+           \o \c relatedinline
+
+              The \c related argument is used in combination with the
+              \l {group}{\\group} command to collect all documentation
+              related to the given group. The various documentation
+              snippets are copied directly into the group page.
+
+           \o \c service
+
+              The \c service argument provides a complete alphabetical
+              list of the services. Each service name is a link to the
+              service's reference documentation.
+
+              A service is identified within the documentation by the
+              \l {service}{\\service} command.
+
+        \endlist
+
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\if \target if
+        \o \bold {The \\if command and the corresponding \\endif command
+           enclose parts of a QDoc comment that only will be included if
+           the condition specified by the command's argument is true.}
+
+           The command reads the rest of the line and parses it as an
+           C++ #if statement. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \if defined(opensourceedition)
+
+               \bold{Note:} This edition is for the development of
+               \l{Qt Open Source Edition}{Free and Open Source}
+               software only; see \l{Qt Commercial Editions}.
+
+               \endif
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           This QDoc comment will only be rendered if the \c
+           opensourceedition preprocessor symbol is defined, and
+           specified in the \l {definesvariable}{defines} variable in
+           the configuration file to make QDoc process
+           the code within #ifdef and #endif:
+
+           \code
+               defines = opensourceedition
+           \endcode
+
+           You can also define the preprocessor symbol manually on the
+           command line. For more information see the documentation of
+           the \l {definesvariable}{defines} variable.
+
+           See also \l{endif}{\\endif}, \l{else}{\\else}, \l
+           {definesvariable}{defines} and \l falsehoods.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\endif \target endif
+        \o \bold {The \\endif command and the corresponding \\if command
+           enclose parts of a QDoc comment that will be included if
+           the condition specified by the \l {if}{\\if} command's
+           argument is true.}
+
+           For more information, see the documentation of the \l
+           {if}{\\if} command.
+
+           See also \l{if}{\\if}, \l{else}{\\else}, \l
+           {definesvariable}{defines} and \l falsehoods.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\else \target else
+        \o \bold {The \\else command specifies an alternative if the
+           condition in the \l {if}{\\if} command is false.}
+
+           The \\else command can only be used within \l
+           {if}{\\if...\\endif} commands, but is useful when there is
+           only two alternatives. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The Qt 3 support library is provided to keep old
+               source code working.
+
+               In addition to the \c Qt3Support classes, Qt 4 provides
+               compatibility functions when it's possible for an old
+               API to cohabit with the new one.
+
+               \if !defined(QT3_SUPPORT)
+                   \if defined(QT3_SUPPORTWARNINGS)
+                       The compiler emits a warning when a
+                       compatibility function is called. (This works
+                       only with GCC 3.2+ and MSVC 7.)
+                   \else
+                       To use the Qt 3 support library, you need to
+                       have the line QT += qt3support in your .pro
+                       file (qmake automatically define the
+                       QT3_SUPPORT symbol, turning on compatibility
+                       function support).
+
+                       You can also define the symbol manually (e.g.,
+                       if you don't want to link against the \c
+                       Qt3Support library), or you can define \c
+                       QT3_SUPPORT_WARNINGS instead, telling the
+                       compiler to emit a warning when a compatibility
+                       function is called. (This works only with GCC
+                       3.2+ and MSVC 7.)
+                   \endif
+               \endif
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           If the \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined, the comment will be rendered
+           as
+
+           \quotation
+               The Qt 3 support library is provided to keep old source
+               code working.
+
+               In addition to the Qt3Support classes, Qt 4 provides
+               compatibility functions when it's possible for an old
+               API to cohabit with the new one.
+           \endquotation
+
+           If \c QT3_SUPPORT isn't defined but \c QT3_SUPPORT_WARNINGS
+           is, the comment will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The Qt 3 support library is provided to keep old source
+               code working.
+
+               In addition to the Qt3Support classes, Qt 4 provides
+               compatibility functions when it's possible for an old
+               API to cohabit with the new one.
+
+               The compiler emits a warning when a compatibility
+               function is called. (This works only with GCC 3.2+ and
+               MSVC 7.)
+           \endquotation
+
+           If none of the symbols are defined, the comment will be
+           rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The Qt 3 support library is provided to keep old
+               source code working.
+
+               In addition to the \c Qt3Support classes, Qt 4 provides
+               compatibility functions when it's possible for an old
+               API to cohabit with the new one.
+
+               To use the Qt 3 support library, you need to have the
+               line QT += qt3support in your .pro file (qmake
+               automatically define the QT3_SUPPORT symbol, turning on
+               compatibility function support).
+
+               You can also define the symbol manually (e.g., if you
+               don't want to link against the \c Qt3Support library),
+               or you can define \c QT3_SUPPORT_WARNINGS instead,
+               telling the compiler to emit a warning when a
+               compatibility function is called. (This works only with
+               GCC 3.2+ and MSVC 7.)
+           \endquotation
+
+           See also \l{if}{\\if}, \l{endif}{\\endif}, \l
+           {definesvariable}{defines} and \l falsehoods.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\include \target include
+        \o \bold {The \\include command  expands to the contents of the
+            file specified by the command's argument.}
+
+            \warning This is preliminary functionality. For more
+            information, see the \l
+            {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#include-versus-input}
+            {compatibility} section.
+
+            The command takes a file name as an argument, and is
+            useful when some piece of the documentation is used
+            repeatedly: Move the repetetive text into a separate file,
+            and use the \\include command whenever you want to insert
+            the separate documentation.
+
+            The contents of such a file should follow QDoc syntax,
+            excluding the enclosing \c{/}\c{*!} ... \c{*}\c{/} marks.
+            To ensure that QDoc won't attempt to read the file as a
+            stand-alone piece of documentation, we recommend that you
+            use the \c .qdocinc extension.
+
+            For example:
+
+            \code
+            / *!
+                \page corefeatures.html
+                \title Core Features
+
+                \include examples/signalandslots.qdocinc
+                \include examples/objectmodel.qdocinc
+                \include examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc
+            * /
+            \endcode
+
+            will be rendered as
+
+            \quotation
+                \raw HTML
+                <h1>Core Features</h1>
+                \endraw
+
+                \include examples/signalandslots.qdocinc
+                \include examples/objectmodel.qdocinc
+                \include examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc
+            \endquotation
+
+            Here is the actual \c .qdocinc files: \l
+            signalandslots.qdocinc, \l objectmodel.qdocinc, \l
+            layoutmanagement.qdocinc
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\meta \target meta
+        \o \bold {The \\meta command is the QDoc equivalent to the HTML
+           \c meta tag.}
+
+           The command accepts two arguments: The first argument (the
+           following word) is equivalent to the HTML meta tag's \i
+           name variable, and the second argument (the rest of the
+           line) is equivalent to the tag's \i contents variable.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \meta author Summerfield
+
+               \section1 Automatic Dialogs
+
+               \abstract
+                   This article shows how to maintain sets of
+                   "attributes" (QVariant values), and how to allow
+                   users to view and edit them using dialogs that are
+                   created dynamically based on the attributes and
+                   their types.
+               \endabstract
+
+               The Attributes class described in this article holds a
+               set of QVariants, and can create a dialog to present
+               the QVariants to the user in an appropriate way.
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be included in the generated HTML page as
+
+           \code
+           <head>
+                ...
+                <meta name="author" content="Summerfield" />
+                ...
+           </head>
+           \endcode
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\omit \target omit
+        \o \bold {The \\omit command and the correspondning \\endomit
+           command delimit parts of the documentation that
+           you want QDoc to skip.}
+
+           For example:
+
+            \code
+            / *!
+                \table
+                \row
+                    \o Basic Widgets
+                    \o Basic GUI widgets such as buttons, comboboxes
+                       and scrollbars.
+
+                \omit
+                \row
+                    \o Component Model
+                    \o Interfaces and helper classes for the Qt
+                       Component Model.
+                \endomit
+
+                \row
+                    \o Database Classes
+                    \o Database related classes, e.g. for SQL databases.
+                \endtable
+            * /
+            \endcode
+
+            will be rendered as
+
+            \raw HTML
+                <table align="center" cellpadding="2"
+                    cellspacing="1" border="0">
+
+                <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                    <td>Basic Widgets</td>
+                    <td>Basic GUI widgets such as buttons, comboboxes
+                       and scrollbars.</td>
+                </tr>
+
+                <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0">
+                    <td>Database Classes</td>
+                    <td>Database related classes, e.g. for SQL databases.</td>
+                </tr>
+                </table>
+            \endraw
+
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\raw \target raw
+        \o \bold {The \\raw command and the corresponding
+           \\endraw command delimit a block of raw mark-up language code.}
+
+           The command takes an argument specifying the code's format;
+           currently the only supported format is HTML.
+
+           The \\raw command is useful if you want some special HTML
+           effects in your documentation. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               Qt has some predefined QColor objects. For example:
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <style type="text/css" id="colorstyles">
+               #blue { background-color: #0000ff; color: #ffffff }
+               #darkBlue { background-color: #000080; color: #ffffff }
+               #cyan { background-color: #00ffff; color: #000000 }
+               </style>
+
+               <p>
+               <tt id="blue">Blue(#0000ff)</tt>,
+               <tt id="darkBlue">dark blue(#000080)</tt> and
+               <tt id="cyan">cyan(#00ffff)</tt>.
+               \endraw
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               Qt has some predefined QColor objects. For example:
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <style type="text/css" id="colorstyles">
+               #blue { background-color: #0000ff; color: #ffffff }
+               #darkBlue { background-color: #000080; color: #ffffff }
+               #cyan { background-color: #00ffff; color: #000000 }
+               </style>
+
+               <p>
+               <tt id="blue">Blue(#0000ff)</tt>,
+               <tt id="darkBlue">dark blue(#000080)</tt> and
+               <tt id="cyan">cyan(#00ffff)</tt>.
+               \endraw
+           \endquotation
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\unicode \target unicode
+        \o \bold {The \\unicode command allows you to insert an
+                  arbitrary Unicode character in the document.}
+
+           The command takes an argument specifying the character as
+           an integer. By default, base 10 is assumed, unless a '0x'
+           or '0' prefix is specified (for base 16 and 8,
+           respectively). For example:
+
+           \code
+                O G\unicode{0xEA}nio e as Rosas
+
+                \unicode 0xC0 table en famille avec 15 \unicode 0x20AC par jour
+
+                \unicode 0x3A3 \i{a}\sub{\i{i}}
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+                O G\unicode{0xEA}nio e as Rosas
+
+                \unicode 0xC0 table en famille avec 15 \unicode 0x20AC par jour
+
+                \unicode 0x3A3 \i{a}\sub{\i{i}}
+           \endquotation
+
+           The \\raw command follows the same conventions as the \l
+           {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation and use of
+           braces} for the argument.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 12-1-signalandslots.html
+    \previouspage Miscellaneous Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+
+    \title signalandslots.qdocinc
+
+    \quotefile examples/signalandslots.qdocinc
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 12-2-objectmodel.html
+    \previouspage Miscellaneous Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+
+    \title objectmodel.qdocinc
+
+    \quotefile examples/objectmodel.qdocinc
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 12-3-layoutmanagement.html
+    \previouspage Miscellaneous Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+
+    \title layoutmanagement.qdocinc
+
+    \quotefile examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 13-qdoc-commands-topical.html
+    \previouspage Miscellaneous Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Contextual Commands
+
+    \title Topical Commands
+
+    The topical commands tell QDoc what is being documented
+    (i.e. existing units like classes, functions and examples), and
+    some of the commands allows you to create extra pages.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#class}{\\class},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#enum}{\\enum},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#example-command}{\\example},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#externalpage}{\\externalpage},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#fn}{\\fn},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#group}{\\group},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#headerfile}{\\headerfile},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#macro}{\\macro},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#module}{\\module},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#namespace}{\\namespace},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#page}{\\page},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#property}{\\property},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#service}{\\service},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#typedef}{\\typedef},
+    \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#variable}{\\variable},
+
+    \section1 General Description
+
+    When QDoc is processing a comment, it will try to connect the
+    documentation to the source code. For that reason it will first
+    look for the topical commands. If there is no such command, it
+    will try to tie the documentation to the immediately following
+    code. If there is no topical command, and the documentation cannot
+    be tied to following code, the documentation is simply lost.
+
+    \target topical argument
+
+    The documented unit's name is passed as the unique argument for
+    all the topical commands. The argument's naming convention is the
+    documented unit's complete name. For example:
+
+    \code
+        \enum QComboBox::InsertPolicy
+    \endcode
+
+    Functions is a special case, the argument's naming convention for
+    the \l {fn}{\\fn} command is that of the function's definition
+    outside the class definition. For example:
+
+    \code
+        \fn void PreviewWindow::setWindowFlags()
+    \endcode
+
+    A topical command can appear anywhere in a comment, but must stand
+    alone on its own line. If the argument spans several lines, make
+    sure that each line (except the last one) is ended with a
+    backslash. In addition QDoc counts parentheses, which means that
+    if it encounters a '(' it considers everything until the closing
+    ')' as its argument.
+
+    If a topical command is repeated with different arguments, the
+    same documentation will appear for both the units. For example:
+
+    \code
+    / *!
+        \fn void PreviewWindow::setWindowFlags()
+        \fn void ControllerWindow::setWindowFlags()
+
+        Sets the widgets flags using the QWidget::setWindowFlags()
+        function.
+
+        Then runs through the available window flags, creating a text
+        that contains the names of the flags that matches the flags
+        parameter, displaying the text in the widgets text editor.
+    * /
+    \endcode
+
+    The \c PreviewWindow::setWindowFlags() and \c
+    ControllerWindow::setWindowFlags() functions will get the same
+    documentation.
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\class \target class
+        \o \bold {The \\class command tells QDoc that a class is
+           part of the public API, and lets you enter a detailed
+           description.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument, and supports
+           nested classes, for example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \class QMap::iterator
+
+               \brief The QMap::iterator class provides an STL-style
+               non-const iterator for QMap and QMultiMap.
+
+               QMap features both \l{STL-style iterators} and
+               \l{Java-style iterators}. The STL-style iterators ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           The generated HTML documentation for the specified class is
+           put in \c <lower-case>classname.html. For example, the
+           documentation for the \c PreviewWindow class is located in
+           \c previewwindow.html.
+
+           \target framework
+
+           In addition to render the detailed description, the \\class
+           comand will generate the documentation framework, i.e. a
+           list of the class's types, properties, functions, signals
+           and slots with empty documentation.
+
+           The command is typically accompanied with a \l
+           {brief}{\\brief} command, a \l {mainclass}{\\mainclass}
+           command, an \l {ingroup}{\\ingroup} command and a \l
+           {sa}{\\sa} command. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \class PreviewWindow
+               \brief The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget
+                      displaying the names of its currently set
+                      window flags in a read-only text editor.
+
+               \mainclass
+               \ingroup miscellaneous
+
+               The PreviewWindow class inherits QWidget. The widget
+               displays the names of its window flags set with the \l
+               {function}{setWindowFlags()} function. It is also
+               provided with a QPushButton that closes the window.
+
+               ...
+
+              \sa QWidget
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h1>PreviewWindow Class Reference</h1>
+               \endraw
+
+               The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget displaying
+               the names of its currently set window flags in a
+               read-only text editor. \l {preview window}{More...}
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>Properties</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               \list
+                   \o 52 properties inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 1 property inherited from QObject
+               \endlist
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>Public Functions</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               \list
+                   \o \l {constructor}{PreviewWindow}(QWidget *parent = 0)
+                   \o void \l {function}{setWindowFlags}(Qt::WindowFlags flags)
+               \endlist
+
+               \list
+                   \o 183 public functions inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 28 public functions inherited from QObject
+               \endlist
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>Public Slots</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               \list
+                   \o 17 public slots inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 1 public slot inherited from QObject
+               \endlist
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>Additional Inherited Members</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               \list
+                   \o 1 signal inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 1 signal inherited from QObject
+                   \o 4 static public members inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 4 static public members inherited from QObject
+                   \o 39 protected functions inherited from QWidget
+                   \o 7 protected functions inherited from QObject
+               \endlist
+
+               \target preview window
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <hr />
+                   <h2>Detailed Description</h2>
+               \endraw
+
+               The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget displaying
+               the names of its currently set window flags in a
+               read-only text editor.
+
+               The PreviewWindow class inherits QWidget. The widget
+               displays the names of its window flags set with the \l
+               {function}{setWindowFlags()} function. It is also
+               provided with a QPushButton that closes the window.
+
+               ...
+
+               See also QWidget.
+
+               \raw HTML
+                   <hr />
+                   <h2>Member Function Documentation</h2>
+               \endraw
+
+               \target constructor
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>PreviewWindow(QWidget *parent = 0)</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               Constructs a preview window widget with \i parent.
+
+               \target function
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h3>setWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags)</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               Sets the widgets flags using the
+               QWidget::setWindowFlags() function.
+
+               Then runs through the available window flags,
+               creating a text that contains the names of the flags
+               that matches the flags parameter, displaying
+               the text in the widgets text editor.
+           \endquotation
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\enum \target enum
+        \o \bold {The \\enum command allows you to document a C++ enum.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument.
+
+           The enum items are documented using the \l {value}{\\value}
+           command. If an item isn't documented, QDoc will emit a
+           warning. This can be avoided using the \l
+           {omitvalue}{\\omitvalue} command excluding an item from the
+           documentation. The enum documentation will be located in
+           the associated class, header file or namespace
+           documentation.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+               enum Corner {
+                   TopLeftCorner = 0x00000,
+                   TopRightCorner = 0x00001,
+                   BottomLeftCorner = 0x00002,
+                   BottomRightCorner = 0x00003
+           #if defined(QT3_SUPPORT) && !defined(Q_MOC_RUN)
+                   ,TopLeft = TopLeftCorner,
+                   TopRight = TopRightCorner,
+                   BottomLeft = BottomLeftCorner,
+                   BottomRight = BottomRightCorner
+           #endif
+               };
+           \endcode
+
+           In case of the Qt::Corner enum,
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \enum Qt::Corner
+
+               This enum type specifies a corner in a rectangle:
+
+               \value TopLeftCorner
+                      The top-left corner of the rectangle.
+               \value TopRightCorner
+                      The top-right corner of the rectangle.
+               \value BottomLeftCorner
+                      The bottom-left corner of the rectangle.
+               \value BottomRightCorner
+                      The bottom-right corner of the rectangle.
+
+               \omitvalue TopLeft
+               \omitvalue TopRight
+               \omitvalue BottomLeft
+               \omitvalue BottomRight
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           this associated QDoc comment will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+           \raw HTML
+               <h3 class="fn"><a name="Corner-enum"></a>enum Qt::Corner</h3>
+
+               <p>This enum type specifies a corner in a rectangle:</p>
+
+               <table border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" width="100%">
+               <tr>
+               <th width="25%">Constant</th>
+               <th width="15%">Value</th>
+               <th width="60%">Description</th>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr>
+               <td valign="top"><tt>Qt::TopLeftCorner</tt></td>
+               <td align="center" valign="top"><tt>0x00000</tt></td>
+               <td valign="top">The top-left corner of the rectangle.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr>
+               <td valign="top"><tt>Qt::TopRightCorner</tt></td>
+               <td align="center" valign="top"><tt>0x00001</tt></td>
+               <td valign="top">The top-right corner of the rectangle.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr>
+               <td valign="top"><tt>Qt::BottomLeftCorner</tt></td>
+               <td align="center" valign="top"><tt>0x00002</tt></td>
+               <td valign="top">The bottom-left corner of the rectangle.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               <tr>
+               <td valign="top"><tt>Qt::BottomRightCorner</tt></td>
+               <td align="center" valign="top"><tt>0x00003</tt></td>
+               <td valign="top">The bottom-right corner of the rectangle.</td>
+               </tr>
+
+               </table>
+           \endraw
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qt.html.
+
+           See also \l {value}{\\value} and \l {omitvalue}{\\omitvalue}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\example \target example-command
+        \o \bold {The \\example command allows you to document an
+           example.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument. In particular
+           the command's argument is the example's path relative to
+           the paths listed in the \l exampledirs configuration
+           variable.
+
+           The documentation will be located in \i
+           {path-to-example}.html, and QDoc will add a list of all the
+           example files at the top of this documentation page.
+
+           For example, if \l exampledirs contain \c
+           $QTDIR/examples/widgets/imageviewer, then
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \example widgets/imageviewer
+               \title ImageViewer Example
+               \subtitle
+
+               The example shows how to combine QLabel and QScrollArea
+               to display an image.
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <center><h1>Image Viewer Example</h1></center>
+               \endraw
+
+               Files:
+               \list
+               \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/widgets-imageviewer-imageviewer-cpp.html}
+                  {widgets/imageviewer/imageviewer.cpp}
+               \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/widgets-imageviewer-imageviewer-h.html}
+                  {widgets/imageviewer/imageviewer.h}
+               \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/widgets-imageviewer-main-cpp.html}
+                  {widgets/imageviewer/main.cpp}
+               \endlist
+
+               The example shows how to combine QLabel and QScrollArea
+               to display an image.
+
+               ...
+           \endquotation
+
+           in widgets-imageviewer.html.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\fn \target fn
+        \o \bold {The \\fn command allows you to document a function.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument. In particular
+           it is important that the return type of the function,
+           whether it is \c const or not and the complete set of
+           arguments with type are included in the argument.  If the
+           referenced function doesn't exist, QDoc will emit a
+           warning.
+
+           Also, the \\fn command is QDoc's default command, i.e. when
+           no topical command can be found within a QDoc comment, QDoc
+           tries to tie the documentation to the following code as if
+           it was function documentation.
+
+           This means that the command normally isn't necessary since
+           the recommended style is to write the function
+           documentation directly before the function implementation
+           in the \c .cpp file. In fact, it should only be used for
+           inline functions implemented in the \c .h file.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \fn bool QToolBar::isAreaAllowed(Qt::ToolBarArea area) const
+
+               Returns true if this toolbar is dockable in the given
+               \a area; otherwise returns false.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>bool QToolBar::isAreaAllowed(Qt::ToolBarArea area) const
+               </h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               Returns true if this toolbar is dockable in the given
+               \a area; otherwise returns false.
+           \endquotation
+
+           See also \l {overload}{\\overload}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\group \target group
+        \o \bold {The \\group command creates a separate page that
+           lists the classes belonging to the group specified by the
+           command's argument.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument. The \\group
+           command is typically followed by a \l {title}{\\title}
+           command and a short introduction to the group.  The
+           generated HTML documentation for the specified group is put
+           in <lower-case>\i{group}.html.
+
+           A class can be related to a group by using the \l
+           {ingroup}{\\ingroup} command. In addition, overviews can be
+           related to a group using the same command, but these must
+           be listed explicitly using the \l
+           {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command (see example below).
+
+           Each class is listed with a link to the class reference
+           page and a brief description based on the classes' \l
+           {brief}{\\brief} texts. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \group io
+
+               \title Input/Output and Networking
+
+               These classes are used to handle input and output to
+               and from external devices, processes, files etc. as
+               well as manipulating files and directories.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+                \raw HTML
+
+                <h1>Input/Output and Networking</h1>
+
+                <p>These classes are used to handle input and output
+                to and from external devices, processes, files etc. as
+                well as manipulating files and directories.</p>
+
+                <p>
+                <table width="100%">
+                    <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#e0e0e0">
+                    <td><b>
+                    <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractsocket.html">QAbstractSocket</a>
+                    </b></td>
+                    <td>
+                    The base functionality common to all socket types
+                    </td></tr>
+
+                    <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#e0e0e0">
+                    <td><b>
+                    <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qbuffer.html">QBuffer</a>
+                    </b></td>
+                    <td>
+                    QIODevice interface for a QByteArray
+                    </td></tr>
+
+                    <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#e0e0e0">
+                    <td><b>
+                    <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qclipboard.html">QClipboard</a>
+                    </b></td>
+                    <td>
+                    Access to the window system clipboard
+                    </td></tr>
+                </table>
+                \endraw
+           \endquotation
+
+           in io.html.
+
+           Note that overviews related to the given group, must be
+           listed explicitly using the \l
+           {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with the \c related
+           argument. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \group architecture
+
+               \title Architecture
+
+               These documents describe aspects of Qt's architecture
+               and design, including overviews of core Qt features and
+               technologies.
+
+               \generatelist{related}
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           See also \l {ingroup}{\\ingroup} and \l
+           {generatelist}{\\generatelist}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\headerfile \target headerfile
+        \o \bold {The \\headerfile command allows you to document
+           global functions, types and macros declared in a header file.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument, and the
+           generated HTML documentation for the specified header file
+           is put in <lower-case>\i{headerfilename}.html.
+
+           A function, type or macro can be associated with a
+           headerfile using the \l {relates}{\\relates} command.
+
+           If the referenced header file doesn't exist, the
+           \\headerfile command will still create a documentation page
+           for a header file with the referenced file's name.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \headerfile <QtAlgorithms>
+
+               \title Generic Algorithms
+
+               \brief The <QtAlgorithms> header file provides
+                generic template-based algorithms.
+
+               Qt provides a number of global template functions in \c
+               <QtAlgorithms> that work on containers and perform
+               well-know algorithms.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <center><h1>&lt;QtAlgorithms&gt; -
+                           Generic Algorithms</h1></center>
+               <p>The <QtAlgorithms> header file provides generic
+               template-based algorithms.
+               <a href="13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#header">More...</a>
+               </p>
+
+               <h3>Functions</h3>
+               <ul>
+               <li>RandomAccessIterator
+               <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">qBinaryFind</a></b>
+               (RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end,
+               const T & value)</li>
+               <li>...</li></ul>
+               <hr />
+               \endraw
+
+               \target header
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <h2>Detailed Description</h2>
+               <p>The <QtAlgorithms> header file provides generic
+               template-based algorithms. </p>
+               \endraw
+
+               Qt provides a number of global template functions in \c
+               <QtAlgorithms> that work on containers and perform
+               well-know algorithms.
+
+               ...
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qtalgorithms.html.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\macro \target macro
+        \o \bold {The \\macro command allows you to document a C++ macro.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument.
+
+           QDoc recognizes three different macro syntax: function-like
+           macros like Q_ASSERT(), declaration-style macros like
+           Q_PROPERTY() and macros without parentheses like Q_OBJECT.
+
+           The \\macro command must be followed by a \l
+           {relates}{\\relates} command which attaches the
+           documentation to that of a related class, header file. or
+           namespace. Otherwise the documentation will be lost.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \macro void Q_ASSERT(bool test)
+               \relates <QtGlobal>
+
+               Prints a warning message containing the source code
+               file name and line number if \a test is false.
+
+               ...
+
+               \sa Q_ASSERT_X(), qFatal(), {Debugging Techniques}
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>void Q_ASSERT ( bool <i>test</i> )</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               Prints a warning message containing the source code
+               file name and line number if \a test is false.
+
+               ...
+
+               See also Q_ASSERT_X(), qFatal() and \l {Debugging
+               Techniques}.
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qtglobal.html. And
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \macro Q_PROPERTY(...)
+               \relates QObject
+
+               This macro declares a QObject property. The syntax is:
+
+               ...
+
+               \sa {Qt's Property System}
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>Q_PROPERTY ( ... )</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               This macro declares a QObject property. The syntax is:
+
+               ...
+
+               See also \l {Qt's Property System}.
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qobject.html. And
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \macro Q_OBJECT
+               \relates QObject
+
+               The Q_OBJECT macro must appear in the private section
+               of a class definition that declares its own signals and
+               slots or that uses other services provided by Qt's
+               meta-object system.
+
+               ...
+
+               \sa {Meta-Object System}, {Signals and Slots}, {Qt's
+               Property System}
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>Q_OBJECT</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               The Q_OBJECT macro must appear in the private section
+               of a class definition that declares its own signals and
+               slots or that uses other services provided by Qt's
+               meta-object system.
+
+               ...
+
+               See also \l {Meta-Object System}, \l {Signals and
+               Slots} and \l {Qt's Property System}.
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qobject.html.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\module \target module
+        \o \bold {The \\module creates a separate page that lists the
+           classes belonging to the module specified by the command's
+           argument.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument.
+
+           A class can be related to a module using the \l
+           {inmodule}{\\inmodule} command.
+
+           The \\module command is typically followed by the \l
+           {title}{\\title} and \l {brief}{\\brief} commands. Each
+           class is listed with a link to the class reference page and
+           a brief description based on the classes' \l
+           {brief}{\\brief} texts.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \module QtNetwork
+
+               \title QtNetwork Module
+
+               \brief The QtNetwork module offers classes that allow
+               you to write TCP/IP clients and servers.
+
+               The network module provides classes to make network
+               programming easier and portable. It offers both
+               high-level classes such as QHttp and QFtp that
+               implement specific application-level protocols, and
+               lower-level classes such as QTcpSocket, QTcpServer, and
+               QUdpSocket.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h1><center>QtNetwork Module</center></h1>
+               \endraw
+
+               The QtNetwork module offers classes that allow you to
+               write TCP/IP clients and servers.\l {module
+               details}{More...}
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <p>
+               <table width="100%">
+                   <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td><b>
+                   <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractsocket.html">QAbstractSocket</a>
+                   </b></td>
+                   <td>
+                   The base functionality common to all socket types
+                   </td></tr>
+
+                   <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td><b>
+                   <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qftp.html">QFtp</a>
+                   </b></td>
+                   <td>
+                   Implementation of the FTP protocol
+                   </td></tr>
+
+                   <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
+                   <td>...</td>
+                   <td>...</td>
+                   </tr>
+               </table>
+
+               <p><hr /></p>
+               \endraw
+
+               \target module details
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <h2>Detailed Description</h2>
+
+               <p>
+               The QtNetwork module offers classes that allow you to
+               write TCP/IP clients and servers.
+               </p>
+
+               <p>
+               The network module provides classes to make network
+               programming easier and portable. It offers both
+               high-level classes such as QHttp and QFtp that
+               implement specific application-level protocols, and
+               lower-level classes such as QTcpSocket, QTcpServer, and
+               QUdpSocket.
+               </p>
+               \endraw
+
+               ...
+
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qtnetwork.html.
+
+           See also \l {inmodule}{\\inmodule}
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\namespace \target namespace
+        \o \bold {The \\namespace command allows you to document a C++
+           namespace.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument.
+
+           QDoc will generate the same additional links and
+           documentation for all the members of the namespace as it
+           does for \l {framework}{classes}. The documentation for
+           the specified namespace is put in <lower-case>\i
+           {namespace}.html.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \namespace Qt
+
+               \brief The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous
+               identifiers used throughout the Qt library.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <center><h1>Qt Namespace Reference</h1></center>
+               <p>The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous
+               identifiers used throughout the Qt library.
+               <a href="13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#name">More...</a>
+               </p>
+
+               <pre>#include &lt;Qt&gt;</pre>
+               <ul>
+               <li>
+               <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qt-qt3.html">
+                   Qt 3 support members</a></li>
+               </ul>
+
+
+               <h3>Types</h3>
+               <ul>
+               <li>flags
+               <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qt.html#AlignmentFlag-enum">Alignment</a></b></li>
+               <li>...</li></ul>
+               <hr />
+               \endraw
+
+               \target name
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <h2>Detailed Description</h2>
+               <p>The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous identifiers
+               used throughout the Qt library.</p>
+               \endraw
+
+               ...
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qt.html.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\page \target page
+        \o \bold {The \\page command allows you to create a stand-alone
+           documentation page.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument.
+
+           The page's title can be set using the \l {title}{\\title}
+           command. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \page aboutqt.html
+
+               \title About Qt
+
+               Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform GUI
+               application development. Qt provides single-source
+               portability across Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, Linux,
+               and all major commercial Unix variants. (A version of
+               Qt 4 for embedded Linux will be available in
+               August/September 2005.)
+
+               Qt provides application developers with all the
+               functionality needed to build applications with
+               state-of-the-art graphical user interfaces. Qt is fully
+               object-oriented, easily extensible, and allows true
+               component programming.
+
+               ...
+            * /
+            \endcode
+
+           will be rendered in its own HTML file: \l{About Qt}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold {\\externalpage} \target externalpage
+        \o \bold {The \\externalpage command gives a title to
+            an external URL.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \externalpage http://www.trolltech.com/products/embedded/index.html
+               \title Qtopia Core
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           The QDoc comment above allows you to link to the Qtopia
+           Core webpage by simply linking to the given title. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The broad scope of the \l {Qtopia Core} API enables it to
+               be used across a wide variety of development projects.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               The broad scope of the \l
+               {http://www.trolltech.com/products/embedded/index.html}{Qtopia
+               Core} API enables it to be used across a wide variety
+               of development projects.
+           \endquotation
+
+           To achieve the same result without using the
+           \\externalpage command, you would have to hard code the
+           adress into your documentation:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               The broad scope of the \l
+               {http://www.trolltech.com/products/embedded/index.html}{Qtopia
+               Core} API enables it to be used across a wide variety
+               of development projects.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           The \\externalpage command makes it easier to maintain the
+           documentation. If the adress changes, you only need to change the
+           argument of the \\externalpage command.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\property \target property
+        \o \bold {The \\property command allows you to document a Qt
+           property.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument.
+
+           A property is defined using the Q_PROPERTY() macro. The
+           macro takes as arguments the property's name and its set,
+           reset and get functions. For example:
+
+           \code
+           Q_PROPERTY(QString state READ state WRITE setState)
+           \endcode
+
+           The set, reset and get functions don't need to be
+           documented, documenting the property is sufficient. QDoc
+           will generate a list of the access function that will
+           appear in the property documentation which in turn will be
+           located in the documentation of the class that defines the
+           property.
+
+           The \\property command is typically accompanied with a \l
+           {brief}{\\brief} command.  In the case of a property, the
+           \l {brief}{\\brief} command's argument is a sentence
+           fragment that will be included in a one-sentence
+           description of the property generated by QDoc. The command
+           follows the same rules for the \l {brief
+           property}{description} as the \l {variable}{\\variable}
+           command.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \property QPushButton::flat
+               \brief whether the border is disabled
+
+               This property's default is false.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>flat : bool</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               This property holds whether the border is disabled.
+
+               This property's default is false.
+
+               Access functions:
+
+               \list
+               \o \bold { bool isFlat () const}
+               \o \bold { void setFlat ( bool )}
+               \endlist
+
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qpushbutton.html. And
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \property QWidget::width
+               \brief the width of the widget excluding any window frame
+
+               See the \l {Window Geometry} documentation for an
+               overview of window geometry.
+
+               \sa geometry, height, size
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>width : const int</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               This property holds the width of the widget excluding
+               any window frame.
+
+               See the \l {Window Geometry} documentation for an
+               overview of window geometry.
+
+               Access functions:
+
+               \list
+               \o \bold { int width () const}
+               \endlist
+
+               See also \l{QWidget::geometry}{geometry},
+               \l{QWidget::height}{height}, and \l{QWidget::size}{size}.
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qwidget.html.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\service \target service
+
+        \o \bold {The \\service command tells QDoc that a class is a
+            service class and specifies its alias, i.e. the associated
+            service's name.}
+
+            The command takes two arguments, the service class's name
+            and the associated alias. For example:
+
+            \code
+                / *!
+                    \service TimeService Time
+                    ...
+                * /
+                class TimeService : public QCopObjectService
+                {
+                    ...
+                }
+            \endcode
+
+            See also \l {class}{\\class} and \l
+            {generatelist}{\\generatelist}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\typedef \target typedef
+        \o \bold {The \\typedef command allows you to document a C++ type
+           definition.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument.
+
+           The documentation will be located in the associated class,
+           header file or namespace documentation. When documenting a
+           global type definition, the \\typedef command must be
+           accompanied with a \l {relates}{\\relates} command. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \typedef QObjectList
+               \relates QObject
+
+               Synonym for QList<QObject>.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>typedef QObjectList</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               Synonym for QList<QObject>.
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qobject.html. Another, although more rare, example is
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \typedef QMsgHandler
+               \relates QtGlobal
+
+               This is a typedef for a pointer to a function with the
+               following signature:
+
+               \code
+                   void myMsgHandler(QtMsgType, const char *);
+               \ endcode
+
+               \sa QtMsgType, qInstallMsgHandler()
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>typedef QtMsgHandler</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               This is a typedef for a pointer to a function with the
+               following signature:
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <tt>
+               <pre>    void myMsgHandler(QtMsgType, const char *);</pre>
+               </tt>
+               \endraw
+
+               See also QtMsgType and qInstallMsgHandler().
+
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qtglobal.html. Other type definitions are located in the
+           documentation of the class that defines it, for example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \typedef QLinkedList::Iterator
+
+               Qt-style synonym for QList::iterator.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>typedef QLinkedList::Iterator</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               Qt-style synonym for QList::iterator.
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qlinkedlist.html.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\variable \target variable
+        \o \bold {The \\variable command allows you to document a
+           member variable or a constant.}
+
+           The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general
+           topical command convention} for the argument.
+
+           The \\variable command is typically followed by a \l
+           {brief}{\\brief} command; QDoc will generate the
+           documentation for the variable based on the brief
+           description. The command follows the same rules for the \l
+           {brief property}{description} as the \l
+           {property}{\\property} command.
+
+           The documentation will be located in the in the associated
+           class, header file or namespace documentation.
+
+           In case of a member variable:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \variable QStyleOption::palette
+               \brief the palette that should be used when painting
+                      the control
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>
+               <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qpalette.html">
+               QPalette
+               </a>
+               QStyleOption::palette
+               </h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               This variable holds the palette that should be used
+               when painting the control.
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qstyleoption.html.
+
+           But you can also use the \\variable command to document
+           constants like for example the \c Type and \c UserType
+           constants in the QTreeWidgetItem class:
+
+           \code
+           enum { Type = 0, UserType = 1000 };
+           \endcode
+
+           Then
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \variable QTreeWidgetItem::Type
+
+               The default type for tree widget items.
+
+               \sa UserType, type()
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           and
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \variable QTreeWidgetItem::UserType
+
+               The minimum value for custom types. Values below
+               UserType are reserved by Qt.
+
+               \sa Type, type()
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>
+               const int QTreeWidgetItem::Type
+               </h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               The default type for tree widget items.
+
+               See also \l {QTreeWidgetItem::UserType}{UserType} and
+               \l {QTreeWidgetItem::type()}{type()}.
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>
+               const int QTreeWidgetItem::UserType
+               </h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               The minimum value for custom types. Values below
+               UserType are reserved by Qt.
+
+               See also \l {QTreeWidgetItem::Type}{Type} and
+               \l{QTreeWidgetItem::type()}{type()}.
+
+           \endquotation
+
+           in qtreewidget.html.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 14-qdoc-commands-contextualcommands.html
+    \previouspage Topical Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Navigation Commands
+
+    \title Contextual Commands
+
+    The contextual commands provide QDoc with information, that it
+    wouldn't figure out otherwise, about the documented object. For
+    example whether a class is thread-safe or not.
+
+    These commands can appear anywhere within a QDoc comment.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#compat}{\\compat},
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#contentspage}{\\contentspage},
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#indexpage}{\\indexpage},
+    \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#ingroup}{\\ingroup},
+    \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#inmodule}{\\inmodule},
+    \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#internal}{\\internal},
+    \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#mainclass}{\\mainclass},
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#nextpage}{\\nextpage},
+    \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant},
+    \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#obsolete}{\\obsolete},
+    \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#overload}{\\overload},
+    \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#preliminary}{\\preliminary},
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#previouspage}{\\previouspage},
+    \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#reentrant}{\\reentrant},
+    \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#reimp}{\\reimp},
+    \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#relates}{\\relates},
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#startpage}{\\startpage},
+    \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#threadsafe}{\\threadsafe},
+    \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#title}{\\title}
+
+    \section1 Categories
+    \list
+    \o \l {Navigation Commands}
+    \o \l {Status Commands}
+    \o \l {Thread Support Commands}
+    \o \l {Relating Commands}
+    \o \l {Grouping Commands}
+    \o \l {Title Commands}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html
+    \previouspage Contextual Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Status Commands
+
+    \title Navigation Commands
+
+    The navigation commands allow you to link the pages of a multipage
+    document together. They provide the components of a navigation bar
+    at the top and bottom of the document. They also provide browser
+    and search engine support.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#contentspage}{\\contentspage},
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#indexpage}{\\indexpage},
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#nextpage}{\\nextpage},
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#previouspage}{\\previouspage},
+    \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#startpage}{\\startpage}
+
+    \section1 General Description
+
+    The QDoc comments below shows a typical example using the
+    navigation commands.
+
+    \code
+    / *!
+        \page basicqt.html
+        \contentspage {Basic Qt}{Contents}
+        \nextpage Getting Started
+
+        \indexpage Index
+        \startpage Basic Qt
+
+        \title Basic Qt
+
+        The Qt toolkit is a C++ class library and a set of tools for
+        building multiplatform GUI programs using a "write once,
+        compile anywhere approach".
+
+        Table of contents:
+
+        \list
+        \o \l {Getting Started}
+        \o \l {Creating Dialogs}
+        \o \l {Creating Main Windows}
+        \endlist
+    * /
+
+    / *!
+        \page gettingstarted.html
+        \previouspage Basic Qt
+        \contentspage {Basic Qt}{Contents}
+        \nextpage Creating Dialogs
+
+        \indexpage Index
+        \startpage Basic Qt
+
+        \title Getting Started
+
+        This chapter shows how to combine basic C++ with the
+        functionality provided by Qt to create a few small graphical
+        interface (GUI) applications.
+    * /
+
+    / *!
+        \page creatingdialogs.html
+        \previouspage Getting Started
+        \contentspage {Basic Qt}{Contents}
+
+        \indexpage Index
+        \startpage Basic Qt
+
+        \title Creating Dialogs
+
+        This chapter will teach you how to create dialog boxes using Qt.
+    * /
+
+    / *!
+        \page index.html
+
+        \indexpage Index
+        \startpage Basic Qt
+
+        \title Index
+
+        \list
+            \o \l {Basic Qt}
+            \o \l {Creating Dialogs}
+            \o \l {Getting Started}
+        \endlist
+    * /
+    \endcode
+
+    The second page of this multipage document, "Getting Started",
+    will be rendered as
+
+    \quotation
+    \raw HTML
+        <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="5" width="100%">
+
+        <tr>
+        <p>
+        [Previous: <a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink">
+        Basic Qt</a>]
+        [<a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink">Contents</a>]
+        [Next: <a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink">
+        Creating Dialogs</a>]
+        </p>
+
+        <h1 align="center">Getting Started<br /></h1>
+
+        <p>
+        This chapter shows how to combine basic C++ with the
+        functionality provided by Qt to create a few small graphical
+        interface (GUI) applications.
+        </p>
+
+        <p>
+        [Previous: <a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink">
+        Basic Qt</a>]
+        [<a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink">Contents</a>]
+        [Next: <a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink">
+        Creating Dialogs</a>]
+        </p>
+
+        </table>
+    \endraw
+    \endquotation
+
+    in creatingdialogs.html.
+
+    In addition, the \l {indexpage}{\\indexpage} and \l
+    {startpage}{\\startpage} commands specifies links to the page's
+    index page and start page. These links are used by browsers and
+    search engines.
+
+    The index page is typically an alphabetical list of the document's
+    titles and topics, while the start page is the page considered by
+    the author to be the starting point of a multipage document.
+
+    The links are included in the generated HTML source code but has
+    no visual effect on the documentation:
+
+    \code
+    <head>
+        ...
+        <link rel="index" href="index.html" />
+        <link rel="start" href="basicqt.html" />
+        ...
+    </head>
+    \endcode
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\previouspage \target previouspage
+        \o \bold {The \\previouspage command links the current page
+           to the previous one in an ordered series of documents}.
+
+           The command has two arguments, each enclosed by curly
+           braces: The first is the link target, i.e. the title of the
+           previous page, the second is the link text. If the page's
+           title is equivalent to the link text, the second argument
+           can be omitted.
+
+           The command must stand alone on its own line.
+
+           In the end, the link is rendered at the top and bottom of
+           the current page. For an example, see the \l {General
+           Description} section.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\nextpage \target nextpage
+        \o \bold {The \\nextpage command links the current
+           page to the next page in an ordered series of documents}.
+
+           The command follows the same syntax and argument convention
+           as the \l {previouspage}{\\previouspage} command.
+
+           For an example, see the \l {General Description} section.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\startpage \target startpage
+        \o \bold {The \\startpage command specifies the first document
+           in a collection of documents.}
+
+           The command must stand alone on its own line, and its
+           unique argument is the title of the first document.
+
+           QDoc will generate a link to the specified document which
+           is included in the HTML file but has no visual effect on
+           the documentation. The generated link type tells browsers
+           and search engines which document is considered by the
+           author to be the starting point of the collection.
+
+           For an example, see the \l {General Description} section.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\contentspage \target contentspage
+        \o \bold {The \\contentspage command links the current
+           page to a contents page}.
+
+           The command follows the same syntax and argument convention
+           as the \l {previouspage}{\\previouspage} command.
+
+           For an example, see the \l {General Description} section.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\indexpage \target indexpage
+        \o \bold {The \\indexpage command specifies a document providing
+           an index for the current document}.
+
+           The command must stand alone on its own line, and its
+           unique argument is the title of the index document.
+
+           QDoc will generate a link to the specified document which
+           is included in the HTML file but has no visual effect on
+           the documentation. The generated link type tells browsers
+           and search engines which document is considered by the
+           author to be the index page for the current document.
+
+           For an example, see the \l {General Description} section.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 16-qdoc-commands-status.html
+    \previouspage Navigation Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Thread Support Commands
+
+    \title Status Commands
+
+    The usage commands can indicate whether a documented object is
+    under development, becoming obsolete, provided for compatibility
+    reasons or simply not part of the public interface. They can
+    describe the history of minor versions. And they can also describe
+    a documented object's ability to handle multithreaded programming.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#compat}{\\compat},
+    \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#internal}{\\internal},
+    \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#obsolete}{\\obsolete},
+    \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#preliminary}{\\preliminary},
+    \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#since}{\\since}
+
+    \section1 Command Description
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\preliminary \target preliminary
+        \o \bold {The \\preliminary command indicates that the
+           referenced function is under development.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           The \\preliminary command expands to a notification in the
+           function documentation, and marks the function as
+           preliminary when it appears in lists. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \preliminary
+
+               Returns information about the joining properties of the
+               character (needed for certain languages such as
+               Arabic).
+           * /
+           QChar::Joining QChar::joining() const
+           {
+               return ::joining(*this);
+           }
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>
+               <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qchar.html#Joining-enum">Joining</a>
+               QChar::joining () const</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               \bold {This function is under development and
+               is subject to change.}
+
+               Returns information about the joining properties of the
+               character (needed for certain languages such as
+               Arabic).
+           \endquotation
+
+           And the function's entry in QChar's list of functions will
+           be rendered as
+
+         \quotation
+             \list
+             \o ...
+             \o Joining
+                \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qchar.html#Joining-enum}
+                   {joining}()
+                const   \c (preliminary)
+             \o ...
+             \endlist
+         \endquotation
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\obsolete \target obsolete
+        \o \bold {The \\obsolete command indicates that the referenced
+           function no longer should be used in new code;
+           there is no guarantee for how long it will remain in
+           the library.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           When generating the reference documentation for a class,
+           QDoc will create and link to a separate page documenting
+           its obsolete functions.  Usually an equivalent function is
+           provided as an alternative.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \fn MyClass::MyObsoleteFunction
+               \obsolete
+
+               Use MyNewFunction() instead.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h1>Obsolete Members for MyClass</h1>
+               \endraw
+
+               \bold {The following class members are obsolete.} They
+               are provided to keep old source code working. We
+               strongly advise against using them in new code.
+
+               ...
+
+               \list
+                   \o void MyObsoleteFunction() \c (obsolete)
+                   \o ...
+               \endlist
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <hr />
+               <h2>Member Function Documentation</h2>
+               <h3>void MyObsoleteFunction ()</h3>
+               <p>Use MyNewFunction() instead.</p>
+               \endraw
+
+               ...
+           \endquotation
+
+           in myclass-obsolete.html
+
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\compat \target compat
+        \o \bold {The \\compat command indicates that the referenced class
+           or function is part of the support library provided to keep
+           old source code working.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           Usually an equivalent function or class is provided as an
+           alternative.
+
+           If the command is used within the documentation of a class,
+           the command expands to a warning that the referenced class
+           is part of the support library. The warning is located on
+           top of the associated documentation. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \class MyQt3SupportClass
+               \compat
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \bold {This class is part of the Qt 3 support
+               library.} It is provided to keep old source code
+               working. We strongly advise against using it in new
+               code. See the \l
+               {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/porting4.html}{Porting
+               Guide} for more information.
+           \endquotation
+
+           on the top of the MyQt3SupportClass class reference.
+
+           If the command is used when documenting a function, QDoc
+           will create and link to a separate page documenting Qt 3
+           support members when generating the reference documentation
+           for the associated class. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \fn MyClass::MyQt3SupportMemberFunction
+               \compat
+
+               Use MyNewFunction() instead.
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h1>Qt 3 Support Members for MyClass</h1>
+               \endraw
+
+               \bold {The following class members are part of the Qt
+               3 support layer.} They are provided to help you port
+               old code to Qt 4. We advise against using them in new
+               code.
+
+               ...
+
+               \list
+                   \o void MyQt3SupportMemberFunction()
+                   \o ...
+               \endlist
+
+               \raw HTML
+               <hr />
+               <h2>Member Function Documentation</h2>
+               <h3>void MyQt3SupportMemberFunction ()</h3>
+               <p>Use MyNewFunction() instead.</p>
+               \endraw
+
+               ...
+           \endquotation
+
+           in myclass-qt3.html
+
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\internal \target internal
+        \o \bold {The \\internal command indicates that the referenced
+           function is not part of the public interface.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           QDoc ignores the documentation as well as the documented
+           item, when generating the associated class reference
+           documenation. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \internal
+
+               Tries to find the decimal separator. If it can't find
+               it and the thousand delimiter is != '.' it will try to
+               find a '.';
+           * /
+           int QDoubleSpinBoxPrivate::findDelimiter
+                   (const QString &str, int index) const
+           {
+               int dotindex = str.indexOf(delimiter, index);
+               if (dotindex == -1 && thousand != dot && delimiter != dot)
+                   dotindex = str.indexOf(dot, index);
+               return dotindex;
+           }
+           \endcode
+
+           in qspinbox.cpp, will not be rendered at all.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\since \target since
+        \o \bold {The \\since command tells in which minor release
+           the associated functionality was added.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \since 4.1
+
+               Returns an icon for \a standardIcon.
+
+               ...
+
+               \sa standardIconImplementation(), standardPixmap()
+           * /
+           QIcon QStyle::standardIcon(StandardPixmap standardIcon, const QStyleOption *option, const QWidget *widget) const
+           {
+           }
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3>QIcon QStyle::standardIcon(StandardPixmap standardIcon, const QStyleOption *option, const QWidget *widget) const</h3>
+               \endraw
+
+               This function was introduced in Qt version 4.1
+
+               Returns an icon for \a standardIcon.
+
+               ...
+
+               See also \l
+               {QStyle::standardIconImplementation()}{standardIconImplementation()}
+               and \l {QStyle::standardPixmap()}{standardPixmap()}.
+               \endquotation
+
+           QDoc generates the "Qt" reference from the \l
+           {25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#project}{\c
+           project} configuration variable. For that reason this
+           reference will change according to the current
+           documentation project.
+
+           See also \l
+           {25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#project}{\c
+           project}.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 17-qdoc-commands-thread.html
+    \previouspage Status Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Relating Commands
+
+    \title Thread Support Commands
+
+    The thread support commands specify the level of support for
+    multithreaded programming of a class or function.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant},
+    \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#reentrant}{\\reentrant},
+    \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#threadsafe}{\\threadsafe}
+
+    \section1 General Description
+
+    There are three levels of support for multithreaded programming of
+    a class or function: \c threadsafe, \c reentrant and \c
+    nonreentrant.
+
+    The default is \c nonreentrant which means that the associated
+    class or function cannot be called by multiple threads. \c
+    Reentrant and \c threadsafe are levels primarily used for classes.
+
+    \c Reentrant means that all the functions in the referenced class
+    can be called simultaneously by multiple threads, provided that
+    each invocation of the functions reference unique data. While \c
+    threadsafe means that all the functions in the referenced class
+    can be called simultaneously by multiple threads even when each
+    invocation references shared data.
+
+    When a class is declared \c reentrant or \c threadsafe, using the
+    \l {reentrant}{\\reentrant} and \l {threadsafe}{\\threadsafe}
+    commands respectively, functions in the referenced class can be
+    declared \c nonreentrant, using the \l
+    {nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant} command, excluding the functions
+    from the general view.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \code
+    / *!
+        \class QLocale
+        \brief The QLocale class converts between numbers and their
+        string representations in various languages.
+
+        \reentrant
+        \ingroup i18n
+        \ingroup text
+        \mainclass
+
+        QLocale is initialized with a language/country pair in its
+        constructor and offers number-to-string and string-to-number
+        conversion functions similar to those in QString.
+
+        ...
+    * /
+
+    / *!
+        \nonreentrant
+
+        Sets the global default locale to \a locale. These values are
+        used when a QLocale object is constructed with no
+        arguments. If this function is not called, the system's locale
+        is used.
+
+        \warning In a multithreaded application, the default locale
+        should be set at application startup, before any non-GUI
+        threads are created.
+
+        \sa system() c()
+    * /
+    void QLocale::setDefault(const QLocale &locale)
+    {
+        default_d = locale.d;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    will be rendered as
+
+    \quotation
+        \raw HTML
+            <h1><center>QLocale Class Reference</center></h1>
+        \endraw
+
+        The QLocale class converts between numbers and their string
+        representations in various languages. More...
+
+        \code
+        #include <QLocale>
+        \endcode
+
+        \bold {Note:} All the functions in this class are \l
+        {threads.html#reentrant}{reentrant}, except \l
+        {QLocale::setDefault()}{setDefault()}.
+
+        ...
+
+        \raw HTML
+            <hr />
+            <h2>Member Type Documentation</h2>
+        \endraw
+
+        ...
+
+        \raw HTML
+            <h3>void QLocale::setDefault ( const QLocale & locale ) </h3>
+        \endraw
+
+        Sets the global default locale to locale. These values are
+        used when a QLocale object is constructed with no
+        arguments. If this function is not called, the system's locale
+        is used.
+
+        \warning In a multithreaded application, the default locale
+        should be set at application startup, before any non-GUI
+        threads are created.
+
+        \warning This function is not reentrant.
+
+        See also \l {QLocale::system()}{system()} and \l
+        {QLocale::c()}{c()}.
+
+        ...
+    \endquotation
+
+    As shown above, QDoc generates a notification when a class is
+    declared reentrant, and lists the exceptions (the declared
+    nonreentrant functions). A link to the general documentation on \l
+    {threads.html#reentrant}{reentrancy and thread-safety} is
+    included.  In addition a warning, "\bold Warning: This function is
+    not reentrant.", is generated in the nonreentrant functions'
+    documentation.
+
+    QDoc will generate the same notification and warnings when a class
+    is declared threadsafe.
+
+    For more information see the general documentation on \l
+    {threads.html#reentrant}{reentrancy and thread-safety}.
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\threadsafe \target threadsafe
+        \o \bold {The \\threadsafe command indicates that the
+           associated class or function can be called simultaneously by
+           multiple threads even when each invocation references
+           shared data.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           The generated documentation resulting from using the
+           \\threadsafe command is similar to the result of using the
+           \l {reentrant}{\\reentrant} command. For an example, see
+           the \l {General Description} section.
+
+           See also \l{reentrant}{\\reentrant} and
+           \l{nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\reentrant \target reentrant
+        \o \bold {The \\reentrant command indicates that the associated
+           class or function  can be called simultaneously
+           by multiple threads, provided that each invocation of the
+           functions reference unique data.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           For an example, see the \l {General Description} section.
+
+           See also \l{nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant} and
+            \l{threadsafe}{\\threadsafe}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\nonreentrant \target nonreentrant
+        \o \bold {The \\nonreentrant command indicates that the
+           associated class or function cannot be called by
+           multiple threads.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           For an example, see the \l {General Description} section.
+
+           See also \l{reentrant}{\\reentrant} and
+           \l{threadsafe}{\\threadsafe}.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 18-qdoc-commands-relating.html
+    \previouspage Thread Support Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Grouping Commands
+
+    \title Relating Commands
+
+    The relation commands discribe how the documented object relates
+    to its context: Whether it is an overloaded function, a
+    reimplemented function or a global function related to a specified
+    class or header file.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#overload}{\\overload},
+    \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#reimp}{\\reimp},
+    \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#relates}{\\relates},
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\overload \target overload
+        \o \bold {The \\overload command indicates that the 
+           function is a secondary overload of its name.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           For any overloaded function (except constructors), QDoc
+           expects one primary version of the function and all the 
+	   the overloads marked with the \bold{\\overload command}.
+           The primary version should be fully documented. Each 
+	   overload can have whatever extra documentation you want
+	   to add for just that overload. 
+
+	   From Qt 4.5, you can include the function name plus '()'
+	   as a parameter to the \bold{\\overload} command, which 
+	   will include a standard \i{This function overloads...} 
+	   line of text with a link to the documentation for the 
+	   primary version of the function. 
+
+	   For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \overload addAction()
+
+               This convenience function creates a new action with an
+               \a icon and some \a text. The function adds the newly
+               created action to the menu's list of actions, and
+               returns it.
+
+               \sa QWidget::addAction()
+           * /
+           QAction *QMenu::addAction(const QIcon &icon, const QString &text)
+           {
+               QAction *ret = new QAction(icon, text, this);
+               addAction(ret);
+               return ret;
+           }
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+               <h3><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaction.html">QAction</a>
+               * QMenu::addAction ( const QIcon & <i>icon</i>,
+               const QString & <i>text</i> )
+               </h3>
+               \endraw
+
+	       This function overloads \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qwidget.html#addAction}{addAction()}
+
+               This convenience function creates a new action with an
+               \i icon and some \i text. The function adds the newly
+               created action to the menu's list of actions, and
+               returns it.
+
+               See also
+               \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qwidget.html#addAction}
+               {QWidget::addAction}().
+           \endquotation
+
+	   If you don't include the function name with the
+	   \bold{\\overlaod} command, then instead of the "This
+	   function overloads..." line with the link to the
+	   documentation for the primary version, you get the old
+	   standard line:
+
+	   \quotation
+               This is an overloaded member function, provided for
+               convenience. 
+	   \endquotation.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\reimp \target reimp
+        \o \bold {The \\reimp command indicates that the
+           referenced function is a reimplementation of a virtual function,
+           where the reimplementation has no effect on the interface.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           QDoc will omit the reimplemented function from the class
+           reference. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \reimp
+           * /
+           void QToolButton::nextCheckState()
+           {
+               Q_D(QToolButton);
+               if (!d->defaultAction)
+                   QAbstractButton::nextCheckState();
+               else
+                   d->defaultAction->trigger();
+           }
+           \endcode
+
+           will not be rendered at all; only a link to the inherited
+           QAbstractButton::nextCheckState() will appear in the
+           documentation.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\relates \target relates
+        \o \bold {The \\relates command attaches the documentation of
+           a global function to that of a related class or header file.}
+
+           The command's argument is a class name, an the command (and
+           its argument) must stand on its own line.
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \relates QChar
+
+               Reads a char from the stream \a in into char \a chr.
+
+               \sa {Format of the QDataStream operators}
+           * /
+           QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QChar &chr)
+           {
+               quint16 u;
+               in >> u;
+               chr.unicode() = ushort(u);
+               return in;
+           }
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered with the QChar documentation.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html
+    \previouspage Relating Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Title Commands
+
+    \title Grouping Commands
+
+    The grouping commands relate classes to defined groups and
+    modules. The groups are used when generating lists of related
+    classes in the documentation, while the modules are elements of
+    Qt's structure.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#ingroup}{\\ingroup},
+    \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#inmodule}{\\inmodule},
+    \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#mainclass}{\\mainclass},
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\mainclass \target mainclass
+        \o \bold {The \\mainclass command relates the documented class to
+           a group called mainclasses.}
+
+           The command must stand on its own line.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \class QWidget qwidget.h
+               \brief The QWidget class is the base class of
+               all user interface objects.
+
+               \mainclass
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will ensure that the QWidget class is included in the \c
+           mainclasses group, which means, for example, that the class
+           will appear on the list created by calling the \l
+           {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with the \c
+           mainclasses argument:
+
+           \l http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/mainclasses.html
+
+           See also \l {generatelist}{\\generatelist}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\ingroup \target ingroup
+
+        \o \bold {The \\ingroup command indicates that the given
+           overview or documented class belongs to a certain group of
+           related docmentation.}
+
+           A class or overview may belong to many groups.
+
+           The \\ingroup command's argument is a group name, but note
+           that the command considers the rest of the line as part of
+           its argument. Make sure that the group name is followed by
+           a linebreak. For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \class QDir
+               \brief The QDir class provides access to directory
+                      structures and their contents.
+
+               \ingroup io
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will ensure that the QDir class is included in the \c io
+           group, which means, for example, that QDir will appear on
+           the list created by calling the \l {group}{\\group} command
+           with the \c io argument.
+
+           Note that to list overviews that are related to a given
+           group, you must generate the list exlicitly by using the \l
+           {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with the \c related
+           argument.
+
+           See also \l {group}{\\group}.
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\inmodule \target inmodule
+        \o \bold {The \\inmodule command relates the documented class
+           to the module specified by the command's argument.}
+
+           For the basic classes in Qt, a class's module is determined
+           by its location, i.e. its directory. However, for
+           extensions, like ActiveQt and Qt Designer, a class needs to
+           be related to a module explicitly.
+
+           The command's argument is a module name, but note that the
+           command considers the rest of the line as part of its
+           argument. Make sure that the module name is followed by a
+           linebreak. For example:
+
+           \code
+           /*!
+               \class QDesignerTaskMenuExtension
+               \inmodule QtDesigner
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will ensure that the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class is
+           included in the \c QtDesigner module, which means, for
+           example, that the class will appear on the list created by
+           calling the \l {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with
+           the \c {{classesbymodule QtDesigner}} argument.
+
+           See also \l {module}{\\module} and \l
+           {generatelist}{\\generatelist}.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 20-qdoc-commands-title.html
+    \previouspage Grouping Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage QDoc Configuration
+
+    \title Title Commands
+
+    In general a title command considers everything that follows it
+    until the first line break as its argument.  If the title needs to
+    be spanned over several lines, make sure to end each line (except
+    the last one) with a backslash.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#title}{\\title},
+    \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#subtitle}{\\subtitle}
+
+    \section1 Command Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\title \target title
+        \o \bold {The \\title command sets the title for a
+           documentation page, or allows you to override it.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \page signalandslots.html
+
+               \title Signals and Slots
+
+               Signals and slots are used for communication between
+               objects. The signals and slots mechanism is a central
+               feature of Qt and probably the part that differs most
+               from the features provided by other frameworks.
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h1><center>Signal and Slots</center></h1>
+               \endraw
+
+               Signals and slots are used for communication between
+               objects. The signals and slots mechanism is a central
+               feature of Qt and probably the part that differs most
+               from the features provided by other frameworks.
+
+               ...
+           \endquotation
+           See also \l {subtitle}{\\subtitle}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold \\subtitle \target subtitle
+        \o \bold {The \\subtitle command sets a subtitle for a
+           documentation page.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           / *!
+               \page qtopiacore-overview.html
+
+               \title Qtopia Core
+               \subtitle Qt for Embedded Linux
+
+               Qt/Embedded, the embedded Linux port of Qt, is a
+               complete and self-contained C++ GUI and platform
+               development tool for Linux-based embedded development.
+
+               ...
+           * /
+           \endcode
+
+           will be rendered as
+
+           \quotation
+               \raw HTML
+                   <h1><center>Qtopia Core</center></h1>
+                   <h2><center>Qt for Embedded Linux</center></h2>
+               \endraw
+
+               Qt/Embedded, the embedded Linux port of Qt, is a
+               complete and self-contained C++ GUI and platform
+               development tool for Linux-based embedded development.
+
+               ...
+           \endquotation
+
+           See also \l {title}{\\title}.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 21-0-qdoc-configuration.html
+    \previouspage Title Commands
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage General Variables
+
+    \title QDoc Configuration
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \list
+    \o \l {Supporting Derived Projects}
+    \o \l {QDoc Compatibility}
+    \endlist
+
+    When running QDoc to generate the documentation, you must specify
+    a configuration file on the command line:
+
+    \quotation
+        \bold {/currentdirectory$ qdoc3 my-documentation.qdocconf}
+    \endquotation
+
+    \section1 General Description
+
+    The configuration file is a list of entries of entries of the form
+    \i {"variable = value"}. Using the configuration variables, you
+    can define where QDoc should find the various source files, images
+    and examples, where to put generated documentation etc. The
+    configuration file can also contain directives like \c
+    include. For an example, see the \l minimum.qdocconf file.
+
+    In addition, you can use some particular configuration variables
+    to make QDoc support derived projects, i.e make the projects, for
+    example Qt Solutions, contain links to the online Qt
+    documentation. These variables are documented in the \l
+    {Supporting Derived projects} section. In this section you can
+    also find out how to use these variables to support your derived
+    projects.
+
+    If some of the variable keys have the same values, they can be set
+    at the same time. For example:
+
+    \code
+    {header, source}dirs = kernel
+    \endcode
+
+    is equivalent to
+
+    \code
+    headerdirs = kernel
+    sourcedirs = kernel
+    \endcode
+
+    A variable's value can be set using either '=' or '+='. The
+    difference is that '=' overrides any previously set value, while
+    '+=' only adds the value to the previously set ones.
+
+    In general, some of the variables accepts a list of strings as
+    their value, while others only accept a single string. If you
+    provide a variable of the latter type with several strings they
+    will simply be concatenated. The quotes around the value string
+    are optional. But applying them allows you to use special
+    characters like '=' and ' \" ' within the string. For example:
+
+    \code
+    HTML.postheader = "<a href=\"index.html\">Home</a>"
+    \endcode
+
+    If an entry spans many lines, use a backslash at the end of every
+    line but the last:
+
+    \code
+    sourcedirs = kernel \
+                 tools \
+                 widgets
+    \endcode
+
+    \section1 Configuration Variables
+
+    \section2 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#alias}{alias},
+    \l {23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html#Cpp.ignoredirectives}
+       {Cpp.ignoredirectives},
+    \l {23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html#Cpp.ignoretoken}
+       {Cpp.ignoretokens},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#definesvariable}{defines},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#edition}{edition},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#exampledirs}{exampledirs},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#examples}{examples},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#examples.fileextensions}
+       {examples.fileextensions},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#extraimages}{extraimages},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#falsehoods}{falsehoods},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headerdirs}{headerdirs},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headers}{headers},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headers.fileextensions}
+       {headers.fileextensions},
+    \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.footer}{HTML.footer},
+    \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.postheader}
+       {HTML.postheader},
+    \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.style}{HTML.style},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#imagedirs}{imagedirs},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#images}{images},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#images.fileextensions}
+       {images.fileextensions},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#language}{language},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#macro}{macro},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#outputdir}{outputdir},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#outputformats}
+       {outputformats},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#slow}{slow},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sourcedirs}{sourcedirs},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sources}{sources},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sources.fileextensions}
+       {sources.fileextensions},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#spurious}{spurious},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#tabsize}{tabsize},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#version}{version},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#versionsym}{versionsym}
+
+    \section2 Categories
+
+    \list
+    \o \l {General Variables}
+    \o \l {C++ Specific Variables}
+    \o \l {HTML Specific Variables}
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Configuration File Examples
+
+    \list
+    \o A minimum configuration file: \l minimum.qdocconf
+    \o The Qt configuration file: \l qt.qdocconf
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 21-1-minimum-qdocconf.html
+    \previouspage QDoc Configuration
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+
+    \title minimum.qdocconf
+
+    \quotefile examples/minimum.qdocconf
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 21-2-qt-qdocconf.html
+    \previouspage QDoc Configuration
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+
+    \title qt.qdocconf
+
+    \quotefile files/qt.qdocconf
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html
+    \previouspage QDoc Configuration
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Creating Help Project Files
+
+    \title General Variables
+
+    With the general QDoc configuration variables, you can define
+    where QDoc will find the various source files it needs to generate
+    the documentation, as well as the directory to put the generated
+    documentation. You can also do some minor manipulation of QDoc
+    itself, controlling its output and processing behavior.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#alias}{alias},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#codeindent}{codeindent},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#definesvariable}{defines},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#edition}{edition},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#exampledirs}{exampledirs},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#examples}{examples},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#examples.fileextensions}
+       {examples.fileextensions},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#extraimages}{extraimages},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#falsehoods}{falsehoods},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#generateindex}{generateindex},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headerdirs}{headerdirs},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headers}{headers},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headers.fileextensions}
+       {headers.fileextensions},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#imagedirs}{imagedirs},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#images}{images},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#images.fileextensions}
+       {images.fileextensions},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#language}{language},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#macro}{macro},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#outputdir}{outputdir},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#outputformats}
+       {outputformats},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#slow}{slow},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sourcedirs}{sourcedirs},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sources}{sources},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sources.fileextensions}
+       {sources.fileextensions},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#spurious}{spurious},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#tabsize}{tabsize},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#tagfile}{tagfile},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#version}{version},
+    \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#versionsym}{versionsym}
+
+    \section1 Variable Descriptions
+
+    \table
+
+    \header
+        \o Variable
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold alias \target alias
+        \o \bold {The \c alias variable renames a QDoc command.}
+
+           The general syntax is \tt {alias.\i{original-command-name}
+           = \i temporary-command-name}.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           alias.i = e
+           \endcode
+
+           renames the built-in command \\i (italics) to \\e.
+
+           The \c alias variable is often used for compatibility
+           reasons; for more information see the \l {QDoc
+           Compatibility}{compatibility section}.
+
+           See also \l macro.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold codeindent \target codeindent
+        \o \bold {The \c codeindent variable specifies the level of
+           indentation that QDoc uses when writing code snippets.}
+
+           QDoc originally used a hard-coded value of four spaces for
+           code indentation to ensure that code snippets could be easily
+           distinguished from surrounding text. Since we can use
+           \l{HTML Specific Variables#HTML.stylesheets}{stylesheets} to
+           adjust the appearance of certain types of HTML elements, this
+           level of indentation is not always required.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold defines \target definesvariable
+        \o \bold {The \c defines variable specifies the C++ preprocessor
+           symbols that QDoc will recognize and respond to.}
+
+           When a preprocessor symbol is specified using the \c
+           defines variable, you can also use the \l {if}{\\if}
+           command to enclose documentation that only will be included
+           if the preprocessor symbol is defined.
+
+           The values of the variable are regular expressions (see
+           QRegExp for details). By default, no symbol is defined,
+           meaning that code protected with #ifdef...#endif will be
+           ignored.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           defines = Q_QDOC \
+                     QT_.*_SUPPORT \
+                     QT_.*_LIB \
+                     QT_COMPAT \
+                     QT3_SUPPORT \
+                     Q_WS_.* \
+                     Q_OS_.* \
+                     Q_BYTE_ORDER \
+                     __cplusplus
+           \endcode
+
+           ensures that QDoc will process the code that requires these
+           symbols to be defined. For example:
+
+           \code
+           #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+               HDC getDC() const;
+               void releaseDC(HDC) const;
+           #endif
+           \endcode
+
+           Since the Q_WS_.* regular expression (specified using the
+           \c defines variable) matches Q_WS_WIN, QDoc will process
+           the code within #ifdef and #endif in our example.
+
+           You can also define preprocessor symbols manually on the
+           command line using the -D option. For example:
+
+           \code
+               currentdirectory$ qdoc3 -Dconsoleedition qt.qdocconf
+           \endcode
+
+           In this case the -D option ensures that the \c
+           consoleedition preprocessor symbol is defined when QDoc
+           processes the source files defined in the qt.qdocconf file.
+
+           See also \l falsehoods and \l {if}{\\if}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold edition \target edition
+        \o \bold {The \c edition variable specifies which modules are
+           included in each edition of a package, and provides QDoc
+           with information to provide class lists for each edition.}
+
+           This feature is mostly used when providing documentation
+           for Qt packages.
+
+           The \c edition variable is always used with a particular
+           edition name to define the modules for that edition:
+
+           \code
+           edition.Console      = QtCore QtNetwork QtSql QtXml
+           edition.Desktop      = QtCore QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtSql QtXml \
+                                  QtDesigner QtAssistant Qt3Support QAxContainer \
+                                  QAxServer
+           edition.DesktopLight = QtCore QtGui Qt3SupportLight
+           \endcode
+
+           In the above examples, the \c Console edition only includes
+           the contents of four modules. Only the classes from these
+           modules will be used when the
+           \l{Miscellaneous Commands#generatelist}{generatelist} command
+           is used to generate a list of classes for this edition:
+
+           \code
+           \generatelist{classesbyedition Console}
+           \endcode
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold exampledirs \target exampledirs
+        \o \bold {The \c exampledirs variable specifies the directories
+           containing the source code of the example files.}
+
+           The \l {examples}{\c examples} and \c exampledirs variables
+           are used by the \l {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}, \l
+           {quotefile}{\\quotefile} and \l {example}{\\example}
+           commands.  If both the \l {examples}{\c examples} and \c
+           exampledirs variables are defined, QDoc will search in
+           both, first in \l {examples}{\c examples} then in \c
+           exampledirs.
+
+           QDoc will search through the directories in the specified
+           order, and accept the first matching file it finds. It will
+           only search in the specified directories, \i not in
+           subdirectories.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           exampledirs = $QTDIR/doc/src \
+                         $QTDIR/examples \
+                         $QTDIR \
+                         $QTDIR/qmake/examples
+
+           examples    = $QTDIR/examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp
+           \endcode
+
+           When processing
+
+           \code
+           \quotefromfile widgets/calculator/calculator.cpp
+           \endcode
+
+           QDoc will then see if there exists a file called \c
+           calculator.cpp listed as a value in the \l {examples}{\c
+           examples} variable. If it doesn't, it will search in the \c
+           exampledirs variable, and first see if there exists a file
+           called
+
+           \code
+           $QTDIR/doc/src/widgets/calculator/calculator.cpp
+           \endcode
+
+           If it doesn't, QDoc will continue looking for a file
+           called
+
+           \code
+           $QTDIR/examples/widgets/calculator/calculator.cpp
+           \endcode
+
+           and so forth.
+
+           See also \l examples.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold examples \target examples
+        \o \bold {The \c examples variable allows you to specify individual
+           example files in addition to those located in the directories
+           specified by the \l {exampledirs}{\c exampledirs} variable.}
+
+           The \c examples and \l {exampledirs}{\c exampledirs}
+           variables are used by the \l
+           {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}, \l
+           {quotefile}{\\quotefile} and \l {example}{\\example}
+           commands. If both the \c examples and \l {exampledirs}{\c
+           exampledirs} variables are defined, QDoc will search in
+           both, first in \c examples then in \l {exampledirs}{\c
+           exampledirs}.
+
+           QDoc will search through the values listed for the \c
+           examples variable, in the specified order, and accept
+           the first one it finds.
+
+           For an extensive example, see the \l {exampledirs}{\c
+           exampledirs} command. But note that if you know the file is
+           listed in the \c examples variable, you don't need to
+           specify its path:
+
+           \code
+               \quotefromfile calculator.cpp
+           \endcode
+
+           See also \l exampledirs.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold examples.fileextensions \target examples.fileextensions
+        \o \bold {The \c examples.fileextensions variable specifies the
+           file extensions that qdoc will look for when collecting example
+           files for display in the documentation.}
+
+           The default extensions are *.cpp, *.h, *.js, *.xq, *.svg, *.xml
+           and *.ui. However, if 
+
+           The extensions are given as standard wildcard expressions.
+           You can add a file extension to the filter using '+='. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           examples.fileextensions += *.qrc
+           \endcode
+
+           See also \l{headers.fileextensions}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold extraimages \target extraimages
+        \o \bold {The \c extraimages variable tells QDoc to incorporate
+           specific images in the generated documentation.}
+
+           QDoc will not recognize images used within HTML (or any
+           other markup language). If we want the images to be copied
+           from the directories specified by \l {imagedirs}{\c
+           imagedirs} (the images in question must be located in these
+           directories) to the output directory, we must specify the
+           images using the \c extraimages variable.
+
+           The general syntax is \tt {extraimages.\i{format} = \i
+           image}. The file extension is optional.
+
+           For example, in \l qt.qdocconf we use a couple of images
+           within the HTML.postheader variable which value is pure
+           HTML. For that reason, these images are specified using the
+           \c extraimages variable:
+
+           \code
+           extraimages.HTML = qt-logo
+           \endcode
+
+           See also \l images and \l imagedirs.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold falsehoods \target falsehoods
+        \o \bold {The \c falsehoods variable defines the truth value of
+           specified preprocessor symbols as false.}
+
+           If this variable is not set for a preprocessor symbol, QDoc
+           assumes its truth value is true. The exception is '0',
+           which value always is false.
+
+           QDoc will recognize, and is able to evaluate, the following
+           preprocessor syntax:
+
+           \code
+           #ifdef NOTYET
+               ...
+           #endif
+
+           #if defined (NOTYET)
+               ...
+           #end if
+           \endcode
+
+           However, faced with unknown syntax like
+
+           \code
+           #if NOTYET
+               ...
+           #endif
+           \endcode
+
+           QDoc will evaluate it as true by default, \i unless the
+           preprocessor symbol is specified within the \c falsehoods
+           variable entry:
+
+           \code
+           falsehoods = NOTYET
+           \endcode
+
+           See also \l defines.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold generateindex \target generateindex
+        \o \bold{The \c generateindex variable contains a boolean value that
+           specifies whether to generate an index file when HTML documentation
+           is generated.}
+
+           By default, an index file is always generated with HTML documentation,
+           so this variable is typically only used when disabling this feature
+           (by setting the value to \c false) or when enabling index generation
+           for the WebXML output (by setting the value to \c true).
+    \row
+        \o \bold headerdirs \target headerdirs
+        \o \bold {The \c headerdirs variable specifies the directories
+           containing the header files associated with the \c .cpp source
+           files used in the documentation.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           headerdirs = $QTDIR/src \
+                        $QTDIR/extensions/activeqt \
+                        $QTDIR/extensions/motif \
+                        $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/extension \
+                        $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk \
+                        $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib
+           \endcode
+
+           When executed, the first QDoc will do is to read through
+           the headers specified in the \l {headers}{\c headers}
+           variable, and the ones located in the directories specified
+           in the \c headerdir variable (including all
+           subdirectories), building an internal structure of the
+           classes and their functions.
+
+           Then it will read through the sources specified in the \l
+           {sources}{\c sources}, and the ones located in the
+           directories specified in the \l {sourcedirs}{\c sourcedirs}
+           varible (including all subdirectories), merging the
+           documentation with the structure it retrieved from the
+           header files.
+
+           If both the \c headers and \c headerdirs variables are
+           defined, QDoc will read through both, first \l {headers}{\c
+           headers} then \c headerdirs.
+
+           In the specified directories, QDoc will only read the files
+           with the fileextensions specified in the \l
+           {headers.fileextensions}{\c headers.fileextensions}
+           variable. The default extensions are *.ch, *.h, *.h++,
+           *.hh, *.hpp and *.hxx". The files specified by \l
+           {headers}{\c headers} will be read independent of their
+           fileextensions.
+
+           See also \l headers and \l headers.fileextensions.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold headers \target headers
+        \o \bold {The \c headers variable allows you to specify individual
+           header files in addition to those located in the directories
+           specified by the \l {headerdirs}{\c headerdirs} variable.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           headers = $QTDIR/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h \
+                     $QTDIR/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.h
+           \endcode
+
+           When processing the \c headers variable, QDoc behaves in the
+           same way as it does when processing the \l {headerdirs}{\c
+           headerdirs} variable. For more information, see the \l
+           {headerdirs}{\c headerdirs} variable.
+
+           See also \l headerdirs.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold headers.fileextensions \target headers.fileextensions
+        \o \bold {The \c headers.fileextensions variable specify the
+           extension used by the headers.}
+
+           When processing the header files specified in the \l
+           {headerdirs}{\c headerdirs} variable, QDoc will only read
+           the files with the fileextensions specified in the \c
+           headers.fileextensions variable. In this way QDoc avoid
+           spending time reading irrelevant files.
+
+           The default extensions are *.ch, *.h, *.h++, *.hh, *.hpp
+           and *.hxx.
+
+           The extensions are given as standard wildcard expressions.
+           You can add a file extension to the filter using '+='. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           header.fileextensions += *.H
+           \endcode
+           
+           \warning The above assignment may not work as described.
+
+           See also \l headerdirs.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold imagedirs \target imagedirs
+        \o \bold {The \c imagedirs variable specifies the directories
+           containing the images used in the documentation.}
+
+           The \l {images}{\c images} and \c imagedirs variables are
+           used by the \l {image}{\\image} and \l
+           {inlineimage}{\\inlineimage} commands.  If both the \l
+           {images}{\c images} and \c imagedirs variables are defined,
+           QDoc will search in both, first in \l {images}{\c images}
+           then in \c imagedirs.
+
+           QDoc will search through the directories in the specified
+           order, and accept the first matching file it finds. It will
+           only search in the specified directories, \i not in
+           subdirectories.
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           imagedirs = $QTDIR/doc/src/images \
+                       $QTDIR/examples
+
+           images    = $QTDIR/doc/src/images/calculator-example.png
+           \endcode
+
+           When processing
+
+           \code
+               \image calculator-example.png
+           \endcode
+
+           QDoc will then see if there exists a file called
+           calculator-example.png listed as a value in the \c images
+           variable. If it doesn't, it will search in the \c imagedirs
+           variable, and first see if there exists a file called
+
+           \code
+               $QTDIR/doc/src/images/calculator-example.png
+           \endcode
+
+           If it doesn't, QDoc will look for a file called
+
+           \code
+               $QTDIR/examples/calculator-example.png
+           \endcode
+
+           You can filter the images in an image directory using the
+           \l {images.fileextensions}{\c images.fileextensions}
+           variable.  The general idea behind the \l
+           {images.fileextensions}{\c images.fileextensions} variable
+           is to enable different image format for different output
+           format.
+
+           \warning The \l {images.fileextensions}{\c
+           images.fileextensions} variable's functionality is
+           preliminay since QDoc at this point only support HTML.
+
+           See also \l images and \l images.fileextensions.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold images \target images
+        \o \bold {The \c images variable allows you to specify individual
+           image files in addition to those located in the directories
+           specified by the \l {imagedirs}{\c imagedirs} variable.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+               images = $QTDIR/doc/src/images/calculator-example.png
+           \endcode
+
+           When processing the \c images variable, QDoc behaves in the
+           same way as it does when processing the \l {imagedirs}{\c
+           imagedirs} variable. For more information, see the \l
+           {imagedirs}{\c imagedirs} variable.
+
+           See also \l imagedirs and \l images.fileextensions.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold images.fileextensions \target images.fileextensions
+        \o \bold {The images.fileextensions variable filters the files within
+           an image directory.}
+
+           The variable's values (the extensions) are given as
+           standard wildcard expressions.  The general syntax is: \tt
+           {images.fileextensions.\i{format} = *.\i{extension}}.
+
+           The idea is to enable different image format for different
+           output format. For example:
+
+           \code
+               images.fileextensions.HTML = *.png
+               images.fileextensions.LOUT = *.eps
+           \endcode
+
+           Then, when processing the \l {image}{\\image} and \l
+           {inlineimage}{\\inlineimage} commands, QDoc will only
+           search for files with extensions specified in the output
+           format's associated image extension variable.
+
+           \warning This is preliminary functionality since QDoc at
+           this point only support HTML.
+
+           The default extensions for HTML are *.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg
+           and *.gif.
+
+           You can add a file extension to the filter using '+='. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+               images.fileextensions.HTML += *.eps
+           \endcode
+
+           See also \l imagedirs and \l images.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold language \target language
+        \o \bold {The \c language variable specifies the language of the
+           source code that is used in the documentation.}
+
+           Currently, C++ is the only language that QDoc
+           understands. It is also the default language, and doesn't
+           really need to be specified. But for example in \l
+           qt.qdocconf:
+
+           \code
+           language = Cpp
+           \endcode
+
+           identifies the language of the Qt source code as C++.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold macro \target macro
+        \o \bold {The \c macro variable can be used to create your
+           own QDoc commands.}
+
+           The general syntax is \tt {macro.\i{command} =
+           "\i{definition}}". The definition can be described using
+           QDoc syntax. In addition it is possible to provide an HTML
+           definition by appending .HTML to the variable.
+
+           For example in \l qt.qdocconf:
+
+           \code
+           macro.gui              = "\\bold"
+           macro.raisedaster.HTML = "<sup>*</sup>"
+           \endcode
+
+           makes sure that the \\gui command renders its argument using a
+           bold font, and that \\raisedaster renders a '*'.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold outputdir \target outputdir
+        \o \bold {The \c outputdir variable specifies the directory
+           where QDoc will put the generated documentation.}
+
+           In qt.qdocconf:
+
+           \code
+           outputdir = $QTDIR/doc/html
+           \endcode
+
+           locates the generated Qt reference documentation in
+           $QTDIR/doc/html. For example, the documentation of the
+           QWidget class is located in
+
+           \code
+           $QTDIR/doc/html/qwidget.html
+           \endcode
+
+           The associated images will be put in an \c images subdirectory.
+
+           \warning When running QDoc multiple times using the same output
+           directory, all files from the previous run will be lost.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold outputformats \target outputformats
+        \o \bold {The \c outputformats variable specifies the format of
+           the generated documentation.}
+
+           Currently, QDoc only supports the HTML format. It is also
+           the default format, and doesn't need to be specified.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold qhp \target qhp
+        \o \bold{The \c qhp variable is used to define the information to be
+           written out to Qt Help Project (\c{qhp}) files.}
+
+           See the \l{Creating Help Project Files} chapter for information
+           about this process.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold slow \target slow
+        \o \bold {The \c slow variable specifies whether QDoc should do
+           time-consuming processing, such as syntax highlighting.}
+
+           By default, this setting is false.
+
+           Example:
+
+           \code
+               slow = true
+           \endcode
+
+           Another way to turn on "slowness" is to invoke QDoc with the
+           \c -slow command-line option.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold sourcedirs \target sourcedirs
+        \o \bold {The \c sourcedirs variable specifies the directories
+           containing the \c .cpp or \c .qdoc files used in
+           the documentation.}
+
+           For example in \l qt.qdocconf
+
+           \code
+           sourcedirs = $QTDIR/src \
+                        $QTDIR/doc/src \
+                        $QTDIR/extensions/activeqt \
+                        $QTDIR/extensions/motif \
+                        $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/extension \
+                        $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk \
+                        $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib
+           \endcode
+
+           When executed, the first QDoc will do is to read through
+           the headers specified in the \l {header}{\c header}
+           variable, and the ones located in the directories specified
+           in the \c headerdir variable (including all
+           subdirectories), building an internal structure of the
+           classes and their functions.
+
+           Then it will read through the sources specified in the \l
+           {sources}{\c sources}, and the ones located in the
+           directories specified in the \l {sourcedirs}{\c sourcedirs}
+           varible (including all subdirectories), merging the
+           documentation with the structure it retrieved from the
+           header files.
+
+           If both the \c sources and \c sourcedirs variables are
+           defined, QDoc will read through both, first \l {sources}{\c
+           sources} then \c sourcedirs.
+
+           In the specified directories, QDoc will only read the files
+           with the fileextensions specified in the \l
+           {sources.fileextensions}{\c sources.fileextensions}
+           variable. The default extensions are *.c++, *.cc, *.cpp and
+           *.cxx. The files specified by \l {sources}{\c sources} will
+           be read independent of their fileextensions.
+
+           See also \l sources and \l sources.fileextensions.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold sources \target sources
+        \o \bold {The \c sources variable allows you to specify
+           individual source files in addition to those located in the
+           directories specified by the \l {sourcedir}{\c sourcedir}
+           variable.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           sources = $QTDIR/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp \
+                     $QTDIR/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp
+           \endcode
+
+           When processing the \c sources variable, QDoc behaves in the
+           same way as it does when processing the \l {sourcedirs}{\c
+           sourcedirs} variable. For more information, see the \l
+           {sourcedirs}{\c sourcedirs} variable.
+
+           See also \l sourcedirs.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold sources.fileextensions \target sources.fileextensions
+        \o \bold {The \c sources.fileextensions variable filters the
+           files within a source directory.}
+
+           When processing the source files specified in the \l
+           {sourcedirs}{\c sourcedirs} variable, QDoc will only read
+           the files with the fileextensions specified in the \c
+           sources.fileextensions variable. In this way QDoc avoid
+           spending time reading irrelevant files.
+
+           The default extensions are *.c++, *.cc, *.cpp and *.cxx.
+
+           The extensions are given as standard wildcard expressions.
+           You can add a file extension to the filter using '+='. For
+           example:
+
+           \code
+           sources.fileextensions += *.CC
+           \endcode
+
+           \warning The above assignment may not work as described.
+
+           See also \l sourcedirs and \l sources.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold spurious \target spurious
+        \o \bold {The \c spurious variable excludes specified
+           QDoc warnings from the output.}
+
+           The warnings are specified using standard wildcard
+           expressions. For example:
+
+           \code
+           spurious = "Cannot find .*" \
+                      "Missing .*"
+           \endcode
+
+           makes sure that warnings matching either of these
+           expressions, will not be part of the output when running
+           QDoc. For example would the following warning be omitted
+           from the output:
+
+           \code
+           qt-4.0/src/opengl/qgl_mac.cpp:156: Missing parameter name
+           \endcode
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold tabsize \target tabsize
+        \o \bold {The \c tabsize variable defines the size of a tab
+           character.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           tabsize = 4
+           \endcode
+
+           will give the tab character the size of 4 spaces.
+
+           The default value of the variable is 8, and doesn't need to
+           be specified.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold tagfile \target tagfile
+        \o \bold{The \c tagfile variable specifies the Doxygen tag file to be written
+           when HTML is generated.}
+    \row
+        \o \bold version \target version
+        \o \bold {The \c version variable specifies the version number of the
+           documented software.}
+
+           For example:
+
+           \code
+           version = 4.0.1
+           \endcode
+
+           When a version number is specified (using the \tt{\l
+           version} or \tt {\l versionsym} variables in a \c .qdocconf
+           file), it is accessible through the corresponding \\version
+           command for use in the documentation.
+
+           \warning The \\version command's functionality is not
+           fully implemented; currently it only works within raw HTML
+           code.
+
+           See also \l versionsym.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold versionsym \target versionsym
+        \o \bold {The \c versionsym variable specifies a C++
+           preprocessor symbol that defines the version number
+           of the documented software.}
+
+           For example in \l qt.qdocconf:
+
+           \code
+           versionsym = QT_VERSION_STR
+           \endcode
+
+           QT_VERSION_STR is defined in qglobal.h as follows
+
+           \code
+           #define QT_VERSION_STR   "4.0.1"
+           \endcode
+
+           When a version number is specified (using the \tt{\l
+           version} or \tt {\l versionsym} variables in a \c .qdocconf
+           file), it is accessible through the corresponding \\version
+           command for use in the documentation.
+
+           \warning The \\version command's functionality is not fully
+           implemented; currently it only works within raw HTML code.
+
+           See also \l {version}{\\version}.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 22-creating-help-project-files.html
+    \previouspage General Variables
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage C++ Specific Variables
+
+    \title Creating Help Project Files
+
+    \section1 Overview
+    
+    Starting with Qt 4.4, Qt Assistant uses a different system for managing
+    Qt documentation that requires QDoc to generate inventories of files in a
+    format that is similar to the old style DCF format, but with additional
+    features.
+
+    Instead of hard-coding information about the documentation sets for Qt,
+    QDoc allows configuration variables to be used to specify which pages are
+    to be used in each documentation set it generates. These are specified as
+    subvariables of the \c qch variable with each set declared using a unique
+    identifier as a subvariable.
+
+    For example, the configuration file for the Qt documentation defines a
+    \c Qt documentation set by specifying information about the set as
+    subvariables with the \c{qhp.Qt} prefix:
+
+    \code
+    qhp.Qt.file                = qt.qhp
+    qhp.Qt.namespace           = com.trolltech.qt.440
+    qhp.Qt.virtualFolder       = qdoc
+    qhp.Qt.indexTitle          = Qt Reference Documentation
+    qhp.Qt.indexRoot           = 
+    qhp.Qt.extraFiles          = classic.css images/qt-logo.png
+    qhp.Qt.filterAttributes    = qt 4.4.0 qtrefdoc
+    qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.name = Qt 4.4.0
+    qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.filterAttributes = qt 4.4.0
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects         = classes overviews examples
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.title = Classes
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.indexTitle = Qt's Classes
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.selectors = class
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.title = Overviews
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.indexTitle = All Overviews and HOWTOs
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.selectors = fake:page,group,module
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.title = Tutorials and Examples
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.indexTitle = Qt Examples
+    qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.selectors = fake:example
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html
+    \previouspage Creating Help Project Files
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage HTML Specific Variables
+
+    \title C++ Specific Variables
+
+    The C++ specific configuration variables are provided to avoid
+    erroneous documentation due to non-standard C++ constructs.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html#Cpp.ignoredirectives}
+       {Cpp.ignoredirectives},
+    \l {23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html#Cpp.ignoretoken}
+       {Cpp.ignoretokens}
+
+    \section1 Variable Descriptions
+
+    \table
+
+    \header
+        \o Variable
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold  Cpp.ignoredirectives \target Cpp.ignoredirectives
+        \o \bold {The \c Cpp.ignoredirectives variable makes QDoc ignore
+           the specified non-standard constructs, within C++ source code.}
+
+           If not specified by the \tt {\l Cpp.ignoretokens} or \tt
+           {\l Cpp.ignoredirectives} variables, non-standard
+           constructs (typically macros) can result in erroneous
+           documentation.
+
+           In \l qt.qdocconf:
+
+           \code
+           Cpp.ignoredirectives = Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE \
+                                  Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS \
+                                  Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE \
+                                  Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC \
+                                  Q_DISABLE_COPY \
+                                  Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR \
+                                  Q_ENUMS \
+                                  Q_FLAGS \
+                                  Q_INTERFACES \
+                                  __attribute__
+           \endcode
+
+           makes sure that when processing the code below, for
+           example, QDoc will simply ignore the 'Q_ENUMS' and
+           'Q_FLAGS' expressions:
+
+           \code
+               class Q_CORE_EXPORT Qt {
+                   Q_OBJECT
+                   Q_ENUMS(Orientation TextFormat BackgroundMode
+                           DateFormat ScrollBarPolicy FocusPolicy
+                           ContextMenuPolicy CaseSensitivity
+                           LayoutDirection ArrowType)
+                   Q_ENUMS(ToolButtonStyle)
+                   Q_FLAGS(Alignment)
+                   Q_FLAGS(Orientations)
+                   Q_FLAGS(DockWidgetAreas)
+
+               public:
+                   ...
+           };
+           \endcode
+
+           The Q_OBJECT macro, however, is an exception: QDoc
+           recognizes this particular non-standard construct, so there
+           is no need specifying it using the \tt {\l
+           Cpp.ignoredirectives} variable.
+
+           Regarding the Q_CORE_EXPORT macro; see the documentation of
+           the \tt {\l Cpp.ignoretokens} variable.
+
+           See also \l Cpp.ignoretokens.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold  Cpp.ignoretokens \target Cpp.ignoretokens
+        \o \bold {The \c Cpp.ignoretokens variable makes QDoc ignore
+           the specified non-standard constructs, within C++ source code.}
+
+           If not specified by the \tt {\l Cpp.ignoretokens} or \tt
+           {\l Cpp.ignoredirectives} variables, non-standard
+           constructs (typically macros) can result in erroneous
+           documentation.
+
+           In \l qt.qdocconf:
+
+           \code
+           Cpp.ignoretokens = QAXFACTORY_EXPORT \
+                              QM_EXPORT_CANVAS \
+                              ...
+                              Q_COMPAT_EXPORT \
+                              Q_CORE_EXPORT \
+                              Q_EXPLICIT \
+                              Q_EXPORT \
+                              ...
+                              Q_TYPENAME        \
+                              Q_XML_EXPORT
+           \endcode
+
+           makes sure that when processing the code below, for
+           example, QDoc will simply ignore the 'Q_CORE_EXPORT'
+           expression:
+
+           \code
+               class Q_CORE_EXPORT Qt {
+                   Q_OBJECT
+                   Q_ENUMS(Orientation TextFormat BackgroundMode
+                           DateFormat ScrollBarPolicy FocusPolicy
+                           ContextMenuPolicy CaseSensitivity
+                           LayoutDirection ArrowType)
+                   Q_ENUMS(ToolButtonStyle)
+                   Q_FLAGS(Alignment)
+                   Q_FLAGS(Orientations)
+                   Q_FLAGS(DockWidgetAreas)
+
+               public:
+                   ...
+           };
+           \endcode
+
+           Regarding the Q_OBJECT, Q_ENUMS and Q_FLAGS macros; see the
+           documentation of the \tt {\l Cpp.ignoredirectives}
+           variable.
+
+           See also \l Cpp.ignoredirectives.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \page 24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html
+    \previouspage C++ Specific Variables
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage Supporting Derived Projects
+
+    \title HTML Specific Variables
+
+    The HTML specific configuration variables define the generated
+    documentation's style, or define the contents of the
+    documentation's footer or postheader. The format of the variable
+    values are raw HTML.
+
+    \section1 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.footer}{HTML.footer},
+    \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.postheader}
+       {HTML.postheader},
+    \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.style}{HTML.style},
+    \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.stylesheets}{HTML.stylesheets}
+
+
+    \section1 Variable Descriptions
+
+    \table
+
+    \header
+        \o Variable
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold HTML.footer \target HTML.footer
+        \o \bold {The \c HTML.footer variable defines the content
+           of the generated HTML documentation's footer.}
+
+           The footer is rendered at the bottom of the generated
+           documentation page.
+
+           The variable's value is given as raw HTML code enclosed by
+           quotation marks. Note that if the value spans several
+           lines, each line needs to be enclosed by quotation marks.
+
+           For example in \l qt.qdocconf:
+
+           \code
+               HTML.footer = "<p /><address><hr /><div align=\"center\">\n" \
+                             ...
+                             "</tr></table></div></address>"
+           \endcode
+
+           The complete variable entry in \l qt.qdocconf provides the
+           standard footer of the \l
+           {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/index.html}{Qt Reference
+           Documentation}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold HTML.postheader \target HTML.postheader
+        \o \bold {The \c HTML.postheader variable defines the content
+           of the generated HTML documentation's postheader.}
+
+           The header is rendered at the top of the generated
+           documentation page.
+
+           The variable's value is given as raw HTML enclosed by
+           quotation marks. Note that if the value spans several
+           lines, each line needs to be enclosed by quotation marks.
+
+           For example in \l qt.qdocconf:
+
+           \code
+            HTML.postheader = "<table border=\"0\"..." \
+                              ...
+                              "<img src=\"images/trolltech-logo.png\" \
+                              "align=\"right\" width=\"203\" height=\"32\""\
+                              "border=\"0\" />" \
+                              "</td></tr>" \
+                              "</table>"
+           \endcode
+
+           The complete variable entry in \l qt.qdocconf provides the
+           standard header of the \l
+           {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/index.html}{Qt Reference
+           Documentation}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold HTML.style \target HTML.style
+        \o \bold {The HTML.style variable defines the style for
+           the generated HTML documentation.}
+
+           The variable's value is given as raw HTML enclosed by
+           quotation marks. Note that if the value spans several
+           lines, each line needs to be enclosed by quotation marks.
+
+           For example in \l qt.qdocconf:
+
+           \code
+           HTML.style = "h3.fn,span.fn" \
+                        "{ margin-left: 1cm; text-indent: -1cm; }\n" \
+                        "a:link { color: #004faf; text-decoration: none }\n" \
+                        "a:visited" \
+                        "{ color: #672967; text-decoration: none }\n" \
+                        "td.postheader { font-family: sans-serif }\n" \
+                        "tr.address { font-family: sans-serif }\n" \
+                        "body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }"
+           \endcode
+
+           provides the HTML style for the \l
+           {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/index.html}{Qt Reference
+           Documentation}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold HTML.stylesheets \target HTML.stylesheets
+        \o \bold {The HTML.stylesheets variable defines a list of stylesheets
+           to use for the generated HTML documentation.}
+
+           Using separate stylesheets for the documentation makes it easier to
+           customize and experiment with the style used once the contents has
+           been generated. Typically, it is only necessary to define a single
+           stylesheet for any set of documentation; for example:
+
+           \code
+           HTML.stylesheets = classic.css
+           \endcode
+
+           QDoc expects to find stylesheets in the directory containing the
+           \l qt.qdocconf file, and it will copy those specified to the output
+           directory alongside the HTML pages.
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html
+    \previouspage HTML Specific Variables
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage QDoc Compatibility
+
+    \title Supporting Derived Projects
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    Some particular configuration variables allow you to use QDoc to
+    support Qt-based projects; i.e to make projects, such as Qt Solutions,
+    contain references to the online Qt documentation. This
+    means that QDoc will be able to create links to the class reference
+    documentation, without any explicit linking command.
+
+    \section1 The Configuration Variables
+
+    \section2 Alphabetical List
+
+    \l{25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#description}{description},
+    \l{25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#indexes}{indexes},
+    \l{25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#project}{project},
+    \l{25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#url}{url}
+
+    \section2 Variable Descriptions
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o Variable
+        \o Description
+    \row
+        \o \bold description \target description
+        \o \bold {The description variable holds a short description of
+           the associated project.}
+
+           See also \l project.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold indexes \target indexes
+        \o \bold {The \c indexes variable lists the index files
+           that will be used to generate references.}
+
+           For example. to make a derived Qt project contain links to
+           the Qt Reference documentation, you need to specify the
+           associated index file:
+
+           \code
+               indexes = $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.index
+           \endcode
+
+           See also \l project and \l url.
+
+    \row
+        \o \bold project \target project
+        \o \bold {The \c project variable provides a name for the project
+           associated with the \c .qdocconf file.}
+
+           The project's name is used to form a file name for the
+           associated project's \i index file. For example:
+
+           \code
+               project = QtMotif
+           \endcode
+
+           This will cause an index file called \c qtmotif.index to be
+           created.
+
+           See also \l description and \l indexes.
+    \row
+        \o \bold url \target url
+        \o \bold {The \c url variable holds the base URL for the
+            reference documentation associated with the current project.}
+
+            The URL is stored in the generated index file for the
+            project. When we use the index on its own, QDoc will use
+            this as the base URL when constructing links to classes,
+            functions, and other things listed in the index.
+
+            For example:
+
+            \code
+                 project     = Qt
+                 description = Qt Reference Documentation
+                 url         = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0
+
+                 ...
+            \endcode
+
+            This makes sure that whenever \c qt.index is used to generate
+            references to for example Qt classes, the base URL is
+            \c http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0.
+
+            See also \l indexes.
+
+    \endtable
+
+    \target howto
+    \section1 How to Support Derived Projects
+
+    This feature makes use of the comprehensive indexes generated by
+    QDoc when it creates the Qt reference documentation.
+
+    For example, \l qt.qdocconf (the configuration file for Qt)
+    contains the following variable definitions:
+
+    \code
+        project     = Qt
+        description = Qt Reference Documentation
+        url         = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0
+
+        ...
+    \endcode
+
+    The \l project variable name is used to form a file name for the
+    index file; in this case the \c qt.index file is created.  The \l
+    url is stored in the index file. Later, when we use the index on
+    its own, QDoc will use this as the base URL when constructing
+    links to classes, functions, and other things listed in the index.
+
+    In a mini-project, you can use an index file by defining an \l
+    indexes configuration variable in your \c .qdocconf file.
+
+    For example, you can create a \c qtmotif.qdocconf file to help you
+    check the QtMotif documentation (which is part of Qt Solutions):
+
+    \code
+        include($QTDIR/tools/qdoc3/test/compat.qdocconf)
+
+        project                 = QtMotif
+        description             = QtMotif Class Documentation
+        url                     = http://www.trolltech.com/products/solutions/catalog/4/Migration/qtmotifextension
+
+        indexes                 = $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.index
+
+        outputdir               = html
+
+        headerdirs              = src
+        sourcedirs              = src \
+                                  examples
+        sources.fileextensions  = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.doc"
+
+        exampledirs = examples
+    \endcode
+
+    The code above requires that you run QDoc from the directory that
+    contains this file. You need to include the compat.qdocconf
+    file for compatibility reasons; this is further explained in the
+    \l {QDoc Compatibility} section.
+
+    \bold {To resolve the actual links to Qt classes, the
+    mini-project's \c .qdocconf file needs to assign a value to the \l
+    indexes variable; \c $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.index makes sure that you
+    always use the updated index file for the Qt documentation.}
+
+    The only disadvantages with this approach are the extra file that
+    QDoc has to generate and the time it takes to do so. Reading the
+    index back again later isn't instantaneous either, but it's
+    quicker than processing all the Qt classes each time you need to
+    write a new document.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html
+    \previouspage Supporting Derived Projects
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+    \nextpage QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List
+
+    \title QDoc Compatibility
+
+    \tableofcontents
+
+    \section1 General Description
+
+    \target reason
+
+    QDoc is a tool that constantly evolves to suit our needs, for that
+    reason there are some compatibility issues in the transition
+    between old and new practices.
+
+    To make the transition as smooth and rapid as possible, the
+    general idea is to adopt the new commands and usage in new
+    documentation.  While waiting for the occurrences of the old
+    practices to be eliminated from the old parts of the
+    documentation, you can map the new commands and usage to the old
+    ones using a compat.qdocconf file.
+
+    A compat.qdocconf file is a separate \c .qdocconf file which you
+    can include in your main configuration file. It typically contains
+    the mapping between old and new commands using the \l alias and \l
+    {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#macro}{macro}
+    configuration variables.
+
+    \section1 Qt Compatibility
+
+    In Qt's documentation there still exist occurrences of old
+    commands, and the Qt \l {qt.qdocconf}{configuration file} needs to
+    include the compat.qdocconf file tailored for Qt. For more
+    detailed information about the commands creating compatibility
+    issues, see the \l {Command Comments}{command comments}.
+
+    \section2 Qt's current compat.qdocconf file
+
+    \quotefile files/compat.qdocconf
+
+    \section2 Command Comments
+
+    \table
+    \header
+        \o New Command
+        \o Old Command
+        \o Description
+
+    \row
+        \o \\i \target i-versus-e
+        \o \\e
+        \o Earlier we
+           used the \\i command to indicate a list or table item, and
+           the \\e command for rendering in italic. Now we want the
+           \\i command to render in italic discarding the
+           \\e command name.
+
+           \bold {We still need to use the \\e command to render in
+           italic in new documentation for \l {reason}{compatibility
+           reasons}}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \\include \target include-versus-input
+        \o \\input
+        \o The \\include command was previously used to quote the
+           complete contents of a source file, now we want to use the
+           command to include separate documentation.
+           That is the functionality of the old \\input command
+           which name we want to discard.
+
+           \bold {We still need to use the \\input command to include
+           plain text in new documentation for \l
+           {reason}{compatibility reasons}}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \\quotefile \target quotefile-versus-include
+        \o \\include
+        \o Earlier, we have used the \\quotefile command to
+           quote from file, i.e. quote parts from file, and the
+           \\include command to quote the entire file. Since we now want
+           \\include to include separate documentation, we change the use of
+           \\quotefile to quote a complete source file.
+
+           \bold {We still need to use the \\include command to quote
+           the entire contents of a source file in new documentation
+           for \l {reason}{compatibility reasons}}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \\quotefromfile \target quotefromfile-versus-quotefile
+        \o \\quotefile
+        \o Earlier, we have used the \\quotefile command to
+           quote from file, i.e. quote parts from file. Since we now want
+           that command to quote an entire file, we introduce the new
+           \\quotefromfile command to quote from file.
+
+           \bold {Use \l {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} to quote
+           parts from a source file in new documentation}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \\o \target o-versus-i
+        \o \\i
+        \o Earlier we used the \\i command to indicate list items
+           and table items. Since we now want the \\i command to render
+           in italic instead, we introduce the new \\o command for
+           this purpose.
+
+           \bold {Use \l {o}{\\o} to indicate list and table items in
+           new documentation}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \\quotation \target quotation-versus-quote
+        \o \\quote
+        \o These commands are equivalent, and represent a simple name
+          change.
+
+          \bold {Use \l {quotation}{\\quotation} in new
+          documentation}.
+
+    \row
+        \o \\image \target image-versus-img
+        \o \\img
+        \o These commands are equivalent, and represent a simple name
+           change.
+
+           \bold {Use \l {image}{\\image} in new documentation}.
+
+    \endtable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \page 27-qdoc-commmands-alphabetical.html
+    \previouspage QDoc Compatibility
+    \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents
+
+    \title QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List
+
+    \list
+
+    \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#a}{\\a}
+    \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#abstract}{\\abstract}
+    \o \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#badcode}{\\badcode}
+    \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#bold}{\\bold}
+    \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#brief}{\\brief}
+    \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#c}{\\c}
+    \o \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#caption}{\\caption}
+    \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#chapter}{\\chapter}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#class}{\\class}
+    \o \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#code}{\\code}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#codeline}{\\codeline},
+    \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#compat}{\\compat}
+    \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#contentspage}{\\contentspage}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#dots}{\\dots}
+    \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#else}{\\else}
+    \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#endif}{\\endif}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#enum}{\\enum}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#example-command}{\\example}
+    \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#expire}{\\expire}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#externalpage}{\\externalpage}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#fn}{\\fn}
+    \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#footnote}{\\footnote}
+    \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#generatelist}{\\generatelist}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#group}{\\group}
+    \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#header}{\\header}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#headerfile}{\\headerfile}
+    \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#i}{\\i}
+    \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#if}{\\if}
+    \o \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#image}{\\image}
+    \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#include}{\\include}
+    \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#indexpage}{\\indexpage}
+    \o \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#ingroup}{\\ingroup}
+    \o \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#inmodule}{\\inmodule}
+    \o \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#inlineimage}{\\inlineimage}
+    \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#internal}{\\internal}
+    \o \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#keyword}{\\keyword}
+    \o \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#l}{\\l}
+    \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#legalese}{\\legalese}
+    \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#list}{\\list}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#macro}{\\macro}
+    \o \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#mainclass}{\\mainclass}
+    \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#meta}{\\meta}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#module}{\\module}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#namespace}{\\namespace}
+    \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#nextpage}{\\nextpage}
+    \o \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#newcode}{\\newcode}
+    \o \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant}
+    \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#o}{\\o}
+    \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#obsolete}{\\obsolete}
+    \o \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#oldcode}{\\oldcode}
+    \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#omit}{\\omit}
+    \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#omitvalue}{\\omitvalue}
+    \o \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#overload}{\\overload}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#page}{\\page}
+    \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#part}{\\part}
+    \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#preliminary}{\\preliminary}
+    \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#previouspage}{\\previouspage}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printline}{\\printline}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printto}{\\printto}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printuntil}{\\printuntil}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#property}{\\property}
+    \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#quotation}{\\quotation}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefile}{\\quotefile}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}
+    \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\raw}
+    \o \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#reentrant}{\\reentrant}
+    \o \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#reimp}{\\reimp}
+    \o \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#relates}{\\relates}
+    \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#row}{\\row}
+    \o \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#sa}{\\sa}
+    \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionOne}{\\section1}
+    \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionTwo}{\\section2}
+    \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionThree}{\\section3}
+    \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionFour}{\\section4}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#service}{\\service}
+    \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#since}{\\since}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipline}{\\skipline}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipto}{\\skipto}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipuntil}{\\skipuntil}
+    \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#snippet}{\\snippet},
+    \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#startpage}{\\startpage}
+    \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sub}{\\sub}
+    \o \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#subtitle}{\\subtitle}
+    \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sup}{\\sup}
+    \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#table}{\\table}
+    \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#tableofcontents}
+          {\\tableofcontents}
+    \o \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#target}{\\target}
+    \o \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#threadsafe}{\\threadsafe}
+    \o \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#title}{\\title}
+    \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#tt}{\\tt}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#typedef}{\\typedef}
+    \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#underline}{\\underline}
+    \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#variable}{\\variable}
+    \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#value}{\\value}
+    \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#warning}{\\warning}
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/about
+    \title About Qt
+*/
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdocconf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26fd09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdocconf
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+project          = QDoc
+description      = QDoc3 Manual
+
+indexes          = $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.index
+
+outputdir        = html
+
+sources          = qdoc-manual.qdoc
+sourcedirs       = $PWD
+
+exampledirs     += $PWD \
+                   $QTDIR/examples
+
+imagedirs       += images
+
+extraimages.HTML = qt-logo
+
+HTML.stylesheets = classic.css
+
+HTML.style       = "h3.fn,span.fn { margin-left: 1cm; text-indent: -1cm; }\n" \
+                   "a:link { color: #004faf; text-decoration: none }\n" \
+                   "a:visited { color: #672967; text-decoration: none }\n" \
+                   "td.postheader { font-family: sans-serif }\n" \
+                   "tr.address { font-family: sans-serif }\n" \
+                   "body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }"
+
+HTML.postheader  = "<table border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"5\" width=\"100%\">\n" \
+                   "<tr>\n" \
+                   "<td align=\"left\" valign=\"top\" width=\"32\">" \
+                   "<a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/\"><img src=\"images/qt-logo.png\" align=\"left\" border=\"0\" /></a>" \
+                   "</td>\n" \
+                   "<td class=\"postheader\" valign=\"center\">" \
+                   "<a href=\"01-qdoc-manual.html\">" \
+                   "<font color=\"#004faf\">Home: QDoc Manual</font></a>&nbsp;&middot;" \
+                   "<a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7\">" \
+                   "<font color=\"#004faf\"> Qt Reference Documentation</font></a>" \
+                   "</td>\n" \
+                   "</tr></table>"
+
+HTML.footer     = "<p /><address><hr /><div align=\"center\">\n" \
+                  "<table width=\"100%\" cellspacing=\"0\" border=\"0\"><tr class=\"address\">\n" \
+                  "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"left\">Copyright &copy; 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies)</td>\n" \
+                  "<td width=\"20%\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"trademarks.html\">Trademarks</a></td>\n" \
+                  "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"right\"><div align=\"right\">Qt \\version</div></td>\n" \
+                  "</tr></table></div></address>"
+
+spurious        += "Missing '\\}'" 
+spurious        += "Cannot use .*"
+spurious        += "Unexpected .*"
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.cpp
index 15386f1..e341a03 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.cpp
@@ -54,10 +54,12 @@
 #include <qdebug.h>
 #include <qlist.h>
 #include <qiterator.h>
+#include <qtextcodec.h>
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 #define COMMAND_VERSION                 Doc::alias("version")
+int HtmlGenerator::id = 0;
 
 QString HtmlGenerator::sinceTitles[] =
     {
@@ -266,6 +268,15 @@ void HtmlGenerator::initializeGenerator(const Config &config)
 
     projectUrl = config.getString(CONFIG_URL);
 
+    outputEncoding = config.getString(CONFIG_OUTPUTENCODING);
+    if (outputEncoding.isEmpty())
+        outputEncoding = QLatin1String("ISO-8859-1");
+    outputCodec = QTextCodec::codecForName(outputEncoding.toLocal8Bit());
+
+    naturalLanguage = config.getString(CONFIG_NATURALLANGUAGE);
+    if (naturalLanguage.isEmpty())
+        naturalLanguage = QLatin1String("en");
+
     QSet<QString> editionNames = config.subVars(CONFIG_EDITION);
     QSet<QString>::ConstIterator edition = editionNames.begin();
     while (edition != editionNames.end()) {
@@ -389,9 +400,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker)
                 "qmake Manual",
                 dcfQmakeRoot);
 
-    generateIndex(project.toLower().simplified().replace(" ", "-"),
-                  projectUrl,
-                  projectDescription);
+    QString fileBase = project.toLower().simplified().replace(" ", "-");
+    generateIndex(fileBase, projectUrl, projectDescription);
+    generatePageIndex(outputDir() + "/" + fileBase + ".pageindex", marker);
 
     helpProjectWriter->generate(myTree);
 }
@@ -431,11 +442,11 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
                 endLink();
             }
             else {
-                out() << protect(atom->string());
+                out() << protectEnc(atom->string());
             }
         }
         else {
-            out() << protect(atom->string());
+            out() << protectEnc(atom->string());
         }
         break;
     case Atom::BaseName:
@@ -483,7 +494,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
     case Atom::C:
         out() << formattingLeftMap()[ATOM_FORMATTING_TELETYPE];
         if (inLink) {
-            out() << protect(plainCode(atom->string()));
+            out() << protectEnc(plainCode(atom->string()));
         }
         else {
             out() << highlightedCode(atom->string(), marker, relative);
@@ -516,7 +527,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
         // fallthrough
     case Atom::CodeBad:
         out() << "<pre><font color=\"#404040\">"
-              << trimmedTrailing(protect(plainCode(indent(codeIndent,atom->string()))))
+              << trimmedTrailing(protectEnc(plainCode(indent(codeIndent,atom->string()))))
               << "</font></pre>\n";
 	break;
     case Atom::FootnoteLeft:
@@ -768,7 +779,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
                         out() << "<a name=\""
                               << Doc::canonicalTitle((*s).name)
                               << "\"></a>\n";
-                        out() << "<h3>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h3>\n";
+                        out() << "<h3>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h3>\n";
                         if (idx == Class)
                             generateCompactList(0, marker, ncmap.value(), QString("Q"));
                         else if (idx == MemberFunction) {
@@ -792,7 +803,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
                                       << linkForNode(pmap.key(), 0)
                                       << "\">";
                                 QStringList pieces = fullName(pmap.key(), 0, marker).split("::");
-                                out() << protect(pieces.last());
+                                out() << protectEnc(pieces.last());
                                 out() << "</a>"  << ":</p>\n";
 
                                 generateSection(nlist, 0, marker, CodeMarker::Summary);
@@ -820,12 +831,12 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
                 out() << "<p align=\"center\">";
             if (fileName.isEmpty()) {
                 out() << "<font color=\"red\">[Missing image "
-                      << protect(atom->string()) << "]</font>";
+                      << protectEnc(atom->string()) << "]</font>";
             }
             else {
-                out() << "<img src=\"" << protect(fileName) << "\"";
+                out() << "<img src=\"" << protectEnc(fileName) << "\"";
                 if (!text.isEmpty())
-                    out() << " alt=\"" << protect(text) << "\"";
+                    out() << " alt=\"" << protectEnc(text) << "\"";
                 out() << " />";
                 helpProjectWriter->addExtraFile(fileName);
             }
@@ -923,7 +934,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
             // ### Trenton
 
             out() << "<tr><td valign=\"top\"><tt>"
-                  << protect(plainCode(marker->markedUpEnumValue(atom->next()->string(),
+                  << protectEnc(plainCode(marker->markedUpEnumValue(atom->next()->string(),
                                                                  relative)))
                   << "</tt></td><td align=\"center\" valign=\"top\">";
 
@@ -936,7 +947,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
             if (itemValue.isEmpty())
                 out() << "?";
             else
-                out() << "<tt>" << protect(itemValue) << "</tt>";
+                out() << "<tt>" << protectEnc(itemValue) << "</tt>";
 
             skipAhead = 1;
         }
@@ -1052,7 +1063,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
             generateLink(atom, relative, marker);
         }
         else {
-            out() << protect(atom->string());
+            out() << protectEnc(atom->string());
         }
         break;
     case Atom::TableLeft:
@@ -1166,7 +1177,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom,
         out() << "<font color=\"red\"><b>&lt;Missing HTML&gt;</b></font>";
         break;
     case Atom::UnknownCommand:
-        out() << "<font color=\"red\"><b><code>\\" << protect(atom->string())
+        out() << "<font color=\"red\"><b><code>\\" << protectEnc(atom->string())
               << "</code></b></font>";
         break;
 #ifdef QDOC_QML
@@ -1295,7 +1306,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner,
                 out() << "<a name=\""
                       << registerRef((*s).name.toLower())
                       << "\"></a>\n";
-                out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
+                out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
                 generateSection(s->members, inner, marker, CodeMarker::Summary);
             }
             if (!s->reimpMembers.isEmpty()) {
@@ -1304,7 +1315,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner,
                 out() << "<a name=\""
                       << registerRef(name.toLower())
                       << "\"></a>\n";
-                out() << "<h2>" << protect(name) << "</h2>\n";
+                out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc(name) << "</h2>\n";
                 generateSection(s->reimpMembers, inner, marker, CodeMarker::Summary);
             }
 
@@ -1343,7 +1354,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner,
     s = sections.begin();
     while (s != sections.end()) {
         out() << "<hr />\n";
-        out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
+        out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
 
         NodeList::ConstIterator m = (*s).members.begin();
         while (m != (*s).members.end()) {
@@ -1518,7 +1529,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker)
         s = sections.begin();
         while (s != sections.end()) {
             out() << "<a name=\"" << registerRef((*s).name) << "\"></a>\n";
-            out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
+            out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
             generateQmlSummary(*s,fake,marker);
             ++s;
         }
@@ -1534,7 +1545,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker)
         sections = marker->qmlSections(qml_cn,CodeMarker::Detailed);
         s = sections.begin();
         while (s != sections.end()) {
-            out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
+            out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
             NodeList::ConstIterator m = (*s).members.begin();
             while (m != (*s).members.end()) {
                 generateDetailedQmlMember(*m, fake, marker);
@@ -1554,7 +1565,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker)
     s = sections.begin();
     while (s != sections.end()) {
         out() << "<a name=\"" << registerRef((*s).name) << "\"></a>\n";
-        out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
+        out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
         generateSectionList(*s, fake, marker, CodeMarker::Summary);
         ++s;
     }
@@ -1583,7 +1594,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker)
     s = sections.begin();
     while (s != sections.end()) {
         out() << "<hr />\n";
-        out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
+        out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n";
 
         NodeList::ConstIterator m = (*s).members.begin();
         while (m != (*s).members.end()) {
@@ -1619,7 +1630,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker)
     }
 }
 
-QString HtmlGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */)
+QString HtmlGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) const
 {
     return "html";
 }
@@ -1629,11 +1640,11 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title,
                                    CodeMarker *marker,
                                    bool mainPage)
 {
-    out() << "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"?>\n";
+    out() << QString("<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"%1\"?>\n").arg(outputEncoding);
 
     out() << "<!DOCTYPE html\n"
-             "    PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\" \"DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n"
-             "<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\" xml:lang=\"en\" lang=\"en\">\n";
+             "    PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\" \"DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n";
+    out() << QString("<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\" xml:lang=\"%1\" lang=\"%1\">\n").arg(naturalLanguage);
 
     QString shortVersion;
     if ((project != "Qtopia") && (project != "Qt Extended")) {
@@ -1653,7 +1664,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title,
     }
 
     out() << "<head>\n"
-             "  <title>" << shortVersion << protect(title) << "</title>\n";
+             "  <title>" << shortVersion << protectEnc(title) << "</title>\n";
+    out() << QString("<meta http-equiv=\"Content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=%1\" />").arg(outputEncoding);
+
     if (!style.isEmpty())
         out() << "    <style type=\"text/css\">" << style << "</style>\n";
 
@@ -1662,8 +1675,8 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title,
         QMapIterator<QString, QString> i(metaMap);
         while (i.hasNext()) {
             i.next();
-            out() << "    <meta name=\"" << protect(i.key()) << "\" contents=\""
-                  << protect(i.value()) << "\" />\n";
+            out() << "    <meta name=\"" << protectEnc(i.key()) << "\" contents=\""
+                  << protectEnc(i.value()) << "\" />\n";
         }
     }
 
@@ -1687,9 +1700,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title,
 
             navigationLinks += "[Previous: <a href=\"" + anchorPair.first + "\">";
             if (linkPair.first == linkPair.second && !anchorPair.second.isEmpty())
-                navigationLinks += protect(anchorPair.second);
+                navigationLinks += protectEnc(anchorPair.second);
             else
-                navigationLinks += protect(linkPair.second);
+                navigationLinks += protectEnc(linkPair.second);
             navigationLinks += "</a>]\n";
         }
         if (node->links().contains(Node::ContentsLink)) {
@@ -1705,9 +1718,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title,
 
             navigationLinks += "[<a href=\"" + anchorPair.first + "\">";
             if (linkPair.first == linkPair.second && !anchorPair.second.isEmpty())
-                navigationLinks += protect(anchorPair.second);
+                navigationLinks += protectEnc(anchorPair.second);
             else
-                navigationLinks += protect(linkPair.second);
+                navigationLinks += protectEnc(linkPair.second);
             navigationLinks += "</a>]\n";
         }
         if (node->links().contains(Node::NextLink)) {
@@ -1723,9 +1736,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title,
 
             navigationLinks += "[Next: <a href=\"" + anchorPair.first + "\">";
             if (linkPair.first == linkPair.second && !anchorPair.second.isEmpty())
-                navigationLinks += protect(anchorPair.second);
+                navigationLinks += protectEnc(anchorPair.second);
             else
-                navigationLinks += protect(linkPair.second);
+                navigationLinks += protectEnc(linkPair.second);
             navigationLinks += "</a>]\n";
         }
         if (node->links().contains(Node::IndexLink)) {
@@ -1776,7 +1789,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateTitle(const QString& title,
                                   const Node *relative,
                                   CodeMarker *marker)
 {
-    out() << "<h1 class=\"title\">" << protect(title);
+    out() << "<h1 class=\"title\">" << protectEnc(title);
     if (!subTitle.isEmpty()) {
         out() << "<br />";
         if (subTitleSize == SmallSubTitle)
@@ -2014,18 +2027,18 @@ QString HtmlGenerator::generateLowStatusMemberFile(const InnerNode *inner,
 
     out() << "<p><ul><li><a href=\""
           << linkForNode(inner, 0) << "\">"
-          << protect(inner->name())
+          << protectEnc(inner->name())
           << " class reference</a></li></ul></p>\n";
 
     for (i = 0; i < sections.size(); ++i) {
-        out() << "<h2>" << protect(sections.at(i).name) << "</h2>\n";
+        out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc(sections.at(i).name) << "</h2>\n";
         generateSectionList(sections.at(i), inner, marker, CodeMarker::Summary);
     }
 
     sections = marker->sections(inner, CodeMarker::Detailed, status);
     for (i = 0; i < sections.size(); ++i) {
         out() << "<hr />\n";
-        out() << "<h2>" << protect(sections.at(i).name) << "</h2>\n";
+        out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc(sections.at(i).name) << "</h2>\n";
 
         NodeList::ConstIterator m = sections.at(i).members.begin();
         while (m != sections.at(i).members.end()) {
@@ -2118,7 +2131,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateAnnotatedList(const Node *relative,
         }
         else {
             out() << "<td>";
-            out() << protect(node->doc().briefText().toString());
+            out() << protectEnc(node->doc().briefText().toString());
             out() << "</td>";
         }
         out() << "</tr>\n";
@@ -2320,7 +2333,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateCompactList(const Node *relative,
                         << linkForNode(it.value(), relative)
                         << "\">";
                     QStringList pieces = fullName(it.value(), relative, marker).split("::");
-                    out() << protect(pieces.last());
+                    out() << protectEnc(pieces.last());
                     out() << "</a>";
                     if (pieces.size() > 1) {
                         out() << " (";
@@ -2362,7 +2375,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFunctionIndex(const Node *relative,
 #else
         out() << "<p>";
 #endif
-        out() << protect(f.key()) << ":";
+        out() << protectEnc(f.key()) << ":";
 
         currentLetter = f.key()[0].unicode();
         while (islower(currentLetter) && currentLetter >= nextLetter) {
@@ -2416,7 +2429,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateLegaleseList(const Node *relative,
     QString marked = marker->markedUpSynopsis(node, relative, style);
     QRegExp templateTag("(<[^@>]*>)");
     if (marked.indexOf(templateTag) != -1) {
-        QString contents = protect(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1),
+        QString contents = protectEnc(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1),
                                               templateTag.cap(1).length()));
         marked.replace(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length(),
                         contents);
@@ -2455,7 +2468,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateQmlItem(const Node *node,
     QString marked = marker->markedUpQmlItem(node,summary);
     QRegExp templateTag("(<[^@>]*>)");
     if (marked.indexOf(templateTag) != -1) {
-        QString contents = protect(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1),
+        QString contents = protectEnc(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1),
                                               templateTag.cap(1).length()));
         marked.replace(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length(),
                         contents);
@@ -2561,7 +2574,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateOverviewList(const Node *relative, CodeMarker * /* m
             const FakeNode *groupNode = groupTitlesMap[groupTitle];
             out() << QString("<h3><a href=\"%1\">%2</a></h3>\n").arg(
                         linkForNode(groupNode, relative)).arg(
-                        protect(groupNode->fullTitle()));
+                        protectEnc(groupNode->fullTitle()));
 
             if (fakeNodeMap[groupNode].count() == 0)
                 continue;
@@ -2573,7 +2586,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateOverviewList(const Node *relative, CodeMarker * /* m
                 if (title.startsWith("The "))
                     title.remove(0, 4);
                 out() << "<li><a href=\"" << linkForNode(fakeNode, relative) << "\">"
-                      << protect(title) << "</a></li>\n";
+                      << protectEnc(title) << "</a></li>\n";
             }
             out() << "</ul>\n";
         }
@@ -2587,7 +2600,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateOverviewList(const Node *relative, CodeMarker * /* m
             if (title.startsWith("The "))
                 title.remove(0, 4);
             out() << "<li><a href=\"" << linkForNode(fakeNode, relative) << "\">"
-                  << protect(title) << "</a></li>\n";
+                  << protectEnc(title) << "</a></li>\n";
         }
         out() << "</ul>\n";
     }
@@ -2750,7 +2763,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateSectionInheritedList(const Section& section,
         }
         out() << " inherited from <a href=\"" << fileName((*p).first)
               << "#" << HtmlGenerator::cleanRef(section.name.toLower()) << "\">"
-              << protect(marker->plainFullName((*p).first, relative))
+              << protectEnc(marker->plainFullName((*p).first, relative))
               << "</a></li>\n";
         ++p;
     }
@@ -2765,7 +2778,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateSynopsis(const Node *node,
     QString marked = marker->markedUpSynopsis(node, relative, style);
     QRegExp templateTag("(<[^@>]*>)");
     if (marked.indexOf(templateTag) != -1) {
-        QString contents = protect(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1),
+        QString contents = protectEnc(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1),
                                               templateTag.cap(1).length()));
         marked.replace(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length(),
                         contents);
@@ -3034,7 +3047,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateSectionInheritedList(const Section& section,
         }
         out() << " inherited from <a href=\"" << fileName((*p).first)
               << "#" << HtmlGenerator::cleanRef(section.name.toLower()) << "\">"
-              << protect(marker->plainFullName((*p).first, relative))
+              << protectEnc(marker->plainFullName((*p).first, relative))
               << "</a></li>\n";
         ++p;
     }
@@ -3048,7 +3061,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateSynopsis(const Node *node,
     QString marked = marker->markedUpSynopsis(node, relative, style);
     QRegExp templateTag("(<[^@>]*>)");
     if (marked.indexOf(templateTag) != -1) {
-        QString contents = protect(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1),
+        QString contents = protectEnc(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1),
                                               templateTag.cap(1).length()));
         marked.replace(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length(),
                         contents);
@@ -3246,7 +3259,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateLink(const Atom* atom,
     if (funcLeftParen.indexIn(atom->string()) != -1 && marker->recognizeLanguage("Cpp")) {
         // hack for C++: move () outside of link
         int k = funcLeftParen.pos(1);
-        out() << protect(atom->string().left(k));
+        out() << protectEnc(atom->string().left(k));
         if (link.isEmpty()) {
             if (showBrokenLinks)
                 out() << "</i>";
@@ -3254,7 +3267,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateLink(const Atom* atom,
             out() << "</a>";
         }
         inLink = false;
-        out() << protect(atom->string().mid(k));
+        out() << protectEnc(atom->string().mid(k));
     } else if (marker->recognizeLanguage("Java")) {
 	// hack for Java: remove () and use <tt> when appropriate
         bool func = atom->string().endsWith("()");
@@ -3262,13 +3275,13 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateLink(const Atom* atom,
         if (tt)
             out() << "<tt>";
         if (func) {
-            out() << protect(atom->string().left(atom->string().length() - 2));
+            out() << protectEnc(atom->string().left(atom->string().length() - 2));
         } else {
-            out() << protect(atom->string());
+            out() << protectEnc(atom->string());
         }
         out() << "</tt>";
     } else {
-        out() << protect(atom->string());
+        out() << protectEnc(atom->string());
     }
 }
 
@@ -3342,7 +3355,12 @@ QString HtmlGenerator::registerRef(const QString& ref)
     return clean;
 }
 
-QString HtmlGenerator::protect(const QString& string)
+QString HtmlGenerator::protectEnc(const QString &string)
+{
+    return protect(string, outputEncoding);
+}
+
+QString HtmlGenerator::protect(const QString &string, const QString &outputEncoding)
 {
 #define APPEND(x) \
     if (html.isEmpty()) { \
@@ -3365,7 +3383,7 @@ QString HtmlGenerator::protect(const QString& string)
             APPEND("&gt;");
         } else if (ch == QLatin1Char('"')) {
             APPEND("&quot;");
-        } else if (ch.unicode() > 0x007F
+        } else if ((outputEncoding == "ISO-8859-1" && ch.unicode() > 0x007F)
                    || (ch == QLatin1Char('*') && i + 1 < n && string.at(i) == QLatin1Char('/'))
                    || (ch == QLatin1Char('.') && i > 2 && string.at(i - 2) == QLatin1Char('.'))) {
             // we escape '*/' and the last dot in 'e.g.' and 'i.e.' for the Javadoc generator
@@ -3495,7 +3513,7 @@ QString HtmlGenerator::refForNode(const Node *node)
         ref = node->name() + "-var";
         break;
     case Node::Target:
-        return protect(node->name());
+        return protectEnc(node->name());
     }
     return registerRef(ref);
 }
@@ -3569,7 +3587,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFullName(const Node *apparentNode,
         }
     }
     out() << "\">";
-    out() << protect(fullName(apparentNode, relative, marker));
+    out() << protectEnc(fullName(apparentNode, relative, marker));
     out() << "</a>";
 }
 
@@ -3630,12 +3648,12 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateDetailedMember(const Node *node,
     else if (node->type() == Node::Enum) {
         const EnumNode *enume = static_cast<const EnumNode *>(node);
         if (enume->flagsType()) {
-            out() << "<p>The " << protect(enume->flagsType()->name())
+            out() << "<p>The " << protectEnc(enume->flagsType()->name())
                   << " type is a typedef for "
                   << "<a href=\"qflags.html\">QFlags</a>&lt;"
-                  << protect(enume->name())
+                  << protectEnc(enume->name())
                   << "&gt;. It stores an OR combination of "
-                  << protect(enume->name())
+                  << protectEnc(enume->name())
                   << " values.</p>\n";
         }
     }
@@ -4352,4 +4370,128 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateInstantiatedBy(const ClassNode* cn,
     }
 }
 
+/*!
+  Generate the <page> element for the given \a node using the \a writer.
+  Return true if a <page> element was written; otherwise return false.
+ */
+bool HtmlGenerator::generatePageElement(QXmlStreamWriter& writer,
+                                        const Node* node,
+                                        CodeMarker* marker) const
+{
+    if (node->pageType() == Node::NoPageType)
+        return false;
+    if (node->name().isEmpty())
+        return true;
+    if (node->access() == Node::Private)
+        return false;
+    if (!node->isInnerNode())
+        return false;
+
+    QString title;
+    QString rawTitle;
+    QString fullTitle;
+    const InnerNode* inner = static_cast<const InnerNode*>(node);
+        
+    writer.writeStartElement("page");
+    QXmlStreamAttributes attributes;
+    QString t;
+    t.setNum(id++);
+    switch (node->type()) {
+    case Node::Fake:
+        {
+            const FakeNode* fake = static_cast<const FakeNode*>(node);
+            title = fake->fullTitle();
+            break;
+        }
+    case Node::Class:
+        {
+            title = node->name() + " Class Reference";
+            break;
+        }
+    case Node::Namespace:
+        {
+            rawTitle = marker->plainName(inner);
+            fullTitle = marker->plainFullName(inner);
+            title = rawTitle + " Namespace Reference";
+            break;
+        }
+    default:
+        title = node->name();
+        break;
+    }
+    writer.writeAttribute("id",t);
+    writer.writeStartElement("pageWords");
+    writer.writeCharacters(title);
+    if (!inner->pageKeywords().isEmpty()) {
+        const QStringList& w = inner->pageKeywords();
+        for (int i = 0; i < w.size(); ++i) {
+            writer.writeCharacters(" ");
+            writer.writeCharacters(w.at(i).toLocal8Bit().constData());
+        }
+    }
+    writer.writeEndElement();
+    writer.writeStartElement("pageTitle");
+    writer.writeCharacters(title);
+    writer.writeEndElement();
+    writer.writeStartElement("pageUrl");
+    writer.writeCharacters(PageGenerator::fileName(node));
+    writer.writeEndElement();
+    writer.writeStartElement("pageType");
+    switch (node->pageType()) {
+    case Node::ApiPage:
+        writer.writeCharacters("APIPage");
+        break;
+    case Node::ArticlePage:
+        writer.writeCharacters("Article");
+        break;
+    case Node::ExamplePage:
+        writer.writeCharacters("Example");
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+    writer.writeEndElement();
+    writer.writeEndElement();
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Traverse the tree recursively and generate the <keyword>
+  elements.
+ */
+void HtmlGenerator::generatePageElements(QXmlStreamWriter& writer, const Node* node, CodeMarker* marker) const
+{
+    if (generatePageElement(writer, node, marker)) {
+
+        if (node->isInnerNode()) {
+            const InnerNode *inner = static_cast<const InnerNode *>(node);
+
+            // Recurse to write an element for this child node and all its children.
+            foreach (const Node *child, inner->childNodes())
+                generatePageElements(writer, child, marker);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Outputs the file containing the index used for searching the html docs.
+ */
+void HtmlGenerator::generatePageIndex(const QString& fileName, CodeMarker* marker) const
+{
+    QFile file(fileName);
+    if (!file.open(QFile::WriteOnly | QFile::Text))
+        return ;
+
+    QXmlStreamWriter writer(&file);
+    writer.setAutoFormatting(true);
+    writer.writeStartDocument();
+    writer.writeStartElement("qtPageIndex");
+
+    generatePageElements(writer, myTree->root(), marker);
+
+    writer.writeEndElement(); // qtPageIndex
+    writer.writeEndDocument();
+    file.close();
+}
+
 #endif
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.h
index 19a7c78..369d6c3 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.h
@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@
 
 #include <qmap.h>
 #include <qregexp.h>
+#include <QXmlStreamWriter>
 
 #include "codemarker.h"
 #include "config.h"
@@ -104,7 +105,8 @@ class HtmlGenerator : public PageGenerator
     virtual QString format();
     virtual void generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker);
 
-    static QString protect(const QString& string);
+    QString protectEnc(const QString &string);
+    static QString protect(const QString &string, const QString &encoding = "ISO-8859-1");
     static QString cleanRef(const QString& ref);
     static QString sinceTitle(int i) { return sinceTitles[i]; }
 
@@ -115,7 +117,7 @@ class HtmlGenerator : public PageGenerator
                              CodeMarker *marker);
     virtual void generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, CodeMarker *marker);
     virtual void generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker);
-    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node);
+    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const;
     virtual QString refForNode(const Node *node);
     virtual QString linkForNode(const Node *node, const Node *relative);
     virtual QString refForAtom(Atom *atom, const Node *node);
@@ -261,6 +263,14 @@ class HtmlGenerator : public PageGenerator
                    const Node *relative, 
                    CodeMarker *marker);
     void endLink();
+    bool generatePageElement(QXmlStreamWriter& writer, 
+                             const Node* node, 
+                             CodeMarker* marker) const;
+    void generatePageElements(QXmlStreamWriter& writer, 
+                              const Node* node, 
+                              CodeMarker* marker) const;
+    void generatePageIndex(const QString& fileName, 
+                           CodeMarker* marker) const;
 
 #if 0
     NavigationBar currentNavigationBar;
@@ -315,6 +325,7 @@ class HtmlGenerator : public PageGenerator
     NewSinceMaps newSinceMaps;
     static QString sinceTitles[];
     NewClassMaps newClassMaps;
+    static int id;
 };
 
 #define HTMLGENERATOR_ADDRESS           "address"
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.cpp
index 001bd27..eb9c1c9 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.cpp
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ void JavadocGenerator::generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker)
     HtmlGenerator::generateTree(tree, marker);
 }
 
-QString JavadocGenerator::fileExtension(const Node *node)
+QString JavadocGenerator::fileExtension(const Node *node) const
 {
     if (node->type() == Node::Fake) {
         return "html";
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.h
index 73452cf..b485502 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.h
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ public:
     QString imageFileName(const Node *relative, const QString &fileBase);
 
 protected:
-    QString fileExtension(const Node *node);
+    QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const;
     void startText( const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker );
     void endText( const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker );
     int generateAtom( const Atom *atom, const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker );
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.cpp
index d1bd22d..702f0fb 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.cpp
@@ -82,14 +82,14 @@ QString LinguistGenerator::format()
     return "Linguist";
 }
 
-QString LinguistGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */)
+QString LinguistGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) const
 {
     return "ts";
 }
 
 void LinguistGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, CodeMarker *marker)
 {
-    out().setCodec("utf-8");
+    out().setCodec("UTF-8");
 
     QDomDocument document("TS");
     QDomElement documentElement = document.createElement("TS");
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ void LinguistGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, CodeMarker
         documentElement.appendChild(element);
 
     QDomProcessingInstruction process = document.createProcessingInstruction(
-        "xml", QString("version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"%1\"").arg("utf-8"));
+        "xml", QString("version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"%1\"").arg("UTF-8"));
     document.appendChild(process);
     document.appendChild(documentElement);
 
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.h
index f7f0606..979db02 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.h
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ protected:
     virtual void generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner,
                                        CodeMarker *marker);
     virtual void generateFakeNode( const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker );
-    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node);
+    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const;
 
     QList<QDomElement> generateIndexSections(QDomDocument &document,
                        const Node *node, CodeMarker *marker);
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/main.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/main.cpp
index 3d0106d..57823fb 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/main.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/main.cpp
@@ -337,8 +337,9 @@ static void processQdocconfFile(const QString &fileName)
       Generate the XML tag file, if it was requested.
      */
     QString tagFile = config.getString(CONFIG_TAGFILE);
-    if (!tagFile.isEmpty())
+    if (!tagFile.isEmpty()) {
         tree->generateTagFile(tagFile);
+    }
 
     tree->setVersion("");
     Generator::terminate();
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.cpp
index c3b7780..1e85b73 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.cpp
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ void ManGenerator::generateFakeNode( const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker )
     generateFooter();
 }
 
-QString ManGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */)
+QString ManGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) const
 {
     return "3qt";
 }
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.h
index 284517e..0fca342 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.h
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ protected:
 			      CodeMarker *marker );
     virtual void generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *node, CodeMarker *marker);
     virtual void generateFakeNode( const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker );
-    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node);
+    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const;
 
 private:
     void generateHeader( const QString& name );
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/node.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/node.cpp
index 9357671..ec574f8 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/node.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/node.cpp
@@ -92,8 +92,9 @@ void Node::setDoc(const Doc& doc, bool replace)
 Node::Node(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name)
     : typ(type),
       acc(Public),
-      sta(Commendable),
       saf(UnspecifiedSafeness),
+      pageTyp(NoPageType),
+      sta(Commendable),
       par(parent),
       rel(0),
       nam(name)
@@ -103,6 +104,7 @@ Node::Node(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name)
 }
 
 /*!
+  Returns the node's URL.
  */
 QString Node::url() const
 {
@@ -110,13 +112,25 @@ QString Node::url() const
 }
 
 /*!
+  Sets the node's URL to \a url
  */
 void Node::setUrl(const QString &url)
 {
     u = url;
 }
 
+void Node::setPageType(const QString& t)
+{
+    if ((t == "API") || (t == "api"))
+        pageTyp = ApiPage;
+    else if (t == "article")
+        pageTyp = ArticlePage;
+    else if (t == "example")
+        pageTyp = ExamplePage;
+}
+
 /*!
+  Sets the pointer to the node that this node relates to.
  */
 void Node::setRelates(InnerNode *pseudoParent)
 {
@@ -401,7 +415,7 @@ void InnerNode::deleteChildren()
 }
 
 /*!
-  Returns true.
+  Returns true because this is an inner node.
  */
 bool InnerNode::isInnerNode() const
 {
@@ -455,6 +469,9 @@ const EnumNode *InnerNode::findEnumNodeForValue(const QString &enumValue) const
 }
 
 /*!
+  Returnds the sequence number of the function node \a func
+  in the list of overloaded functions for a class, such that
+  all the functions have the same name as the \a func.
  */
 int InnerNode::overloadNumber(const FunctionNode *func) const
 {
@@ -468,6 +485,8 @@ int InnerNode::overloadNumber(const FunctionNode *func) const
 }
 
 /*!
+  Returns the number of member functions of a class such that
+  the functions are all named \a funcName.
  */
 int InnerNode::numOverloads(const QString& funcName) const
 {
@@ -480,6 +499,8 @@ int InnerNode::numOverloads(const QString& funcName) const
 }
 
 /*!
+  Returns a node list containing all the member functions of
+  some class such that the functions overload the name \a funcName.
  */
 NodeList InnerNode::overloads(const QString &funcName) const
 {
@@ -499,6 +520,8 @@ NodeList InnerNode::overloads(const QString &funcName) const
 InnerNode::InnerNode(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name)
     : Node(type, parent, name)
 {
+    if (type == Class)
+        setPageType(ApiPage);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -682,6 +705,8 @@ bool LeafNode::isInnerNode() const
 }
 
 /*!
+  Constructs a leaf node named \a name of the specified
+  \a type. The new leaf node becomes a child of \a parent.
  */
 LeafNode::LeafNode(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name)
     : Node(type, parent, name)
@@ -693,10 +718,12 @@ LeafNode::LeafNode(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name)
  */
 
 /*!
+  Constructs a namespace node.
  */
 NamespaceNode::NamespaceNode(InnerNode *parent, const QString& name)
     : InnerNode(Namespace, parent, name)
 {
+    setPageType(ApiPage);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -704,11 +731,13 @@ NamespaceNode::NamespaceNode(InnerNode *parent, const QString& name)
  */
 
 /*!
+  Constructs a class node. A class node will generate an API page.
  */
 ClassNode::ClassNode(InnerNode *parent, const QString& name)
     : InnerNode(Class, parent, name)
 {
     hidden = false;
+    setPageType(ApiPage);
 }
 
 /*!
@@ -765,11 +794,28 @@ void ClassNode::fixBaseClasses()
 
 /*!
   The type of a FakeNode is Fake, and it has a \a subtype,
-  which specifies the type of FakeNode.
+  which specifies the type of FakeNode. The page type for
+  the page index is set here.
  */
 FakeNode::FakeNode(InnerNode *parent, const QString& name, SubType subtype)
     : InnerNode(Fake, parent, name), sub(subtype)
 {
+    switch (subtype) {
+    case Module:
+    case Page:
+    case Group:
+        setPageType(ArticlePage);
+        break;
+    case QmlClass:
+    case QmlBasicType:
+        setPageType(ApiPage);
+        break;
+    case Example:
+        setPageType(ExamplePage);
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
 }
 
 /*!
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/node.h b/tools/qdoc3/node.h
index 077aeb8..021a052 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/node.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/node.h
@@ -137,6 +137,13 @@ class Node
         AppendixLink */ 
     };
 
+    enum PageType {
+        NoPageType,
+        ApiPage,
+        ArticlePage,
+        ExamplePage
+    };
+
     virtual ~Node();
 
     void setAccess(Access access) { acc = access; }
@@ -150,6 +157,8 @@ class Node
     void setLink(LinkType linkType, const QString &link, const QString &desc);
     void setUrl(const QString &url);
     void setTemplateStuff(const QString &templateStuff) { tpl = templateStuff; }
+    void setPageType(PageType t) { pageTyp = t; }
+    void setPageType(const QString& t);
 
     virtual bool isInnerNode() const = 0;
     virtual bool isReimp() const { return false; }
@@ -173,6 +182,8 @@ class Node
     ThreadSafeness inheritedThreadSafeness() const;
     QString since() const { return sinc; }
     QString templateStuff() const { return tpl; }
+    PageType pageType() const { return pageTyp; }
+    virtual void addPageKeywords(const QString& ) { }
 
     void clearRelated() { rel = 0; }
 
@@ -186,13 +197,15 @@ class Node
 #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
     Type typ;
     Access acc;
-    Status sta;
     ThreadSafeness saf;
+    PageType pageTyp;
+    Status sta;
 #else
     Type typ : 4;
     Access acc : 2;
-    Status sta : 3;
     ThreadSafeness saf : 2;
+    PageType pageTyp : 4;
+    Status sta : 3;
 #endif
     InnerNode *par;
     InnerNode *rel;
@@ -244,6 +257,8 @@ class InnerNode : public Node
 
     QStringList primaryKeys();
     QStringList secondaryKeys();
+    const QStringList& pageKeywords() const { return pageKeywds; }
+    virtual void addPageKeywords(const QString& t) { pageKeywds << t; }
 
  protected:
     InnerNode(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name);
@@ -256,6 +271,7 @@ class InnerNode : public Node
     void removeChild(Node *child);
     void removeRelated(Node *pseudoChild);
 
+    QStringList pageKeywds;
     QStringList inc;
     NodeList children;
     NodeList enumChildren;
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.cpp
index 07edcc4..2cad9ed 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.cpp
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ void PageGenerator::generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker)
     generateInnerNode(tree->root(), marker);
 }
 
-QString PageGenerator::fileBase(const Node *node)
+QString PageGenerator::fileBase(const Node *node) const
 {
     if (node->relates())
 	node = node->relates();
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ QString PageGenerator::fileBase(const Node *node)
     return res;
 }
 
-QString PageGenerator::fileName(const Node *node)
+QString PageGenerator::fileName(const Node *node) const
 {
     if (!node->url().isEmpty())
         return node->url();
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ void PageGenerator::beginSubPage(const Location& location,
 	location.fatal(tr("Cannot open output file '%1'")
 			.arg(outFile->fileName()));
     QTextStream *out = new QTextStream(outFile);
-    out->setCodec("ISO-8859-1");
+    out->setCodec(outputCodec);
     outStreamStack.push(out);
 }
 
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.h
index db24edd..7ab7e5e 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.h
@@ -54,6 +54,8 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
+class QTextCodec;
+
 class ClassNode;
 class InnerNode;
 class NamespaceNode;
@@ -67,15 +69,19 @@ class PageGenerator : public Generator
     virtual void generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker);
 
  protected:
-    virtual QString fileBase(const Node *node);
-    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) = 0;
-    QString fileName(const Node *node);
+    virtual QString fileBase(const Node *node) const;
+    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const = 0;
+    QString fileName(const Node *node) const;
     QString outFileName();
     void beginSubPage(const Location& location, const QString& fileName);
     void endSubPage();
     virtual void generateInnerNode(const InnerNode *node, CodeMarker *marker);
     QTextStream& out();
 
+    QString naturalLanguage;
+    QString outputEncoding;
+    QTextCodec *outputCodec;
+
  private:
     QStack<QTextStream *> outStreamStack;
 };
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/qdoc3.pro b/tools/qdoc3/qdoc3.pro
index 441bf39..7705692 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/qdoc3.pro
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/qdoc3.pro
@@ -105,5 +105,26 @@ SOURCES += apigenerator.cpp \
            webxmlgenerator.cpp \
 	   yyindent.cpp
 
+### Documentation for qdoc3 ###
+
+win32:!win32-g++ {
+    unixstyle = false
+} else :win32-g++:isEmpty(QMAKE_SH) {
+    unixstyle = false
+} else {
+    unixstyle = true
+}
+
+$$unixstyle {
+    QDOC = cd $$PWD/doc && $$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/qdoc3
+} else {
+    QDOC = cd $$PWD/doc && $$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/qdoc3.exe
+    QDOC = $$replace(QDOC, "/", "\\")
+}
+
+docs.commands = $$QDOC qdoc-manual.qdocconf
+
+QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS += docs
+
 target.path = $$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]
 INSTALLS += target
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/qsakernelparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/qsakernelparser.cpp
index 9320a17..8f12eda 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/qsakernelparser.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/qsakernelparser.cpp
@@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ void QsaKernelParser::parseSourceFile( const Location& location,
 				       const QString& filePath,
 				       Tree * /* tree */ )
 {
-    FILE *in = fopen( QFile::encodeName(filePath), "r" );
-    if ( in == 0 ) {
+    QFile in(filePath);
+    if (!in.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
         location.error( tr("Cannot open QSA kernel file '%1'").arg(filePath) );
         return;
     }
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void QsaKernelParser::parseSourceFile( const Location& location,
 	    readToken();
 	}
     }
-    fclose( in );
+    in.close();
 }
 
 void QsaKernelParser::doneParsingSourceFiles( Tree * /* tree */ )
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/qscodeparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/qscodeparser.cpp
index 8b3bc98..3b8bc1a 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/qscodeparser.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/qscodeparser.cpp
@@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ void QsCodeParser::parseHeaderFile(const Location& location,
 {
     qsTre = tree;
 
-    FILE *in = fopen(QFile::encodeName(filePath), "r");
-    if (in == 0) {
+    QFile in(filePath);
+    if (!in.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
 	location.error(tr("Cannot open Qt Script class list '%1'")
 			.arg(filePath));
 	return;
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ void QsCodeParser::parseHeaderFile(const Location& location,
 	}
 	tok = fileTokenizer.getToken();
     }
-    fclose(in);
+    in.close();
 }
 
 void QsCodeParser::parseSourceFile(const Location& location,
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-api-only_zh_CN.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-api-only_zh_CN.qdocconf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c722ee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-api-only_zh_CN.qdocconf
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+include(qt-build-docs_zh_CN.qdocconf)
+
+# Ensures that the generated index contains a URL that can be used by the
+# tools documentation (assistant.qdocconf, designer.qdocconf, linguist.qdocconf,
+# qmake.qdocconf).
+
+url                     = ./
+
+# Ensures that the documentation for the tools is not included in the generated
+# .qhp file.
+
+qhp.Qt.excluded  += $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/development/assistant-manual.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/simpletextviewer.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/development/designer-manual.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/calculatorbuilder.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/calculatorform.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/customwidgetplugin.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/taskmenuextension.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/containerextension.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/worldtimeclockbuilder.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/worldtimeclockplugin.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/internationalization/linguist-manual.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/hellotr.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/arrowpad.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/trollprint.qdoc \
+                    $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc
+
+outputdir         = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc-build/html-qt_zh_CN
+tagfile           = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc-build/html-qt_zh_CN/qt.tags
+base              = file:$QT_BUILD_TREE/doc-build/html-qt_zh_CN
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs.qdocconf
index 6cc27b6..555e826 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs.qdocconf
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs.qdocconf
@@ -8,9 +8,13 @@ project                 = Qt
 description             = Qt Reference Documentation
 url                     = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7
 
-edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg \
-                          QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns Qt3Support QtHelp \
-                          QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \
+sourceencoding          = UTF-8
+outputencoding          = UTF-8
+naturallanguage         = en_US
+
+edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript \
+                          QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns \
+                          Qt3Support QtHelp QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \
                           QAxServer QtUiTools QtTest QtDBus
 
 edition.DesktopLight.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui Qt3SupportLight QtTest
@@ -90,11 +94,13 @@ excludedirs             = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/clucene \
                           $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore \
                           $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/wintab \
                           $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/zlib \
-                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/snippets \
                           $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/gstreamer \
                           $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9 \
                           $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/qt7 \
-                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/snippets \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/zh_CN
 
 sources.fileextensions  = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.mm"
 examples.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.h *.js *.xq *.svg *.xml *.ui *.qhp *.qhcp *.qml"
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs_zh_CN.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs_zh_CN.qdocconf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18b72a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs_zh_CN.qdocconf
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+include(compat.qdocconf)
+include(macros.qdocconf)
+include(qt-cpp-ignore.qdocconf)
+include(qt-html-templates_zh_CN.qdocconf)
+include(qt-defines.qdocconf)
+
+project                 = Qt
+description             = Qt Reference Documentation
+url                     = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/zh_CN/4.7
+
+sourceencoding          = UTF-8
+outputencoding          = UTF-8
+naturallanguage         = zh-Hans
+
+indexes                 = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc-build/html-qt/qt.index
+
+edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript \
+                          QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns \
+                          Qt3Support QtHelp QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \
+                          QAxServer QtUiTools QtTest QtDBus
+
+edition.DesktopLight.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui Qt3SupportLight QtTest
+edition.DesktopLight.groups       = -graphicsview-api
+
+qhp.projects            = Qt
+
+qhp.Qt.file                = qt.qhp
+qhp.Qt.namespace           = com.trolltech.qt.470
+qhp.Qt.virtualFolder       = qdoc
+qhp.Qt.title               = 教程
+qhp.Qt.indexTitle          = 教程
+qhp.Qt.selectors           = fake:example
+
+qhp.Qt.filterAttributes    = qt 4.7.0 qtrefdoc zh_CN
+qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.name = Qt 4.7.0
+qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.filterAttributes = qt 4.7.0
+
+# Files not referenced in any qdoc file (last four are needed by qtdemo)
+# See also extraimages.HTML
+qhp.Qt.extraFiles          = classic.css \
+                             images/qt-logo.png \
+                             images/taskmenuextension-example.png \
+                             images/coloreditorfactoryimage.png \
+                             images/dynamiclayouts-example.png \
+                             images/stylesheet-coffee-plastique.png
+
+language                = Cpp
+
+sourcedirs              = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/zh_CN
+
+excludedirs             = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/clucene \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/des \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/freetype \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/harfbuzz \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/kdebase \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/libjpeg \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/libmng \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/libpng \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/libtiff \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/md4 \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/md5 \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/patches \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/sha1 \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/sqlite \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/webkit/JavaScriptCore \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/wintab \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/zlib \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/snippets \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/gstreamer \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9 \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/qt7 \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout
+
+sources.fileextensions  = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.mm"
+examples.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.h *.js *.xq *.svg *.xml *.ui *.qhp *.qhcp"
+examples.imageextensions = "*.png"
+
+exampledirs             = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/examples \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/examples/tutorials \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/qmake/examples \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/docs
+imagedirs               = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/images \
+                          $QT_SOURCE_TREE/examples
+outputdir               = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc/html_zh_CN
+tagfile                 = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc/html_zh_CN/qt.tags
+base                    = file:$QT_BUILD_TREE/doc/html_zh_CN
+
+HTML.generatemacrefs    = "true"
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates_zh_CN.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates_zh_CN.qdocconf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fb68cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates_zh_CN.qdocconf
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+HTML.stylesheets        = classic.css
+HTML.postheader         = "<table border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" width=\"100%\">\n" \
+                          "<tr>\n" \
+                          "<td align=\"left\" valign=\"top\" width=\"32\">" \
+                          "<a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/\"><img src=\"images/qt-logo.png\" align=\"left\" border=\"0\" /></a>" \
+                          "</td>\n" \
+                          "<td width=\"1\">&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>" \
+                          "<td class=\"postheader\" valign=\"center\">" \
+                          "<a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/index.html\">" \
+                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">主页</font></a>&nbsp;&middot;" \
+                          " <a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/classes.html\">" \
+                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">所有类</font></a>&nbsp;&middot;" \
+                          " <a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/functions.html\">" \
+                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">所有函数</font></a>&nbsp;&middot;" \
+                          " <a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/overviews.html\">" \
+                          "<font color=\"#004faf\">简介</font></a>" \
+                          "</td>" \
+                          "</tr></table>"
+
+HTML.footer             = "<p /><address><hr /><div align=\"center\">\n" \
+                          "<table width=\"100%\" cellspacing=\"0\" border=\"0\"><tr class=\"address\">\n" \
+                          "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"left\">版权所有 &copy; 2010 诺基亚公司和/或其子公司</td>\n" \
+                          "<td width=\"20%\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"trademarks.html\">商标</a></td>\n" \
+                          "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"right\"><div align=\"right\">Qt \\version</div></td>\n" \
+                          "</tr></table></div></address>"
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt.qdocconf
index b65ac56..f7757fb 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt.qdocconf
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt.qdocconf
@@ -10,9 +10,13 @@ version                 = %VERSION%
 description             = Qt Reference Documentation
 url                     = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7
 
+sourceencoding          = UTF-8
+outputencoding          = UTF-8
+naturallanguage         = en_US
+
 edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript \
                           QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns \
-                          Qt3Support QtHelp QtDesigner QAxContainer Phonon \
+                          Qt3Support QtHelp QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \
                           QAxServer QtUiTools QtTest QtDBus
 edition.DesktopLight.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui Qt3SupportLight QtTest
 edition.DesktopLight.groups       = -graphicsview-api
@@ -91,12 +95,13 @@ excludedirs             = $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/clucene \
                           $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore \
                           $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/wintab \
                           $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/zlib \
-                          $QTDIR/doc/src/snippets \
                           $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/gstreamer \
                           $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9 \
                           $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/qt7 \
                           $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf \
-                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout
+                          $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout \
+                          $QTDIR/doc/src/snippets \
+                          $QTDIR/doc/src/zh_CN
 
 sources.fileextensions  = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.mm"
 examples.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.h *.js *.xq *.svg *.xml *.ui *.qhp *.qhcp *.qml"
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.cpp
index b391759..7c10de6 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.cpp
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
 #include <qhash.h>
 #include <qregexp.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
+#include <qtextcodec.h>
 
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -97,6 +98,8 @@ static QRegExp *definedX = 0;
 static QRegExp *defines = 0;
 static QRegExp *falsehoods = 0;
 
+static QTextCodec *sourceCodec = 0;
+
 /*
   This function is a perfect hash function for the 37 keywords of C99
   (with a hash table size of 512). It should perform well on our
@@ -118,13 +121,10 @@ static void insertKwordIntoHash(const char *s, int number)
     kwordHashTable[k] = number;
 }
 
-Tokenizer::Tokenizer(const Location& loc, FILE *in)
+Tokenizer::Tokenizer(const Location& loc, QFile &in)
 {
     init();
-    QFile file;
-    file.open(in, QIODevice::ReadOnly);
-    yyIn = file.readAll();
-    file.close();
+    yyIn = in.readAll();
     yyPos = 0;
     start(loc);
 }
@@ -483,6 +483,11 @@ void Tokenizer::initialize(const Config &config)
 {
     QString versionSym = config.getString(CONFIG_VERSIONSYM);
 
+    QString sourceEncoding = config.getString(CONFIG_SOURCEENCODING);
+    if (sourceEncoding.isEmpty())
+        sourceEncoding = QLatin1String("ISO-8859-1");
+    sourceCodec = QTextCodec::codecForName(sourceEncoding.toLocal8Bit());
+
     comment = new QRegExp("/(?:\\*.*\\*/|/.*\n|/[^\n]*$)");
     comment->setMinimal(true);
     versionX = new QRegExp("$cannot possibly match^");
@@ -750,4 +755,14 @@ bool Tokenizer::isTrue(const QString &condition)
         return !falsehoods->exactMatch(t);
 }
 
+QString Tokenizer::lexeme() const
+{
+    return sourceCodec->toUnicode(yyLex);
+}
+
+QString Tokenizer::previousLexeme() const
+{
+    return sourceCodec->toUnicode(yyPrevLex);
+}
+
 QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.h b/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.h
index 519cffb..f55d2ef 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.h
@@ -46,11 +46,10 @@
 #ifndef TOKENIZER_H
 #define TOKENIZER_H
 
+#include <qfile.h>
 #include <qstack.h>
 #include <qstring.h>
 
-#include <stdio.h>
-
 #include "location.h"
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
@@ -99,7 +98,7 @@ class Tokenizer
 {
  public:
     Tokenizer(const Location& loc, const QByteArray &in);
-    Tokenizer(const Location& loc, FILE *in);
+    Tokenizer(const Location& loc, QFile &file);
 
     ~Tokenizer();
 
@@ -108,8 +107,8 @@ class Tokenizer
     bool parsingFnOrMacro() const { return parsingMacro; }
 
     const Location &location() const { return yyTokLoc; }
-    QString previousLexeme() const { return QString(yyPrevLex); }
-    QString lexeme() const { return QString(yyLex); }
+    QString previousLexeme() const;
+    QString lexeme() const;
     QString version() const { return yyVersion; }
     int braceDepth() const { return yyBraceDepth; }
     int parenDepth() const { return yyParenDepth; }
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.cpp
index a3c92ce..205bc8c 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.cpp
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.cpp
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ QString WebXMLGenerator::format()
     return "WebXML";
 }
 
-QString WebXMLGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */)
+QString WebXMLGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) const
 {
     return "xml";
 }
diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.h
index 3145d50..cadf176 100644
--- a/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.h
+++ b/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.h
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ protected:
                              const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker );
     virtual void generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, CodeMarker *marker);
     virtual void generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker);
-    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node);
+    virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const;
 
     virtual const Atom *addAtomElements(QXmlStreamWriter &writer, const Atom *atom,
                                  const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker);
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/qmldebugger.pro b/tools/qmldebugger/qmldebugger.pro
deleted file mode 100644
index 679cae6..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/qmldebugger.pro
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-TEMPLATE = subdirs
-CONFIG += ordered
-
-SUBDIRS = standalone
-
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/canvasframerate.cpp b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/canvasframerate.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index d956029..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/canvasframerate.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,581 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
-#include <QtCore/qstringlist.h>
-#include <QtCore/qdatastream.h>
-#include <QtCore/qmargins.h>
-
-#include <QtGui/qapplication.h>
-#include <QtGui/qpainter.h>
-#include <QtGui/qtooltip.h>
-#include <QtGui/qslider.h>
-#include <QtGui/qscrollbar.h>
-#include <QtGui/qspinbox.h>
-#include <QtGui/qgroupbox.h>
-#include <QtGui/qboxlayout.h>
-#include <QtGui/qlabel.h>
-#include <QtGui/qlineedit.h>
-#include <QtGui/qpushbutton.h>
-#include <QtGui/qtabwidget.h>
-
-#include <QResizeEvent>
-#include <QShowEvent>
-
-#include <private/qmldebugclient_p.h>
-#include "canvasframerate.h"
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-class QLineGraph : public QWidget
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    QLineGraph(QAbstractSlider *slider, QWidget * = 0);
-
-    void setPosition(int);
-
-public slots:
-    void addSample(int, int, int, bool);
-    void setResolutionForHeight(int);
-    void clear();
-
-protected:
-    virtual void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *);
-    virtual void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *);
-    virtual void leaveEvent(QEvent *);
-    virtual void wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event);
-
-private slots:
-    void sliderChanged(int);
-
-private:
-    void updateSlider();
-    void drawSample(QPainter *, int, const QRect &, QList<QRect> *);
-    void drawTime(QPainter *, const QRect &);
-    QRect findContainingRect(const QList<QRect> &rects, const QPoint &pos) const;
-    struct Sample { 
-        int sample[3];
-        bool isBreak;
-    };
-    QList<Sample> _samples;
-
-    QAbstractSlider *slider;
-    int position;
-    int samplesPerWidth;
-    int resolutionForHeight;
-    bool ignoreScroll;
-    QMargins graphMargins;
-
-    QList<QRect> rectsPaintTime;    // time to do a paintEvent()
-    QList<QRect> rectsTimeBetween;  // time between frames
-    QRect highlightedBar;
-};
-
-QLineGraph::QLineGraph(QAbstractSlider *slider, QWidget *parent)
-: QWidget(parent), slider(slider), position(-1), samplesPerWidth(99), resolutionForHeight(50),
-  ignoreScroll(false), graphMargins(65, 10, 71, 35)
-{
-    setMouseTracking(true);
-
-    slider->setMaximum(0);
-    slider->setMinimum(0);
-    slider->setSingleStep(1);
-    
-    connect(slider, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(sliderChanged(int)));
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::sliderChanged(int v)
-{
-    if(ignoreScroll)
-        return;
-
-    if (v == slider->maximum())
-        position = -1;
-    else
-        position = v;
-    
-    update();
-    
-    // update highlightedRect
-    QPoint pos = mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos());
-    if (geometry().contains(pos)) {
-        QMouseEvent *me = new QMouseEvent(QEvent::MouseMove, pos,
-                Qt::NoButton, Qt::NoButton, Qt::NoModifier);
-        QApplication::postEvent(this, me);
-    }
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::clear()
-{
-    _samples.clear();
-    rectsPaintTime.clear();
-    rectsTimeBetween.clear();
-    highlightedBar = QRect();
-    position = -1;
-
-    updateSlider();
-    update();
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::updateSlider()
-{
-    ignoreScroll = true;
-    slider->setMaximum(qMax(0, _samples.count() - samplesPerWidth - 1));
-
-    if(position == -1) {
-        slider->setValue(slider->maximum());
-    } else {
-        slider->setValue(position);
-    }    
-    ignoreScroll = false;
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::addSample(int a, int b, int d, bool isBreak)
-{
-    Sample s;
-    s.isBreak = isBreak;
-    s.sample[0] = a;
-    s.sample[1] = b;
-    s.sample[2] = d;
-    _samples << s;
-    updateSlider();
-    update();
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::setPosition(int p)
-{
-    sliderChanged(p);
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::drawTime(QPainter *p, const QRect &rect)
-{
-    if(_samples.isEmpty())
-        return;
-
-    int first = position;
-    if(first == -1)
-        first = qMax(0, _samples.count() - samplesPerWidth - 1);
-    int last = qMin(_samples.count() - 1, first + samplesPerWidth);
-
-    qreal scaleX = qreal(rect.width()) / qreal(samplesPerWidth);
-
-    int t = 0;
-
-    for(int ii = first; ii <= last; ++ii) {
-        int sampleTime = _samples.at(ii).sample[2] / 1000;
-        if(sampleTime != t) {
-
-            int xEnd = rect.left() + scaleX * (ii - first);
-            p->drawLine(xEnd, rect.bottom(), xEnd, rect.bottom() + 7);
-
-            QRect text(xEnd - 30, rect.bottom() + 10, 60, 30);
-
-            p->drawText(text, Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignTop, QString::number(_samples.at(ii).sample[2]));
-
-            t = sampleTime;
-        }
-    }
-
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::drawSample(QPainter *p, int s, const QRect &rect, QList<QRect> *record)
-{
-    if(_samples.isEmpty())
-        return;
-
-    int first = position;
-    if(first == -1)
-        first = qMax(0, _samples.count() - samplesPerWidth - 1);
-    int last = qMin(_samples.count() - 1, first + samplesPerWidth);
-
-    qreal scaleY = qreal(rect.height()) / resolutionForHeight;
-    qreal scaleX = qreal(rect.width()) / qreal(samplesPerWidth);
-
-    int xEnd;
-    int lastXEnd = rect.left();
-
-    p->save();
-    p->setPen(Qt::NoPen);
-    for(int ii = first + 1; ii <= last; ++ii) {
-
-        xEnd = rect.left() + scaleX * (ii - first);
-        int yEnd = rect.bottom() - _samples.at(ii).sample[s] * scaleY;
-
-        if (!(s == 0 && _samples.at(ii).isBreak)) {
-            QRect bar(lastXEnd, yEnd, scaleX, _samples.at(ii).sample[s] * scaleY);
-            record->append(bar);
-            p->drawRect(bar);
-        }
-
-        lastXEnd = xEnd;
-    }
-    p->restore();
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *)
-{
-    QPainter p(this);
-    p.setRenderHint(QPainter::Antialiasing);
-
-    QRect r(graphMargins.left(), graphMargins.top(),
-            width() - graphMargins.right(), height() - graphMargins.bottom());
-
-    p.save();
-    p.rotate(-90);
-    p.translate(-r.height()/2 - r.width()/2 - graphMargins.right(), -r.height()/2);
-    p.drawText(r, Qt::AlignCenter, tr("Frame rate"));
-    p.restore();
-
-    p.setBrush(QColor("lightsteelblue"));
-    rectsTimeBetween.clear();
-    drawSample(&p, 0, r, &rectsTimeBetween);
-
-    p.setBrush(QColor("pink"));
-    rectsPaintTime.clear();
-    drawSample(&p, 1, r, &rectsPaintTime);
-
-    if (!highlightedBar.isNull()) {
-        p.setBrush(Qt::darkGreen);
-        p.drawRect(highlightedBar);
-    }
-
-    p.setBrush(Qt::NoBrush);
-    p.drawRect(r);
-
-    slider->setGeometry(x() + r.x(), slider->y(), r.width(), slider->height());
-
-    for(int ii = 0; ii <= resolutionForHeight; ++ii) {
-        int y = 1 + r.bottom() - ii * r.height() / resolutionForHeight;
-
-        if((ii % 10) == 0) {
-            p.drawLine(r.left() - 20, y, r.left(), y);
-            QRect text(r.left() - 20 - 53, y - 10, 50, 20);
-            p.drawText(text, Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignVCenter, QString::number(ii));
-        } else {
-            p.drawLine(r.left() - 7, y, r.left(), y);
-        }
-    }
-
-    drawTime(&p, r);
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event)
-{
-    QPoint pos = event->pos();
-
-    QRect rect = findContainingRect(rectsPaintTime, pos);
-    if (rect.isNull())
-        rect = findContainingRect(rectsTimeBetween, pos);
-
-    if (!highlightedBar.isNull())
-        update(highlightedBar.adjusted(-1, -1, 1, 1));
-    highlightedBar = rect;
-
-    if (!rect.isNull()) {
-        QRect graph(graphMargins.left(), graphMargins.top(),
-                    width() - graphMargins.right(), height() - graphMargins.bottom());
-        qreal scaleY = qreal(graph.height()) / resolutionForHeight;
-        QToolTip::showText(event->globalPos(), QString::number(qRound(rect.height() / scaleY)), this, rect);
-        update(rect.adjusted(-1, -1, 1, 1));
-    }
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::leaveEvent(QEvent *)
-{
-    if (!highlightedBar.isNull()) {
-        QRect bar = highlightedBar.adjusted(-1, -1, 1, 1);
-        highlightedBar = QRect();
-        update(bar);
-    }
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event)
-{
-    QWheelEvent we(QPoint(0,0), event->delta(), event->buttons(), event->modifiers(), event->orientation());
-    QApplication::sendEvent(slider, &we);
-}
-
-void QLineGraph::setResolutionForHeight(int resolution)
-{
-    resolutionForHeight = resolution;
-    update();
-}
-
-QRect QLineGraph::findContainingRect(const QList<QRect> &rects, const QPoint &pos) const
-{
-    for (int i=0; i<rects.count(); i++) {
-        if (rects[i].contains(pos))
-            return rects[i]; 
-    }
-    return QRect();
-}
-
-
-class GraphWindow : public QWidget
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    GraphWindow(QWidget *parent = 0);
-
-    virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
-
-public slots:
-    void addSample(int, int, int, bool);
-    void setResolutionForHeight(int);
-    void clear();
-
-private:
-    QLineGraph *m_graph;
-};
-
-GraphWindow::GraphWindow(QWidget *parent)
-    : QWidget(parent)
-{
-    QSlider *scroll = new QSlider(Qt::Horizontal);
-    scroll->setFocusPolicy(Qt::WheelFocus);
-    m_graph = new QLineGraph(scroll);
-
-    setFocusPolicy(Qt::WheelFocus);
-    setFocusProxy(scroll);
-
-    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
-    layout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 5, 0);
-    layout->setSpacing(0);
-    layout->addWidget(m_graph, 2);
-    layout->addWidget(new QLabel(tr("Total time elapsed (ms)")), 0, Qt::AlignHCenter);
-    layout->addWidget(scroll);
-}
-
-void GraphWindow::addSample(int a, int b, int d, bool isBreak)
-{
-    m_graph->addSample(a, b, d, isBreak);
-}
-
-void GraphWindow::setResolutionForHeight(int res)
-{
-    m_graph->setResolutionForHeight(res);
-}
-
-void GraphWindow::clear()
-{
-    m_graph->clear();
-}
-
-QSize GraphWindow::sizeHint() const
-{
-    return QSize(400, 220);
-}
-    
-
-class CanvasFrameRatePlugin : public QmlDebugClient
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    CanvasFrameRatePlugin(QmlDebugConnection *client);
-
-signals:
-    void sample(int, int, int, bool);
-
-protected:
-    virtual void messageReceived(const QByteArray &);
-
-private:
-    int lb;
-    int ld;
-};
-
-CanvasFrameRatePlugin::CanvasFrameRatePlugin(QmlDebugConnection *client)
-: QmlDebugClient(QLatin1String("CanvasFrameRate"), client), lb(-1)
-{
-}
-
-void CanvasFrameRatePlugin::messageReceived(const QByteArray &data)
-{
-    QByteArray rwData = data;
-    QDataStream stream(&rwData, QIODevice::ReadOnly);
-
-    int b; int c; int d; bool isBreak;
-    stream >> b >> c >> d >> isBreak;
-
-    if (lb != -1)
-        emit sample(c, lb, ld, isBreak);
-
-    lb = b;
-    ld = d;
-}
-
-CanvasFrameRate::CanvasFrameRate(QWidget *parent)
-: QWidget(parent),
-  m_plugin(0)
-{
-    m_tabs = new QTabWidget(this);
-
-    QHBoxLayout *bottom = new QHBoxLayout;
-    bottom->setMargin(0);
-    bottom->setSpacing(10);
-
-    m_res = new QSpinBox;
-    m_res->setRange(30, 200);
-    m_res->setValue(m_res->minimum());
-    m_res->setSingleStep(10);
-    m_res->setSuffix(QLatin1String("ms"));
-    bottom->addWidget(new QLabel(tr("Resolution:")));
-    bottom->addWidget(m_res);
-
-    bottom->addStretch();
-
-    m_clearButton = new QPushButton(tr("Clear"));
-    connect(m_clearButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(clearGraph()));
-    bottom->addWidget(m_clearButton);
-
-    QPushButton *pb = new QPushButton(tr("New Graph"), this);
-    connect(pb, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(newTab()));
-    bottom->addWidget(pb);
-    
-    m_group = new QGroupBox(tr("Enabled"));
-    m_group->setCheckable(true);
-    m_group->setChecked(false);
-    connect(m_group, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(enabledToggled(bool)));
-
-    QVBoxLayout *groupLayout = new QVBoxLayout(m_group);
-    groupLayout->setContentsMargins(5, 0, 5, 0);
-    groupLayout->setSpacing(2);
-    groupLayout->addWidget(m_tabs);
-    groupLayout->addLayout(bottom);
-    
-    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout;
-    layout->setContentsMargins(0, 10, 0, 0);
-    layout->setSpacing(0);
-    layout->addWidget(m_group);
-    setLayout(layout);
-}
-
-void CanvasFrameRate::reset(QmlDebugConnection *conn)
-{
-    delete m_plugin;
-    m_plugin = 0;
-
-    QWidget *w;
-    for (int i=0; i<m_tabs->count(); i++) {
-        w = m_tabs->widget(i);
-        m_tabs->removeTab(i);
-        delete w;
-    }
-
-    if (conn) {
-        connect(conn, SIGNAL(stateChanged(QAbstractSocket::SocketState)),
-                SLOT(connectionStateChanged(QAbstractSocket::SocketState)));
-        if (conn->state() == QAbstractSocket::ConnectedState)
-            handleConnected(conn);
-    }
-}
-
-void CanvasFrameRate::connectionStateChanged(QAbstractSocket::SocketState state)
-{
-    if (state == QAbstractSocket::UnconnectedState) {
-        delete m_plugin;
-        m_plugin = 0;
-    } else if (state == QAbstractSocket::ConnectedState) {
-        handleConnected(qobject_cast<QmlDebugConnection*>(sender()));
-    }        
-}
-
-void CanvasFrameRate::handleConnected(QmlDebugConnection *conn)
-{
-    delete m_plugin;
-    m_plugin = new CanvasFrameRatePlugin(conn);
-    enabledToggled(m_group->isChecked());
-    newTab();
-}
-
-void CanvasFrameRate::setSizeHint(const QSize &size)
-{
-    m_sizeHint = size;
-}
-
-QSize CanvasFrameRate::sizeHint() const
-{
-    return m_sizeHint;
-}
-
-void CanvasFrameRate::clearGraph()
-{
-    if (m_tabs->count()) {
-        GraphWindow *w = qobject_cast<GraphWindow*>(m_tabs->currentWidget());
-        if (w)
-            w->clear();
-    }
-}
-
-void CanvasFrameRate::newTab()
-{
-    if (!m_plugin)
-        return;
-
-    if (m_tabs->count()) {
-        QWidget *w = m_tabs->widget(m_tabs->count() - 1);
-        QObject::disconnect(m_plugin, SIGNAL(sample(int,int,int,bool)),
-                            w, SLOT(addSample(int,int,int,bool)));
-    }
-
-    int count = m_tabs->count();
-
-    GraphWindow *graph = new GraphWindow;
-    graph->setResolutionForHeight(m_res->value());
-    connect(m_plugin, SIGNAL(sample(int,int,int,bool)),
-            graph, SLOT(addSample(int,int,int,bool)));
-    connect(m_res, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),
-            graph, SLOT(setResolutionForHeight(int)));
-
-    QString name = QLatin1String("Graph ") + QString::number(count + 1);
-    m_tabs->addTab(graph, name);
-    m_tabs->setCurrentIndex(count);
-}
-
-void CanvasFrameRate::enabledToggled(bool checked)
-{
-    if (m_plugin)
-        static_cast<QmlDebugClient *>(m_plugin)->setEnabled(checked);
-}
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-#include "canvasframerate.moc"
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/canvasframerate.h b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/canvasframerate.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f8eec59..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/canvasframerate.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef CANVASFRAMERATE_H
-#define CANVASFRAMERATE_H
-
-#include <QtCore/qpointer.h>
-#include <QtGui/qwidget.h>
-
-#include <private/qmldebugclient_p.h>
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-class QTabWidget;
-class QSlider;
-class QGroupBox;
-class QLabel;
-class QSpinBox;
-class QPushButton;
-
-class CanvasFrameRatePlugin;
-
-class CanvasFrameRate : public QWidget
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    CanvasFrameRate(QWidget *parent = 0);
-    
-    void reset(QmlDebugConnection *conn);
-
-    void setSizeHint(const QSize &);
-    virtual QSize sizeHint() const;
-
-private slots:
-    void clearGraph();
-    void newTab();
-    void enabledToggled(bool);
-    void connectionStateChanged(QAbstractSocket::SocketState state);
-
-private:
-    void handleConnected(QmlDebugConnection *conn);
-
-    QGroupBox *m_group;
-    QTabWidget *m_tabs;
-    QSpinBox *m_res;
-    QPushButton *m_clearButton;
-    CanvasFrameRatePlugin *m_plugin;
-    QSize m_sizeHint;
-};
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-#endif // CANVASFRAMERATE_H
-
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engine.cpp b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engine.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cfd82b..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engine.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,219 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-#include <QHBoxLayout>
-#include <QSplitter>
-#include <QTabWidget>
-#include <QFile>
-
-#include <private/qmlenginedebug_p.h>
-#include <private/qmldebugclient_p.h>
-#include <QtDeclarative/qmlcomponent.h>
-#include <QtDeclarative/qmlgraphicsitem.h>
-#include <private/qmldebugservice_p.h>
-
-#include "engine.h"
-#include "objectpropertiesview.h"
-#include "expressionquerywidget.h"
-#include "objecttree.h"
-#include "watchtable.h"
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-
-class DebuggerEngineItem : public QObject
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-    Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ name CONSTANT);
-    Q_PROPERTY(int engineId READ engineId CONSTANT);
-
-public:
-    DebuggerEngineItem(const QString &name, int id)
-    : m_name(name), m_engineId(id) {}
-
-    QString name() const { return m_name; }
-    int engineId() const { return m_engineId; }
-
-private:
-    QString m_name;
-    int m_engineId;
-};
-
-EnginePane::EnginePane(QmlDebugConnection *conn, QWidget *parent)
-: QWidget(parent), m_client(new QmlEngineDebug(conn, this)), m_engines(0), m_context(0), m_watchTableModel(0), m_exprQueryWidget(0)
-{
-    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
-    layout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0);
-
-    QFile enginesFile(":/engines.qml");
-    enginesFile.open(QFile::ReadOnly);
-    Q_ASSERT(enginesFile.isOpen());
-
-    m_engineView = new QmlView(this);
-    m_engineView->rootContext()->setContextProperty("engines", qVariantFromValue(&m_engineItems));
-    m_engineView->setContentResizable(true);
-    m_engineView->setQml(enginesFile.readAll());
-    m_engineView->execute();
-    m_engineView->setFixedHeight(100);
-    QObject::connect(m_engineView->root(), SIGNAL(engineClicked(int)),
-                     this, SLOT(engineSelected(int)));
-    QObject::connect(m_engineView->root(), SIGNAL(refreshEngines()),
-                     this, SLOT(refreshEngines()));
-
-    m_engineView->setVisible(false);
-    layout->addWidget(m_engineView);
-
-    QSplitter *splitter = new QSplitter;
-
-    m_objTree = new ObjectTree(m_client, this);
-    m_propertiesView = new ObjectPropertiesView(m_client);
-    m_watchTableModel = new WatchTableModel(m_client, this);
-
-    m_watchTableView = new WatchTableView(m_watchTableModel);
-    m_watchTableView->setModel(m_watchTableModel);
-    WatchTableHeaderView *header = new WatchTableHeaderView(m_watchTableModel);
-    m_watchTableView->setHorizontalHeader(header);
-
-    connect(m_objTree, SIGNAL(currentObjectChanged(QmlDebugObjectReference)),
-            m_propertiesView, SLOT(reload(QmlDebugObjectReference)));
-    connect(m_objTree, SIGNAL(expressionWatchRequested(QmlDebugObjectReference,QString)),
-            m_watchTableModel, SLOT(expressionWatchRequested(QmlDebugObjectReference,QString)));
-
-    connect(m_propertiesView, SIGNAL(activated(QmlDebugObjectReference,QmlDebugPropertyReference)),
-            m_watchTableModel, SLOT(togglePropertyWatch(QmlDebugObjectReference,QmlDebugPropertyReference)));
-
-    connect(m_watchTableModel, SIGNAL(watchCreated(QmlDebugWatch*)),
-            m_propertiesView, SLOT(watchCreated(QmlDebugWatch*)));
-
-    connect(m_watchTableView, SIGNAL(objectActivated(int)),
-            m_objTree, SLOT(setCurrentObject(int)));
-    
-    m_exprQueryWidget = new ExpressionQueryWidget(ExpressionQueryWidget::SeparateEntryMode, m_client);
-    connect(m_objTree, SIGNAL(currentObjectChanged(QmlDebugObjectReference)),
-            m_exprQueryWidget, SLOT(setCurrentObject(QmlDebugObjectReference)));
-    
-    QSplitter *propertiesTab = new QSplitter(Qt::Vertical);
-    propertiesTab->addWidget(m_propertiesView);
-    propertiesTab->addWidget(m_exprQueryWidget);
-    propertiesTab->setStretchFactor(0, 2);
-    propertiesTab->setStretchFactor(1, 1);
-    
-    m_tabs = new QTabWidget(this);
-    m_tabs->addTab(propertiesTab, tr("Properties"));
-    m_tabs->addTab(m_watchTableView, tr("Watched"));
-
-    splitter->addWidget(m_objTree);
-    splitter->addWidget(m_tabs);
-    splitter->setStretchFactor(1, 2);
-    layout->addWidget(splitter);
-}
-
-void EnginePane::engineSelected(int id)
-{
-    qWarning() << "Engine selected" << id;
-    queryContext(id);
-}
-
-void EnginePane::queryContext(int id)
-{
-    if (m_context) {
-        delete m_context;
-        m_context = 0;
-    }
-
-    m_context = m_client->queryRootContexts(QmlDebugEngineReference(id), this);
-    if (!m_context->isWaiting())
-        contextChanged();
-    else
-        QObject::connect(m_context, SIGNAL(stateChanged(QmlDebugQuery::State)),
-                         this, SLOT(contextChanged()));
-}
-
-void EnginePane::contextChanged()
-{
-    //dump(m_context->rootContext(), 0);
-
-    foreach (const QmlDebugObjectReference &object, m_context->rootContext().objects())
-        m_objTree->reload(object.debugId());
-
-    delete m_context; m_context = 0;
-}
-
-void EnginePane::refreshEngines()
-{
-    if (m_engines)
-        return;
-
-    m_engines = m_client->queryAvailableEngines(this);
-    if (!m_engines->isWaiting())
-        enginesChanged();
-    else
-        QObject::connect(m_engines, SIGNAL(stateChanged(QmlDebugQuery::State)), 
-                         this, SLOT(enginesChanged()));
-}
-
-void EnginePane::enginesChanged()
-{
-    qDeleteAll(m_engineItems);
-    m_engineItems.clear();
-
-    QList<QmlDebugEngineReference> engines = m_engines->engines();
-    delete m_engines; m_engines = 0;
-
-    if (engines.isEmpty())
-        qWarning("qmldebugger: no engines found!");
-
-    for (int ii = 0; ii < engines.count(); ++ii)
-        m_engineItems << new DebuggerEngineItem(engines.at(ii).name(),
-                                                engines.at(ii).debugId());
-
-    m_engineView->rootContext()->setContextProperty("engines", qVariantFromValue(&m_engineItems));
-
-    m_engineView->setVisible(m_engineItems.count() > 1);
-    if (m_engineItems.count() == 1)
-        engineSelected(qobject_cast<DebuggerEngineItem*>(m_engineItems.at(0))->engineId());
-}
-
-
-#include "engine.moc"
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engine.h b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engine.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f4c4275..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engine.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef ENGINE_H
-#define ENGINE_H
-
-#include <QWidget>
-#include <QtCore/qpointer.h>
-#include <QtDeclarative/qmlengine.h>
-#include <QtDeclarative/qmlcontext.h>
-#include <QtDeclarative/qmlview.h>
-#include <private/qmldebug_p.h>
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-class ObjectPropertiesView;
-class QmlDebugConnection;
-class QmlDebugPropertyReference;
-class QmlDebugWatch;
-class ObjectTree;
-class WatchTableModel;
-class WatchTableView;
-class ExpressionQueryWidget;
-
-class QTabWidget;
-
-class EnginePane : public QWidget
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    EnginePane(QmlDebugConnection *, QWidget *parent = 0);
-
-public slots:
-    void refreshEngines();
-
-private slots:
-    void enginesChanged();
-
-    void queryContext(int);
-    void contextChanged();
-
-    void engineSelected(int);
-
-private:
-    QmlEngineDebug *m_client;
-    QmlDebugEnginesQuery *m_engines;
-    QmlDebugRootContextQuery *m_context;
-
-    ObjectTree *m_objTree;
-    QTabWidget *m_tabs;
-    WatchTableView *m_watchTableView;
-    WatchTableModel *m_watchTableModel;
-    ExpressionQueryWidget *m_exprQueryWidget;
-
-    QmlView *m_engineView;
-    QList<QObject *> m_engineItems;
-
-    ObjectPropertiesView *m_propertiesView;
-};
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-#endif // ENGINE_H
-
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engine.png b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engine.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a0a8a04..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engine.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engines.qml b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engines.qml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b2b7ac..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/engines.qml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-import Qt 4.6
-
-Item {
-    height: 100
-    id: root
-    signal engineClicked(int id)
-    signal refreshEngines()
-
-    Row {
-        anchors.fill: parent
-        Repeater {
-            model: engines
-            Item {
-                width: 100; height: 100;
-                Image { 
-                    id: engineIcon; 
-                    source: "qrc:/engine.png"
-                    anchors.horizontalCenter: parent.horizontalCenter
-                }
-                Text { 
-                    anchors.top: engineIcon.bottom; 
-                    text: modelData.name + "(" + modelData.engineId + ")"
-                    anchors.horizontalCenter: parent.horizontalCenter
-                }
-                MouseRegion {
-                    anchors.fill: parent
-                    onClicked: root.engineClicked(modelData.engineId);
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-
-    Image { 
-        y: 15
-        source: "qrc:/refresh.png";
-        width: 75; 
-        height: 63; 
-        smooth: true 
-        anchors.right: parent.right
-        MouseRegion {
-            anchors.fill: parent
-            onClicked: root.refreshEngines()
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/expressionquerywidget.cpp b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/expressionquerywidget.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index cd59871..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/expressionquerywidget.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
-
-#include <QtGui/qlabel.h>
-#include <QtGui/qtextedit.h>
-#include <QtGui/qlineedit.h>
-#include <QtGui/qpushbutton.h>
-#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
-#include <QtGui/qgroupbox.h>
-#include <QtGui/qtextobject.h>
-#include <QtGui/qlayout.h>
-
-#include "expressionquerywidget.h"
-
-ExpressionQueryWidget::ExpressionQueryWidget(Mode mode, QmlEngineDebug *client, QWidget *parent)
-    : QWidget(parent),
-      m_mode(mode),
-      m_client(client),
-      m_query(0),
-      m_textEdit(new QTextEdit),
-      m_lineEdit(0)
-{
-    m_prompt = QLatin1String(">> ");
-
-    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
-    layout->setMargin(0);
-    layout->setSpacing(0);
-    layout->addWidget(m_textEdit);
-
-    updateTitle();
-
-    if (m_mode == SeparateEntryMode) {
-        m_lineEdit = new QLineEdit;
-        connect(m_lineEdit, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), SLOT(executeExpression()));
-        QHBoxLayout *hbox = new QHBoxLayout;
-        hbox->setMargin(5);
-        hbox->setSpacing(5);
-        hbox->addWidget(new QLabel(tr("Expression:")));
-        hbox->addWidget(m_lineEdit);
-        layout->addLayout(hbox);
-
-        m_textEdit->setReadOnly(true);
-        m_lineEdit->installEventFilter(this);
-    } else {
-        m_textEdit->installEventFilter(this);
-        appendPrompt();
-    }
-}
-
-void ExpressionQueryWidget::setEngineDebug(QmlEngineDebug *client)
-{
-    m_client = client;
-}
-
-void ExpressionQueryWidget::clear()
-{
-    m_textEdit->clear();
-    if (m_lineEdit)
-        m_lineEdit->clear();
-    if (m_mode == ShellMode)
-        appendPrompt();
-}
-
-void ExpressionQueryWidget::updateTitle()
-{
-    if (m_currObject.debugId() < 0) {
-        m_title = tr("Expression queries");
-    } else {
-        QString desc = QLatin1String("<")
-            + m_currObject.className() + QLatin1String(": ")
-            + (m_currObject.name().isEmpty() ? QLatin1String("<unnamed>") : m_currObject.name())
-            + QLatin1String(">");
-        m_title = tr("Expression queries (using context for %1)" , "Selected object").arg(desc);
-    }
-}
-
-void ExpressionQueryWidget::appendPrompt()
-{
-    m_textEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::End);
-
-    if (m_mode == SeparateEntryMode) {
-        m_textEdit->insertPlainText("\n");
-    } else {
-        m_textEdit->setTextColor(Qt::gray);
-        m_textEdit->append(m_prompt);
-    }
-}
-
-void ExpressionQueryWidget::setCurrentObject(const QmlDebugObjectReference &obj)
-{
-    m_currObject = obj;
-    updateTitle();
-}
-
-void ExpressionQueryWidget::checkCurrentContext()
-{
-    m_textEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::End);
-
-    if (m_currObject.debugId() != -1 && m_currObject.debugId() != m_objectAtLastFocus.debugId())
-        showCurrentContext();
-    m_objectAtLastFocus = m_currObject;
-}
-
-void ExpressionQueryWidget::showCurrentContext()
-{
-    if (m_mode == ShellMode) {
-        // clear the initial prompt
-        if (m_textEdit->document()->lineCount() == 1)
-            m_textEdit->clear();
-    }
-
-    m_textEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::End);
-    m_textEdit->setTextColor(Qt::darkGreen);
-    m_textEdit->append(m_currObject.className()
-            + QLatin1String(": ")
-            + (m_currObject.name().isEmpty() ? QLatin1String("<unnamed object>") : m_currObject.name()));
-    appendPrompt();
-}
-
-void ExpressionQueryWidget::executeExpression()
-{
-    if (!m_client)
-        return;
-        
-    if (m_mode == SeparateEntryMode)
-        m_expr = m_lineEdit->text().trimmed();
-    else
-        m_expr = m_expr.trimmed();
-
-    if (!m_expr.isEmpty() && m_currObject.debugId() != -1) {
-        if (m_query)
-            delete m_query;
-        m_query = m_client->queryExpressionResult(m_currObject.debugId(), m_expr, this);
-        if (!m_query->isWaiting())
-            showResult();
-        else
-            QObject::connect(m_query, SIGNAL(stateChanged(QmlDebugQuery::State)),
-                            this, SLOT(showResult()));
-
-        m_lastExpr = m_expr;
-        if (m_lineEdit)
-            m_lineEdit->clear();
-    }
-}
-
-void ExpressionQueryWidget::showResult()
-{
-    if (m_query) {
-        m_textEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::End);
-        QVariant value = m_query->result();
-        QString result;
-        
-        if (value.type() == QVariant::List || value.type() == QVariant::StringList) {
-            result = tr("<%1 items>", "%1 = number of items").arg(value.toList().count());
-        } else if (value.isNull()) {
-            result = QLatin1String("<no value>");
-        } else {
-            result = value.toString();
-        }
-
-        if (m_mode == SeparateEntryMode) {
-            m_textEdit->setTextColor(Qt::black);
-            m_textEdit->setFontWeight(QFont::Bold);
-            m_textEdit->insertPlainText(m_expr + " : ");
-            m_textEdit->setFontWeight(QFont::Normal);
-            m_textEdit->insertPlainText(result);
-        } else {
-            m_textEdit->setTextColor(Qt::darkGreen);
-            m_textEdit->insertPlainText(" => ");
-            m_textEdit->setTextColor(Qt::black);
-            m_textEdit->insertPlainText(result);
-        }
-        appendPrompt();
-        m_expr.clear();
-    }
-}
-
-bool ExpressionQueryWidget::eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event)
-{
-    if (obj == m_textEdit) {
-        switch (event->type()) {
-            case QEvent::KeyPress:
-            {
-                QKeyEvent *keyEvent = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(event);
-                int key = keyEvent->key();
-                if (key == Qt::Key_Return || key == Qt::Key_Enter) {
-                    executeExpression();
-                    return true;
-                } else if (key == Qt::Key_Backspace) {
-                    // ensure m_expr doesn't contain backspace characters
-                    QTextCursor cursor = m_textEdit->textCursor();
-                    bool atLastLine = !(cursor.block().next().isValid());
-                    if (!atLastLine)
-                        return true;
-                    if (cursor.columnNumber() <= m_prompt.count())
-                        return true;
-                    cursor.deletePreviousChar();
-                    m_expr = cursor.block().text().mid(m_prompt.count());
-                    return true;
-                } else {
-                    m_textEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::End);
-                    m_textEdit->setTextColor(Qt::black);
-                    m_expr += keyEvent->text();
-                }
-                break;
-            }
-            case QEvent::FocusIn:
-                checkCurrentContext();
-                m_textEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::End);
-                break;
-            default:
-                break;
-        }
-    } else if (obj == m_lineEdit) {
-        switch (event->type()) {
-            case QEvent::KeyPress:
-            {
-                QKeyEvent *keyEvent = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(event);
-                int key = keyEvent->key();
-                if (key == Qt::Key_Up && m_lineEdit->text() != m_lastExpr) {
-                    m_expr = m_lineEdit->text();
-                    if (!m_lastExpr.isEmpty())
-                        m_lineEdit->setText(m_lastExpr);
-                } else if (key == Qt::Key_Down) {
-                    m_lineEdit->setText(m_expr);
-                }
-                break;
-            }
-            case QEvent::FocusIn:
-                checkCurrentContext();
-                break;
-            default:
-                break;
-        }
-    }
-    return QWidget::eventFilter(obj, event);
-}
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objectpropertiesview.cpp b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objectpropertiesview.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a8d8c8..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objectpropertiesview.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
-
-#include <QtGui/qtreewidget.h>
-#include <QtGui/qlayout.h>
-#include <QtGui/qheaderview.h>
-
-#include <private/qmldebugservice_p.h>
-#include <private/qmldebug_p.h>
-#include <private/qmldebugclient_p.h>
-
-#include "objectpropertiesview.h"
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-class PropertiesViewItem : public QObject, public QTreeWidgetItem
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    enum Type {
-        BindingType,
-        OtherType
-    };
-    
-    PropertiesViewItem(QTreeWidget *widget, Type type = OtherType);
-    PropertiesViewItem(QTreeWidgetItem *parent, Type type = OtherType);
-
-    QmlDebugPropertyReference property;
-    Type type;
-};
-
-PropertiesViewItem::PropertiesViewItem(QTreeWidget *widget, Type type)
-    : QTreeWidgetItem(widget), type(type)
-{
-}
-
-PropertiesViewItem::PropertiesViewItem(QTreeWidgetItem *parent, Type type)
-    : QTreeWidgetItem(parent), type(type)
-{
-}
-
-ObjectPropertiesView::ObjectPropertiesView(QmlEngineDebug *client, QWidget *parent)
-    : QWidget(parent),
-      m_client(client),
-      m_query(0),
-      m_watch(0)
-{
-    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout;
-    layout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0);
-    layout->setSpacing(0);
-    setLayout(layout);
-
-    m_tree = new QTreeWidget(this);
-    m_tree->setAlternatingRowColors(true);
-    m_tree->setExpandsOnDoubleClick(false);
-    m_tree->setHeaderLabels(QStringList()
-            << tr("Name") << tr("Value") << tr("Type"));
-    QObject::connect(m_tree, SIGNAL(itemActivated(QTreeWidgetItem *, int)),
-                     this, SLOT(itemActivated(QTreeWidgetItem *)));
-
-    m_tree->setColumnCount(3);
-    m_tree->header()->setDefaultSectionSize(150);
-
-    layout->addWidget(m_tree);
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::setEngineDebug(QmlEngineDebug *client)
-{
-    m_client = client;
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::clear()
-{
-    setObject(QmlDebugObjectReference());
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::reload(const QmlDebugObjectReference &obj)
-{
-    if (!m_client)
-        return;
-    if (m_query)
-        delete m_query;
-
-    m_query = m_client->queryObjectRecursive(obj, this);
-    if (!m_query->isWaiting())
-        queryFinished();
-    else
-        QObject::connect(m_query, SIGNAL(stateChanged(QmlDebugQuery::State)),
-                         this, SLOT(queryFinished()));
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::queryFinished()
-{
-    if (!m_client || !m_query)
-        return;
-
-    QmlDebugObjectReference obj = m_query->object();
-
-    QmlDebugWatch *watch = m_client->addWatch(obj, this);
-    if (watch->state() == QmlDebugWatch::Dead) {
-        delete watch;
-        watch = 0;
-    } else {
-        if (m_watch) {
-            m_client->removeWatch(m_watch);
-            delete m_watch;
-        }
-        m_watch = watch;
-        QObject::connect(watch, SIGNAL(valueChanged(QByteArray,QVariant)),
-                        this, SLOT(valueChanged(QByteArray,QVariant)));
-    }
-
-    delete m_query;
-    m_query = 0;
-
-    setObject(obj);
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::setPropertyValue(PropertiesViewItem *item, const QVariant &value, bool makeGray)
-{
-    if (value.type() == QVariant::List || value.type() == QVariant::StringList) {
-        PropertiesViewItem *bindingItem = static_cast<PropertiesViewItem*>(item->takeChild(item->childCount() - 1));
-        if (bindingItem && bindingItem->type != PropertiesViewItem::BindingType) {
-            delete bindingItem;
-            bindingItem = 0;
-        }    
-            
-        qDeleteAll(item->takeChildren());
-        
-        QVariantList variants = value.toList();
-        item->setText(1, tr("<%1 items>", "%1 = number of items").arg(variants.count()));
-        item->setText(2, QString::fromUtf8(value.typeName()));
-        
-        PropertiesViewItem *child;
-        for (int i=0; i<variants.count(); i++) {
-            child = new PropertiesViewItem(item);
-            setPropertyValue(child, variants[i], makeGray);
-        }
-        
-        if (bindingItem)
-            item->addChild(bindingItem);
-
-        item->setExpanded(false);
-    } else {
-        item->setText(1, (value.isNull() ? QLatin1String("<no value>") : value.toString()));
-        item->setExpanded(true);
-    }
-    
-    if (makeGray) {
-        for (int i=0; i<m_tree->columnCount(); i++)
-            item->setForeground(i, Qt::gray);
-    }    
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::setObject(const QmlDebugObjectReference &object)
-{
-    m_object = object;
-    m_tree->clear();
-
-    QList<QmlDebugPropertyReference> properties = object.properties();
-    for (int i=0; i<properties.count(); i++) {
-        const QmlDebugPropertyReference &p = properties[i];
-
-        PropertiesViewItem *item = new PropertiesViewItem(m_tree);
-        item->property = p;
-
-        item->setText(0, p.name());
-        item->setFlags(Qt::ItemIsSelectable | Qt::ItemIsEnabled);
-        
-        setPropertyValue(item, p.value(), !p.hasNotifySignal());
-        item->setText(2, p.valueTypeName());
-
-        // binding is set after property value to ensure it is added to the end of the
-        // list, if the value is a list
-        if (!p.binding().isEmpty()) {
-            PropertiesViewItem *binding = new PropertiesViewItem(item, PropertiesViewItem::BindingType);
-            binding->setText(1, p.binding());
-            binding->setForeground(1, Qt::darkGreen);
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::watchCreated(QmlDebugWatch *watch)
-{
-    if (watch->objectDebugId() == m_object.debugId()
-            && qobject_cast<QmlDebugPropertyWatch*>(watch)) {
-        connect(watch, SIGNAL(stateChanged(QmlDebugWatch::State)), SLOT(watchStateChanged()));
-        setWatched(qobject_cast<QmlDebugPropertyWatch*>(watch)->name(), true);
-    }
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::watchStateChanged()
-{
-    QmlDebugWatch *watch = qobject_cast<QmlDebugWatch*>(sender());
-
-    if (watch->objectDebugId() == m_object.debugId()
-            && qobject_cast<QmlDebugPropertyWatch*>(watch)
-            && watch->state() == QmlDebugWatch::Inactive) {
-        setWatched(qobject_cast<QmlDebugPropertyWatch*>(watch)->name(), false);
-    }
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::setWatched(const QString &property, bool watched)
-{
-    for (int i=0; i<m_tree->topLevelItemCount(); i++) {
-        PropertiesViewItem *item = static_cast<PropertiesViewItem *>(m_tree->topLevelItem(i));
-        if (item->property.name() == property && item->property.hasNotifySignal()) {
-            QFont font = m_tree->font();
-            font.setBold(watched);
-            item->setFont(0, font);
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::valueChanged(const QByteArray &name, const QVariant &value)
-{
-    for (int i=0; i<m_tree->topLevelItemCount(); i++) {
-        PropertiesViewItem *item = static_cast<PropertiesViewItem *>(m_tree->topLevelItem(i));
-        if (item->property.name() == name) {
-            setPropertyValue(item, value, !item->property.hasNotifySignal());
-            return;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-void ObjectPropertiesView::itemActivated(QTreeWidgetItem *i)
-{
-    PropertiesViewItem *item = static_cast<PropertiesViewItem *>(i);
-    if (!item->property.name().isEmpty())
-        emit activated(m_object, item->property);
-}
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-#include "objectpropertiesview.moc"
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objectpropertiesview.h b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objectpropertiesview.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 43413dc..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objectpropertiesview.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef PROPERTIESTABLEMODEL_H
-#define PROPERTIESTABLEMODEL_H
-
-#include <private/qmldebug_p.h>
-
-#include <QtGui/qwidget.h>
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-class QTreeWidget;
-class QTreeWidgetItem;
-class QmlDebugConnection;
-class PropertiesViewItem;
-
-class ObjectPropertiesView : public QWidget
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    ObjectPropertiesView(QmlEngineDebug *client = 0, QWidget *parent = 0);
-
-    void setEngineDebug(QmlEngineDebug *client);
-    void clear();
-    
-signals:
-    void activated(const QmlDebugObjectReference &, const QmlDebugPropertyReference &);
-
-public slots:
-    void reload(const QmlDebugObjectReference &);
-    void watchCreated(QmlDebugWatch *);
-
-private slots:
-    void queryFinished();
-    void watchStateChanged();
-    void valueChanged(const QByteArray &name, const QVariant &value);
-    void itemActivated(QTreeWidgetItem *i);
-
-private:
-    void setObject(const QmlDebugObjectReference &object);
-    void setWatched(const QString &property, bool watched);
-    void setPropertyValue(PropertiesViewItem *item, const QVariant &value, bool makeGray);
-
-    QmlEngineDebug *m_client;
-    QmlDebugObjectQuery *m_query;
-    QmlDebugWatch *m_watch;
-
-    QTreeWidget *m_tree;
-    QmlDebugObjectReference m_object;
-};
-
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objecttree.cpp b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objecttree.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index cf467f2..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objecttree.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
-#include <QtGui/qmenu.h>
-#include <QtGui/qaction.h>
-
-#include <QInputDialog>
-
-#include <private/qmldebugservice_p.h>
-#include <private/qmldebug_p.h>
-#include <private/qmldebugclient_p.h>
-
-#include "objecttree.h"
-
-Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QmlDebugObjectReference)
-
-ObjectTree::ObjectTree(QmlEngineDebug *client, QWidget *parent)
-    : QTreeWidget(parent),
-      m_client(client),
-      m_query(0)
-{
-    setHeaderHidden(true);
-    setMinimumWidth(250);
-    setExpandsOnDoubleClick(false);
-
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(currentItemChanged(QTreeWidgetItem *, QTreeWidgetItem *)),
-            SLOT(currentItemChanged(QTreeWidgetItem *)));
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(itemActivated(QTreeWidgetItem *, int)),
-            SLOT(activated(QTreeWidgetItem *)));            
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::setEngineDebug(QmlEngineDebug *client)
-{
-    m_client = client;
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::reload(int objectDebugId)
-{
-    if (!m_client)
-        return;
-        
-    if (m_query) {
-        delete m_query;
-        m_query = 0;
-    }
-
-    m_query = m_client->queryObjectRecursive(QmlDebugObjectReference(objectDebugId), this);
-    if (!m_query->isWaiting())
-        objectFetched();
-    else
-        QObject::connect(m_query, SIGNAL(stateChanged(QmlDebugQuery::State)), 
-                         this, SLOT(objectFetched()));
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::setCurrentObject(int debugId)
-{
-    QTreeWidgetItem *item = findItemByObjectId(debugId);
-    if (item) {
-        setCurrentItem(item);
-        scrollToItem(item);
-        item->setExpanded(true);
-    }
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::objectFetched()
-{
-    dump(m_query->object(), 0);
-    buildTree(m_query->object(), 0);
-    setCurrentItem(topLevelItem(0));
-
-    delete m_query;
-    m_query = 0;
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::currentItemChanged(QTreeWidgetItem *item)
-{
-    if (!item)
-        return;
-
-    QmlDebugObjectReference obj = item->data(0, Qt::UserRole).value<QmlDebugObjectReference>();
-    if (obj.debugId() >= 0)
-        emit currentObjectChanged(obj);
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::activated(QTreeWidgetItem *item)
-{
-    if (!item)
-        return;
-
-    QmlDebugObjectReference obj = item->data(0, Qt::UserRole).value<QmlDebugObjectReference>();
-    if (obj.debugId() >= 0)
-        emit activated(obj);
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::buildTree(const QmlDebugObjectReference &obj, QTreeWidgetItem *parent)
-{
-    if (!parent)
-        clear();
-
-    QTreeWidgetItem *item = parent ? new QTreeWidgetItem(parent) : new QTreeWidgetItem(this);
-    item->setText(0, obj.className());
-    item->setData(0, Qt::UserRole, qVariantFromValue(obj));
-
-    if (parent && obj.contextDebugId() >= 0
-            && obj.contextDebugId() != parent->data(0, Qt::UserRole
-                    ).value<QmlDebugObjectReference>().contextDebugId()) {
-        QmlDebugFileReference source = obj.source();
-        if (!source.url().isEmpty()) {
-            QString toolTipString = QLatin1String("URL: ") + source.url().toString();
-            item->setToolTip(0, toolTipString);
-        }
-        item->setForeground(0, QColor("orange"));
-    } else {
-        item->setExpanded(true);
-    }
-
-    if (obj.contextDebugId() < 0)
-        item->setForeground(0, Qt::lightGray);
-
-    for (int ii = 0; ii < obj.children().count(); ++ii)
-        buildTree(obj.children().at(ii), item);
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::dump(const QmlDebugContextReference &ctxt, int ind)
-{
-    QByteArray indent(ind * 4, ' ');
-    qWarning().nospace() << indent.constData() << ctxt.debugId() << " " 
-                         << qPrintable(ctxt.name());
-
-    for (int ii = 0; ii < ctxt.contexts().count(); ++ii)
-        dump(ctxt.contexts().at(ii), ind + 1);
-
-    for (int ii = 0; ii < ctxt.objects().count(); ++ii)
-        dump(ctxt.objects().at(ii), ind);
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::dump(const QmlDebugObjectReference &obj, int ind)
-{
-    QByteArray indent(ind * 4, ' ');
-    qWarning().nospace() << indent.constData() << qPrintable(obj.className())
-                         << " " << qPrintable(obj.name()) << " " 
-                         << obj.debugId();
-
-    for (int ii = 0; ii < obj.children().count(); ++ii)
-        dump(obj.children().at(ii), ind + 1);
-}
-
-QTreeWidgetItem *ObjectTree::findItemByObjectId(int debugId) const
-{
-    for (int i=0; i<topLevelItemCount(); i++) {
-        QTreeWidgetItem *item = findItem(topLevelItem(i), debugId);
-        if (item)
-            return item;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-QTreeWidgetItem *ObjectTree::findItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item, int debugId) const
-{
-    if (item->data(0, Qt::UserRole).value<QmlDebugObjectReference>().debugId() == debugId)
-        return item;
-
-    QTreeWidgetItem *child;
-    for (int i=0; i<item->childCount(); i++) {
-        child = findItem(item->child(i), debugId);
-        if (child)
-            return child;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-void ObjectTree::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *me)
-{
-    QTreeWidget::mousePressEvent(me);
-    if (!currentItem())
-        return;
-    if(me->button()  == Qt::RightButton && me->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress) {
-        QAction action(tr("Add watch..."), 0);
-        QList<QAction *> actions;
-        actions << &action;
-        QmlDebugObjectReference obj =
-                currentItem()->data(0, Qt::UserRole).value<QmlDebugObjectReference>();
-        if (QMenu::exec(actions, me->globalPos())) {
-            bool ok = false;
-            QString watch = QInputDialog::getText(this, tr("Watch expression"),
-                    tr("Expression:"), QLineEdit::Normal, QString(), &ok);
-            if (ok && !watch.isEmpty()) 
-                emit expressionWatchRequested(obj, watch);
-        }
-    } 
-}
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objecttree.h b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objecttree.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c8d625c..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/objecttree.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef OBJECTTREE_H
-#define OBJECTTREE_H
-
-#include <QtGui/qtreewidget.h>
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-class QTreeWidgetItem;
-
-class QmlEngineDebug;
-class QmlDebugObjectReference;
-class QmlDebugObjectQuery;
-class QmlDebugContextReference;
-class QmlDebugConnection;
-
-
-class ObjectTree : public QTreeWidget
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    ObjectTree(QmlEngineDebug *client = 0, QWidget *parent = 0);
-
-    void setEngineDebug(QmlEngineDebug *client);
-    
-signals:
-    void currentObjectChanged(const QmlDebugObjectReference &);
-    void activated(const QmlDebugObjectReference &);
-    void expressionWatchRequested(const QmlDebugObjectReference &, const QString &);
-
-public slots:
-    void reload(int objectDebugId);     // set the root object
-    void setCurrentObject(int debugId); // select an object in the tree
-
-protected:
-    virtual void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *);
-
-private slots:
-    void objectFetched();
-    void currentItemChanged(QTreeWidgetItem *);
-    void activated(QTreeWidgetItem *);
-
-private:
-    QTreeWidgetItem *findItemByObjectId(int debugId) const;
-    QTreeWidgetItem *findItem(QTreeWidgetItem *item, int debugId) const;
-    void dump(const QmlDebugContextReference &, int);
-    void dump(const QmlDebugObjectReference &, int);
-    void buildTree(const QmlDebugObjectReference &, QTreeWidgetItem *parent);
-
-    QmlEngineDebug *m_client;
-    QmlDebugObjectQuery *m_query;
-};
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.cpp b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d86377..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#include <QtCore/qtimer.h>
-#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
-#include <QtCore/qsettings.h>
-
-#include <QtGui/qlayout.h>
-#include <QtGui/qpushbutton.h>
-#include <QtGui/qlineedit.h>
-#include <QtGui/qtabwidget.h>
-#include <QtGui/qspinbox.h>
-#include <QtGui/qlabel.h>
-
-#include "canvasframerate.h"
-#include "engine.h"
-#include "qmldebugger.h"
-
-QmlDebugger::QmlDebugger(QWidget *parent)
-: QWidget(parent)
-{
-    QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout;
-    setLayout(layout);
-
-    QHBoxLayout *connectLayout = new QHBoxLayout;
-    layout->addLayout(connectLayout);
-    connectLayout->addStretch(2);
-
-    m_connectionState = new QLabel(this);
-    connectLayout->addWidget(m_connectionState);
-    m_host = new QLineEdit(this);
-    connectLayout->addWidget(m_host);
-    m_port = new QSpinBox(this);
-    m_port->setMinimum(1024);
-    m_port->setMaximum(20000);
-    connectLayout->addWidget(m_port);
-    m_connectButton = new QPushButton(tr("Connect"), this);
-    QObject::connect(m_connectButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), 
-                     this, SLOT(connectToHost()));
-    connectLayout->addWidget(m_connectButton);
-    m_disconnectButton = new QPushButton(tr("Disconnect"), this);
-    QObject::connect(m_disconnectButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), 
-                     this, SLOT(disconnectFromHost()));
-    m_disconnectButton->setEnabled(false);
-    connectLayout->addWidget(m_disconnectButton);
-
-    m_tabs = new QTabWidget(this);
-    layout->addWidget(m_tabs);
-
-    CanvasFrameRate *cfr = new CanvasFrameRate(this);
-    cfr->reset(&client);
-    cfr->setSizeHint(QSize(800, 600));
-    m_tabs->addTab(cfr, tr("Frame Rate"));
-
-    m_enginePane = new EnginePane(&client, this);
-    m_tabs->addTab(m_enginePane, tr("QML Engine"));
-
-    QObject::connect(&client, SIGNAL(stateChanged(QAbstractSocket::SocketState)),
-                     this, SLOT(connectionStateChanged()));
-    connectionStateChanged();
-
-    QObject::connect(&client, SIGNAL(error(QAbstractSocket::SocketError)),
-                     this, SLOT(connectionError(QAbstractSocket::SocketError)));
-
-    QSettings settings;
-    m_host->setText(settings.value("Host", "127.0.0.1").toString());
-    m_port->setValue(settings.value("Port", 3768).toInt());
-    
-    connectToHost();
-}
-
-void QmlDebugger::setHost(const QString &host)
-{
-    m_host->setText(host);
-}
-
-void QmlDebugger::setPort(quint16 port)
-{
-    m_port->setValue(port);
-}
-
-void QmlDebugger::showEngineTab()
-{
-    m_tabs->setCurrentWidget(m_enginePane);
-}
-
-void QmlDebugger::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event)
-{
-    QSettings settings;
-    settings.setValue("Host", m_host->text());
-    settings.setValue("Port", m_port->value());
-
-    QWidget::closeEvent(event);
-}
-
-void QmlDebugger::connectionStateChanged()
-{
-    switch (client.state()) {
-    default:
-    case QAbstractSocket::UnconnectedState:
-        m_connectionState->setText(tr("Disconnected"));
-        m_connectButton->setEnabled(true);
-        m_disconnectButton->setEnabled(false);
-        break;
-    case QAbstractSocket::HostLookupState:
-        m_connectionState->setText(tr("Resolving"));
-        m_connectButton->setEnabled(false);
-        m_disconnectButton->setEnabled(true);
-        break;
-    case QAbstractSocket::ConnectingState:
-        m_connectionState->setText(tr("Connecting"));
-        m_connectButton->setEnabled(false);
-        m_disconnectButton->setEnabled(true);
-        break;
-    case QAbstractSocket::ConnectedState:
-        m_connectionState->setText(tr("Connected"));
-        m_connectButton->setEnabled(false);
-        m_disconnectButton->setEnabled(true);
-
-        QTimer::singleShot(0, m_enginePane, SLOT(refreshEngines()));
-        break;
-    case QAbstractSocket::ClosingState:
-        m_connectionState->setText(tr("Closing"));
-        m_connectButton->setEnabled(false);
-        m_disconnectButton->setEnabled(false);
-        break;
-    }
-}
-
-void QmlDebugger::connectionError(QAbstractSocket::SocketError socketError)
-{
-    qWarning() << "qmldebugger cannot connect:" << socketError
-            << client.errorString();
-}
-
-void QmlDebugger::connectToHost()
-{
-    client.connectToHost(m_host->text(), m_port->value());
-}
-
-void QmlDebugger::disconnectFromHost()
-{
-    client.disconnectFromHost();
-}
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.h b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.h
deleted file mode 100644
index da95ef9..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef QMLDEBUGGER_H
-#define QMLDEBUGGER_H
-
-#include <private/qmldebugclient_p.h>
-#include <QtNetwork/qtcpsocket.h>
-#include <QtGui/qwidget.h>
-
-class QLabel;
-class QLineEdit;
-class QSpinBox;
-class QPushButton;
-class QTabWidget;
-
-class EnginePane;
-
-class QmlDebugger : public QWidget
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    QmlDebugger(QWidget * = 0);
-
-    void setHost(const QString &host);
-    void setPort(quint16 port);
-    void showEngineTab();
-
-public slots:
-    void connectToHost();
-    void disconnectFromHost();
-
-protected:
-    void closeEvent(QCloseEvent *);
-    
-private slots:
-    void connectionStateChanged();
-    void connectionError(QAbstractSocket::SocketError socketError);
-
-private:
-    QmlDebugConnection client;
-
-    QLabel *m_connectionState;
-    QLineEdit *m_host;
-    QSpinBox *m_port;
-    QPushButton *m_connectButton;
-    QPushButton *m_disconnectButton;
-
-    EnginePane *m_enginePane;
-    QTabWidget *m_tabs;
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.pri b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.pri
deleted file mode 100644
index ede7d31..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.pri
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-QT += network declarative
-contains(QT_CONFIG, opengles2)|contains(QT_CONFIG, opengles1): QT += opengl
-
-INCLUDEPATH += ../../../src/declarative/debugger
-
-# Input
-HEADERS += $$PWD/canvasframerate.h \
-           $$PWD/watchtable.h \
-           $$PWD/objecttree.h \
-           $$PWD/objectpropertiesview.h \
-           $$PWD/expressionquerywidget.h
-
-SOURCES += $$PWD/canvasframerate.cpp \
-           $$PWD/watchtable.cpp \
-           $$PWD/objecttree.cpp \
-           $$PWD/objectpropertiesview.cpp \
-           $$PWD/expressionquerywidget.cpp
-
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.qrc b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.qrc
deleted file mode 100644
index cb53ad5..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/qmldebugger.qrc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-<RCC>
-    <qresource prefix="/">
-        <file>engines.qml</file>
-        <file>engine.png</file>
-        <file>refresh.png</file>
-    </qresource>
-</RCC>
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/refresh.png b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/refresh.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8befc80..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/refresh.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/standalone.pro b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/standalone.pro
deleted file mode 100644
index 72d051f..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/standalone.pro
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-DESTDIR = ../../../bin
-TARGET = qmldebugger
-
-include(qmldebugger.pri)
-
-HEADERS += $$PWD/qmldebugger.h \
-           $$PWD/engine.h
-
-SOURCES += $$PWD/qmldebugger.cpp \
-           $$PWD/engine.cpp \
-           $$PWD/main.cpp 
-
-RESOURCES += $$PWD/qmldebugger.qrc
-OTHER_FILES += $$PWD/engines.qml
-
-target.path=$$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]
-INSTALLS += target
-
-CONFIG += console
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/watchtable.cpp b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/watchtable.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f9f99a..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/watchtable.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#include "watchtable.h"
-
-#include <QtCore/qdebug.h>
-#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
-#include <QtGui/qaction.h>
-#include <QtGui/qmenu.h>
-
-#include <private/qmldebug_p.h>
-#include <QtDeclarative/qmlmetatype.h>
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-
-WatchTableModel::WatchTableModel(QmlEngineDebug *client, QObject *parent)
-    : QAbstractTableModel(parent),
-      m_client(client)
-{
-}
-
-WatchTableModel::~WatchTableModel()
-{    
-    for (int i=0; i<m_columns.count(); i++)
-        delete m_columns[i].watch;
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::setEngineDebug(QmlEngineDebug *client)
-{
-    m_client = client;
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::addWatch(QmlDebugWatch *watch, const QString &title)
-{
-    QString property;
-    if (qobject_cast<QmlDebugPropertyWatch *>(watch))
-        property = qobject_cast<QmlDebugPropertyWatch *>(watch)->name();
-
-    connect(watch, SIGNAL(valueChanged(QByteArray,QVariant)),
-            SLOT(watchedValueChanged(QByteArray,QVariant)));
-
-    connect(watch, SIGNAL(stateChanged(QmlDebugWatch::State)), SLOT(watchStateChanged()));
-
-    int col = columnCount(QModelIndex());
-    beginInsertColumns(QModelIndex(), col, col);
-
-    WatchedEntity e;
-    e.title = title;
-    e.hasFirstValue = false;
-    e.property = property;
-    e.watch = watch;
-    m_columns.append(e);
-
-    endInsertColumns();
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::removeWatch(QmlDebugWatch *watch)
-{
-    int column = columnForWatch(watch);
-    if (column == -1)
-        return;
-
-    WatchedEntity entity = m_columns.takeAt(column);
-
-    for (QList<Value>::Iterator iter = m_values.begin(); iter != m_values.end();) {
-        if (iter->column == column) {
-            iter = m_values.erase(iter);
-        } else {
-            if(iter->column > column)
-                --iter->column;
-            ++iter;
-        }
-    }
-
-    reset();
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::updateWatch(QmlDebugWatch *watch, const QVariant &value)
-{
-    int column = columnForWatch(watch);
-    if (column == -1)
-        return;
-
-    addValue(column, value);
-
-    if (!m_columns[column].hasFirstValue) {
-        m_columns[column].hasFirstValue = true;
-        m_values[m_values.count() - 1].first = true;
-    }
-}
-
-QmlDebugWatch *WatchTableModel::findWatch(int column) const
-{
-    if (column < m_columns.count())
-        return m_columns.at(column).watch;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-QmlDebugWatch *WatchTableModel::findWatch(int objectDebugId, const QString &property) const
-{
-    for (int i=0; i<m_columns.count(); i++) {
-        if (m_columns[i].watch->objectDebugId() == objectDebugId
-                && m_columns[i].property == property) {
-            return m_columns[i].watch;
-        }
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int WatchTableModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &) const
-{
-    return m_values.count();
-}
-
-int WatchTableModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &) const
-{
-    return m_columns.count();
-}
-
-QVariant WatchTableModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const
-{
-    if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) {
-        if (section < m_columns.count() && role == Qt::DisplayRole)
-            return m_columns.at(section).title;
-    } else {
-        if (role == Qt::DisplayRole)
-            return section + 1;
-    }
-    return QVariant();
-}
-
-QVariant WatchTableModel::data(const QModelIndex &idx, int role) const
-{
-    if (m_values.at(idx.row()).column == idx.column()) {
-        if (role == Qt::DisplayRole) {
-            const QVariant &value = m_values.at(idx.row()).variant;
-            QString str = value.toString();
-
-            if (str.isEmpty() && QmlMetaType::isQObject(value.userType())) {
-                QObject *o = QmlMetaType::toQObject(value);
-                if(o) {
-                    QString objectName = o->objectName();
-                    if(objectName.isEmpty())
-                        objectName = QLatin1String("<unnamed>");
-                    str = QLatin1String(o->metaObject()->className()) +
-                          QLatin1String(": ") + objectName;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if(str.isEmpty()) {
-                QDebug d(&str);
-                d << value;
-            }
-            return QVariant(str);
-        } else if(role == Qt::BackgroundRole) {
-            if(m_values.at(idx.row()).first)
-                return QColor(Qt::green);
-            else
-                return QVariant();
-        } else {
-            return QVariant();
-        }
-    } else {
-        return QVariant();
-    }
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::watchStateChanged()
-{
-    QmlDebugWatch *watch = qobject_cast<QmlDebugWatch*>(sender());
-
-    if (watch && watch->state() == QmlDebugWatch::Inactive) {
-        removeWatch(watch);
-        watch->deleteLater();
-    }
-}
-
-int WatchTableModel::columnForWatch(QmlDebugWatch *watch) const
-{
-    for (int i=0; i<m_columns.count(); i++) {
-        if (m_columns.at(i).watch == watch)
-            return i;
-    }
-    return -1;
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::addValue(int column, const QVariant &value)
-{
-    int row = columnCount(QModelIndex());
-    beginInsertRows(QModelIndex(), row, row);
-
-    Value v;
-    v.column = column;
-    v.variant = value;
-    v.first = false;
-    m_values.append(v);
-
-    endInsertRows();
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::togglePropertyWatch(const QmlDebugObjectReference &object, const QmlDebugPropertyReference &property)
-{
-    if (!m_client || !property.hasNotifySignal())
-        return;
-
-    QmlDebugWatch *watch = findWatch(object.debugId(), property.name());
-    if (watch) {
-        // watch will be deleted in watchStateChanged()
-        m_client->removeWatch(watch);
-        return;
-    }
-
-    watch = m_client->addWatch(property, this);
-    if (watch->state() == QmlDebugWatch::Dead) {
-        delete watch;
-        watch = 0;
-    } else {
-        QString desc = property.name()
-                + QLatin1String(" on\n")
-                + object.className()
-                + QLatin1String(":\n")
-                + (object.name().isEmpty() ? QLatin1String("<unnamed object>") : object.name());
-        addWatch(watch, desc);
-        emit watchCreated(watch);
-    }
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::watchedValueChanged(const QByteArray &propertyName, const QVariant &value)
-{
-    Q_UNUSED(propertyName);
-    QmlDebugWatch *watch = qobject_cast<QmlDebugWatch*>(sender());
-    if (watch)
-        updateWatch(watch, value);
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::expressionWatchRequested(const QmlDebugObjectReference &obj, const QString &expr)
-{
-    if (!m_client)
-        return;
-        
-    QmlDebugWatch *watch = m_client->addWatch(obj, expr, this);
-
-    if (watch->state() == QmlDebugWatch::Dead) {
-        delete watch;
-        watch = 0;
-    } else {
-        addWatch(watch, expr);
-        emit watchCreated(watch);
-    }
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::removeWatchAt(int column)
-{
-    if (!m_client)
-        return;
-        
-    QmlDebugWatch *watch = findWatch(column);
-    if (watch) {
-        m_client->removeWatch(watch);
-        delete watch;
-        watch = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-void WatchTableModel::removeAllWatches()
-{
-    for (int i=0; i<m_columns.count(); i++) {
-        if (m_client)
-            m_client->removeWatch(m_columns[i].watch);
-        else    
-            delete m_columns[i].watch;
-    }
-    m_columns.clear();
-    m_values.clear();
-    reset();
-}
-
-//----------------------------------------------
-
-WatchTableHeaderView::WatchTableHeaderView(WatchTableModel *model, QWidget *parent)
-    : QHeaderView(Qt::Horizontal, parent),
-      m_model(model)
-{
-    setClickable(true);
-}
-
-void WatchTableHeaderView::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *me)
-{
-    QHeaderView::mousePressEvent(me);
-
-    if (me->button() == Qt::RightButton && me->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress) {
-        int col = logicalIndexAt(me->pos());
-        if (col >= 0) {
-            QAction action(tr("Stop watching"), 0);
-            QList<QAction *> actions;
-            actions << &action;
-            if (QMenu::exec(actions, me->globalPos()))
-                m_model->removeWatchAt(col);
-        }
-    } 
-}
-
-
-//----------------------------------------------
-
-WatchTableView::WatchTableView(WatchTableModel *model, QWidget *parent)
-    : QTableView(parent),
-      m_model(model)
-{
-    setAlternatingRowColors(true);
-    connect(model, SIGNAL(watchCreated(QmlDebugWatch*)), SLOT(watchCreated(QmlDebugWatch*)));
-    connect(this, SIGNAL(activated(QModelIndex)), SLOT(indexActivated(QModelIndex)));
-}
-
-void WatchTableView::indexActivated(const QModelIndex &index)
-{
-    QmlDebugWatch *watch = m_model->findWatch(index.column());
-    if (watch)
-        emit objectActivated(watch->objectDebugId());
-}
-
-void WatchTableView::watchCreated(QmlDebugWatch *watch)
-{
-    int column = m_model->columnForWatch(watch);
-    resizeColumnToContents(column);
-}
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/watchtable.h b/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/watchtable.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fd12d3d..0000000
--- a/tools/qmldebugger/standalone/watchtable.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-/****************************************************************************
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
-** All rights reserved.
-** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
-**
-** This file is part of the Qt QML Debugger of the Qt Toolkit.
-**
-** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
-** No Commercial Usage
-** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
-** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
-** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
-** this package.
-**
-** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
-** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
-** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
-** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
-** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
-** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
-**
-** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
-** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
-** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
-**
-** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
-** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-**
-** $QT_END_LICENSE$
-**
-****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef WATCHTABLEMODEL_H
-#define WATCHTABLEMODEL_H
-
-#include <QtCore/qpointer.h>
-#include <QtCore/qlist.h>
-
-#include <QWidget>
-#include <QHeaderView>
-#include <QAbstractTableModel>
-#include <QTableView>
-
-QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
-
-class QmlDebugWatch;
-class QmlEngineDebug;
-class QmlDebugConnection;
-class QmlDebugPropertyReference;
-class QmlDebugObjectReference;
-
-class WatchTableModel : public QAbstractTableModel
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    WatchTableModel(QmlEngineDebug *client = 0, QObject *parent = 0);
-    ~WatchTableModel();
-
-    void setEngineDebug(QmlEngineDebug *client);
-    
-    QmlDebugWatch *findWatch(int column) const;
-    int columnForWatch(QmlDebugWatch *watch) const;
-
-    void removeWatchAt(int column);
-    void removeAllWatches();
-
-    int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
-    int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
-    QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const;
-    QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const;
-
-signals:
-    void watchCreated(QmlDebugWatch *watch);
-
-public slots:
-    void togglePropertyWatch(const QmlDebugObjectReference &obj, const QmlDebugPropertyReference &prop);
-    void expressionWatchRequested(const QmlDebugObjectReference &, const QString &);
-
-private slots:
-    void watchStateChanged();
-    void watchedValueChanged(const QByteArray &propertyName, const QVariant &value);
-
-private:
-    void addWatch(QmlDebugWatch *watch, const QString &title);
-    void removeWatch(QmlDebugWatch *watch);
-    void updateWatch(QmlDebugWatch *watch, const QVariant &value);
-
-    QmlDebugWatch *findWatch(int objectDebugId, const QString &property) const;
-
-    void addValue(int column, const QVariant &value);
-
-    struct WatchedEntity
-    {
-        QString title;
-        bool hasFirstValue;
-        QString property;
-        QPointer<QmlDebugWatch> watch;
-    };
-
-    struct Value {
-        int column;
-        QVariant variant;
-        bool first;
-    };
-
-    QmlEngineDebug *m_client;
-    QList<WatchedEntity> m_columns;
-    QList<Value> m_values;
-};
-
-
-class WatchTableHeaderView : public QHeaderView
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    WatchTableHeaderView(WatchTableModel *model, QWidget *parent = 0);
-
-protected:
-    void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *me);
-
-private:
-    WatchTableModel *m_model;
-};
-
-
-class WatchTableView : public QTableView
-{
-    Q_OBJECT
-public:
-    WatchTableView(WatchTableModel *model, QWidget *parent = 0);
-
-signals:
-    void objectActivated(int objectDebugId);
-
-private slots:
-    void indexActivated(const QModelIndex &index);
-    void watchCreated(QmlDebugWatch *watch);
-
-private:
-    WatchTableModel *m_model;
-};
-
-
-QT_END_NAMESPACE
-
-#endif // WATCHTABLEMODEL_H
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation.cpp b/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation.cpp
index c507479..e7c70d5 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation.cpp
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
 
 #include "deviceorientation.h"
 
+QT_USE_NAMESPACE
+
 class DefaultDeviceOrientation : public DeviceOrientation
 {
     Q_OBJECT
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation.h b/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation.h
index fa7758f..c8125cd 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation.h
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -44,6 +44,8 @@
 
 #include <QObject>
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 class DeviceOrientationPrivate;
 class DeviceOrientation : public QObject
 {
@@ -66,4 +68,6 @@ private:
     friend class DeviceOrientationPrivate;
 };
 
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
 #endif
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation_maemo.cpp b/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation_maemo.cpp
index 9df9af4..fa2c6e5 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation_maemo.cpp
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/deviceorientation_maemo.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/main.cpp b/tools/qmlviewer/main.cpp
index b7a3f1a..57c445f 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/main.cpp
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/main.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -47,6 +47,8 @@
 #include <QTranslator>
 #include <QDebug>
 
+QT_USE_NAMESPACE
+
 #if defined (Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -93,6 +95,7 @@ void usage()
     qWarning("  -record arg .............................. add a recording process argument");
     qWarning("  -autorecord [from-]<tomilliseconds> ...... set recording to start and stop");
     qWarning("  -devicekeys .............................. use numeric keys (see F1)");
+    qWarning("  -dragthreshold <size> .................... set mouse drag threshold size");
     qWarning("  -netcache <size> ......................... set disk cache to size bytes");
     qWarning("  -translation <translationfile> ........... set the language to run in");
     qWarning("  -L <directory> ........................... prepend to the library search path");
@@ -215,6 +218,9 @@ int main(int argc, char ** argv)
             autorecord_to = range.mid(dash+1).toInt();
         } else if (arg == "-devicekeys") {
             devkeys = true;
+        } else if (arg == "-dragthreshold") {
+            if (lastArg) usage();
+            app.setStartDragDistance(QString(argv[++i]).toInt());
         } else if (arg == QLatin1String("-v") || arg == QLatin1String("-version")) {
             fprintf(stderr, "Qt Declarative UI Viewer version %s\n", QT_VERSION_STR);
             return 0;
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/proxysettings.cpp b/tools/qmlviewer/proxysettings.cpp
index 52fa74f..3255e42 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/proxysettings.cpp
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/proxysettings.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -45,6 +45,8 @@
 
 #include "proxysettings.h"
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 ProxySettings::ProxySettings (QWidget * parent)
         : QDialog (parent), Ui::ProxySettings()
 {
@@ -104,3 +106,5 @@ bool ProxySettings::httpProxyInUse()
     QSettings settings;
     return settings.value ("http_proxy/use", 0).toBool ();
 }
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/proxysettings.h b/tools/qmlviewer/proxysettings.h
index b2f3e25..325929a 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/proxysettings.h
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/proxysettings.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@
 #include <QNetworkProxy>
 #include "ui_proxysettings.h"
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 /**
 */
 class ProxySettings : public QDialog, public Ui::ProxySettings
@@ -65,4 +66,6 @@ public slots:
     virtual void accept ();
 };
 
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
 #endif // PROXYSETTINGS_H
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/qfxtester.cpp b/tools/qmlviewer/qfxtester.cpp
index bd96545..c3c0124 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/qfxtester.cpp
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/qfxtester.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ void QmlGraphicsTester::imagefailure()
 void QmlGraphicsTester::complete()
 {
     if ((options & QmlViewer::TestErrorProperty) && !hasFailed) {
-        QString e = m_view->root()->property("error").toString();
+        QString e = m_view->rootObject()->property("error").toString();
         if (!e.isEmpty()) {
             qWarning() << "Test failed:" << e;
             hasFailed = true;
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/qfxtester.h b/tools/qmlviewer/qfxtester.h
index 303ac3a..4b8ff9f 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/qfxtester.h
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/qfxtester.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -65,8 +65,13 @@ public:
 private:
     QList<QObject *> m_events;
 };
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
 QML_DECLARE_TYPE(QmlGraphicsVisualTest)
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 class QmlGraphicsVisualTestFrame : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
@@ -90,8 +95,13 @@ private:
     QString m_hash;
     QUrl m_image;
 };
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
 QML_DECLARE_TYPE(QmlGraphicsVisualTestFrame)
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 class QmlGraphicsVisualTestMouse : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
@@ -134,8 +144,13 @@ private:
     int m_modifiers;
     bool m_viewport;
 };
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
 QML_DECLARE_TYPE(QmlGraphicsVisualTestMouse)
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 class QmlGraphicsVisualTestKey : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
@@ -178,8 +193,13 @@ private:
     int m_count;
     bool m_viewport;
 };
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
 QML_DECLARE_TYPE(QmlGraphicsVisualTestKey)
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 class QmlGraphicsTester : public QAbstractAnimation
 {
 public:
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlfolderlistmodel.cpp b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlfolderlistmodel.cpp
index 35c672d..698df54 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlfolderlistmodel.cpp
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlfolderlistmodel.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -44,6 +44,8 @@
 #include <QDebug>
 #include <qmlcontext.h>
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 class QmlFolderListModelPrivate
 {
 public:
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlfolderlistmodel.h b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlfolderlistmodel.h
index 7357954..c180e97 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlfolderlistmodel.h
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlfolderlistmodel.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -45,6 +45,8 @@
 #include <qml.h>
 #include "../../src/declarative/3rdparty/qlistmodelinterface_p.h"
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 class QmlContext;
 class QModelIndex;
 
@@ -114,6 +116,8 @@ private:
     QmlFolderListModelPrivate *d;
 };
 
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
 QML_DECLARE_TYPE(QmlFolderListModel)
 
 #endif // QMLFOLDERLISTMODEL_H
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.cpp b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.cpp
index 1566473..626e4c4 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.cpp
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -40,6 +40,10 @@
 ****************************************************************************/
 
 #include <qmlview.h>
+
+#ifdef hz
+#undef hz
+#endif
 #include "ui_recopts.h"
 
 #include "qmlviewer.h"
@@ -52,8 +56,9 @@
 #include <QAbstractAnimation>
 #include "deviceskin.h"
 
-#if (QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 6, 2))
+#if (QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 6, 3))
 #include <private/qzipreader_p.h>
+#define QMLVIEWER_ZIP_SUPPORT
 #endif
 
 #include <QSettings>
@@ -79,6 +84,7 @@
 #include <QAction>
 #include <QFileDialog>
 #include <QTimer>
+#include <QGraphicsObject>
 #include <QNetworkProxyFactory>
 #include <QKeyEvent>
 #include <QMutex>
@@ -107,7 +113,6 @@
 
 QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
-
 class Screen : public QObject
 {
     Q_OBJECT
@@ -130,9 +135,14 @@ signals:
     void orientationChanged();
 };
 
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
 QML_DECLARE_TYPE(Screen)
+
 QML_DEFINE_TYPE(QmlViewer, 1, 0, Screen, Screen)
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
 class SizedMenuBar : public QMenuBar
 {
     Q_OBJECT
@@ -468,13 +478,12 @@ QmlViewer::QmlViewer(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags)
     canvas = new QmlView(this);
     canvas->setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent);
     canvas->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground);
-    canvas->setContentResizable(!skin || !scaleSkin);
+    canvas->setResizeMode((!skin || !scaleSkin) ? QmlView::SizeRootObjectToView : QmlView::SizeViewToRootObject);
     canvas->setFocus();
 
     QObject::connect(canvas, SIGNAL(sceneResized(QSize)), this, SLOT(sceneResized(QSize)));
-    QObject::connect(canvas, SIGNAL(initialSize(QSize)), this, SLOT(adjustSizeSlot()));
-    QObject::connect(canvas, SIGNAL(errors(QList<QmlError>)), this, SLOT(executeErrors()));
-    QObject::connect(canvas, SIGNAL(quit()), QCoreApplication::instance (), SLOT(quit()));
+    QObject::connect(canvas, SIGNAL(statusChanged(QmlView::Status)), this, SLOT(statusChanged()));
+    QObject::connect(canvas->engine(), SIGNAL(quit()), QCoreApplication::instance (), SLOT(quit()));
 
     if (!(flags & Qt::FramelessWindowHint)) {
         createMenu(menuBar(),0);
@@ -511,11 +520,6 @@ QmlViewer::~QmlViewer()
     delete namFactory;
 }
 
-void QmlViewer::adjustSizeSlot()
-{
-    resize(sizeHint());
-}
-
 QMenuBar *QmlViewer::menuBar() const
 {
 #if !defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
@@ -726,7 +730,7 @@ void QmlViewer::setScaleSkin()
     if (scaleSkin)
         return;
     scaleSkin = true;
-    canvas->setContentResizable(!skin || !scaleSkin);
+    canvas->setResizeMode((!skin || !scaleSkin) ? QmlView::SizeRootObjectToView : QmlView::SizeViewToRootObject);
     if (skin) {
         canvas->setFixedSize(canvas->sizeHint());
         skin->setScreenSize(canvas->sizeHint());
@@ -739,7 +743,7 @@ void QmlViewer::setScaleView()
         return;
     scaleSkin = false;
     if (skin) {
-        canvas->setContentResizable(!skin || !scaleSkin);
+        canvas->setResizeMode((!skin || !scaleSkin) ? QmlView::SizeRootObjectToView : QmlView::SizeViewToRootObject);
         canvas->setMinimumSize(QSize(0,0));
         canvas->setMaximumSize(QSize(16777215,16777215));
         canvas->resize(skin->standardScreenSize());
@@ -866,7 +870,7 @@ void QmlViewer::reload()
 
 void QmlViewer::open(const QString& doc)
 {
-#if (QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 6, 2))
+#ifdef QMLVIEWER_ZIP_SUPPORT
     if (doc.endsWith(".wgt",Qt::CaseInsensitive)
      || doc.endsWith(".wgz",Qt::CaseInsensitive)
      || doc.endsWith(".zip",Qt::CaseInsensitive))
@@ -878,20 +882,21 @@ void QmlViewer::open(const QString& doc)
 
 void QmlViewer::openWgt(const QString& doc)
 {
-#if (QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 6, 2))
+#ifdef QMLVIEWER_ZIP_SUPPORT
     // XXX This functionality could be migrated to QmlView once refined
 
     QUrl url(doc);
     if (url.isRelative())
         url = QUrl::fromLocalFile(doc);
-    canvas->reset();
+    delete canvas->rootObject();
+    canvas->engine()->clearComponentCache();
     QNetworkAccessManager * nam = canvas->engine()->networkAccessManager();
     wgtreply = nam->get(QNetworkRequest(url));
     connect(wgtreply,SIGNAL(finished()),this,SLOT(unpackWgt()));
 #endif
 }
 
-#if (QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 6, 2))
+#ifdef QMLVIEWER_ZIP_SUPPORT
 static void removeRecursive(const QString& dirname)
 {
     QDir dir(dirname);
@@ -907,7 +912,7 @@ static void removeRecursive(const QString& dirname)
 
 void QmlViewer::unpackWgt()
 {
-#if (QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(4, 6, 2))
+#ifdef QMLVIEWER_ZIP_SUPPORT
     QByteArray all = wgtreply->readAll();
     QBuffer buf(&all);
     buf.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly);
@@ -966,7 +971,7 @@ void QmlViewer::unpackWgt()
 
 void QmlViewer::openFile()
 {
-    QString cur = canvas->url().toLocalFile();
+    QString cur = canvas->source().toLocalFile();
     if (useQmlFileBrowser) {
         openQml("qrc:/content/Browser.qml");
     } else {
@@ -978,9 +983,13 @@ void QmlViewer::openFile()
     }
 }
 
-void QmlViewer::executeErrors()
+void QmlViewer::statusChanged()
 {
-    if (tester) tester->executefailure();
+    if (canvas->status() == QmlView::Error && tester)
+        tester->executefailure();
+
+    if (canvas->status() == QmlView::Ready)
+        resize(sizeHint());
 }
 
 void QmlViewer::launch(const QString& file_or_url)
@@ -1003,7 +1012,8 @@ void QmlViewer::openQml(const QString& file_or_url)
     if (!m_script.isEmpty()) 
         tester = new QmlGraphicsTester(m_script, m_scriptOptions, canvas);
 
-    canvas->reset();
+    delete canvas->rootObject();
+    canvas->engine()->clearComponentCache();
     QmlContext *ctxt = canvas->rootContext();
     ctxt->setContextProperty("qmlViewer", this);
 #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
@@ -1053,7 +1063,7 @@ void QmlViewer::openQml(const QString& file_or_url)
         }
     }
 
-    canvas->setUrl(url);
+    canvas->setSource(url);
 
     QTime t;
     t.start();
@@ -1120,7 +1130,7 @@ void QmlViewer::setSkin(const QString& skinDirOrName)
         skin->deleteLater();
     }
 
-    canvas->setContentResizable(!skin || !scaleSkin);
+    canvas->setResizeMode((!skin || !scaleSkin) ? QmlView::SizeRootObjectToView : QmlView::SizeViewToRootObject);
 
     DeviceSkinParameters parameters;
     if (!skinDirectory.isEmpty() && parameters.read(skinDirectory,DeviceSkinParameters::ReadAll,&err)) {
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.h b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.h
index 6b05584..c7f87ed 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.h
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /****************************************************************************
 **
-** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
 ** All rights reserved.
 ** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
 **
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ public slots:
     void showProxySettings ();
     void proxySettingsChanged ();
     void setScaleView();
-    void executeErrors();
+    void statusChanged();
     void setSlowMode(bool);
     void launch(const QString &);
 
@@ -132,7 +132,6 @@ private slots:
     void chooseRecordingOptions();
     void pickRecordingFile();
     void setScaleSkin();
-    void adjustSizeSlot();
     void setPortrait();
     void setLandscape();
     void toggleOrientation();
diff --git a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.pro b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.pro
index 35e4ba8..aba3cf5 100644
--- a/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.pro
+++ b/tools/qmlviewer/qmlviewer.pro
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ FORMS = recopts.ui \
     proxysettings.ui
 INCLUDEPATH += ../../include/QtDeclarative
 INCLUDEPATH += ../../src/declarative/util
+INCLUDEPATH += ../../src/declarative/graphicsitems
 include(../shared/deviceskin/deviceskin.pri)
 target.path = $$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]
 INSTALLS += target
@@ -41,8 +42,11 @@ wince* {
 QT += scripttools \
     xml \
     xmlpatterns \
-    webkit \
     phonon
+
+    contains(QT_CONFIG, webkit) {
+        QT += webkit 
+    }
 }
 symbian {
 #    TARGET.UID3 =
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/chart/database.cpp b/tools/qtestlib/chart/database.cpp
index dfc0fc5..1f1f7da 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/chart/database.cpp
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/chart/database.cpp
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@
 #include <QtGui>
 #include <QtXml>
 
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 // Database schema definition and open/create functions
 
 QString resultsTable = QString("(TestName varchar, TestCaseName varchar, Series varchar, Idx varchar, ") + 
@@ -319,3 +320,5 @@ void DataBaseWriter::addResult(const QString &series, const QString &index, cons
         query.bindValue(":ChartType", "BarChart");
     execQuery(query);
 }
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/chart/database.h b/tools/qtestlib/chart/database.h
index d9861ad..9a67490 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/chart/database.h
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/chart/database.h
@@ -43,6 +43,9 @@
 
 #include <QtCore>
 #include <QtSql>
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 extern QString resultsTable;
 QSqlDatabase openDataBase(const QString &databaseFile = "database");
@@ -57,6 +60,7 @@ void execQuery(const QString &spec, bool warnOnFail = true);
 void printDataBase();
 void displayTable(const QString &table);
 
+
 class TempTable
 {
 public:
@@ -95,5 +99,7 @@ public:
     QSqlDatabase db;
 };
 
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
 
 #endif
+
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/chart/reportgenerator.cpp b/tools/qtestlib/chart/reportgenerator.cpp
index 1ce362c..c3b42a0 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/chart/reportgenerator.cpp
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/chart/reportgenerator.cpp
@@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
 #include "reportgenerator.h"
 
 // Report generator file utility functions
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 QList<QByteArray> readLines(const QString &fileName)
 {
@@ -559,3 +560,4 @@ QByteArray ReportGenerator::printColors(const QString &tableName, const QString
     return colors;
 }
 
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/chart/reportgenerator.h b/tools/qtestlib/chart/reportgenerator.h
index d44aea9..1f075bd 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/chart/reportgenerator.h
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/chart/reportgenerator.h
@@ -42,6 +42,9 @@
 #define REPORTGENERATOR_H
 
 #include "database.h"
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
 
 class ReportGenerator
 {
@@ -59,5 +62,7 @@ private:
 
 void printTestCaseResults(const QString &testCaseName);
 
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
 #endif
 
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/activesyncconnection.cpp b/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/activesyncconnection.cpp
index 56fb173..98062ed 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/activesyncconnection.cpp
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/activesyncconnection.cpp
@@ -443,6 +443,145 @@ bool ActiveSyncConnection::execute(QString program, QString arguments, int timeo
     return result;
 }
 
+bool ActiveSyncConnection::setDeviceAwake(bool activate, int *returnValue)
+{
+    if (!isConnected()) {
+        qWarning("Cannot execute, connect to device first!");
+        return false;
+    }
+    bool result = false;
+
+    // If we want to wait, we have to use CeRapiInvoke, as CeCreateProcess has no way to wait
+    // until the process ends. The lib must have been build and also deployed already.
+    if (!isConnected() && !connect())
+        return false;
+
+    HRESULT res = S_OK;
+
+    //SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS_EX systemPowerState;
+
+    //res = CeGetSystemPowerStatusEx(&systemPowerState, true);
+
+    QString dllLocation = "\\Windows\\QtRemote.dll";
+    QString functionName = "qRemoteToggleUnattendedPowerMode";
+
+    DWORD outputSize;
+    BYTE* output;
+    IRAPIStream *stream;
+    int returned = 0;
+    int toggle = int(activate);
+
+    res = CeRapiInvoke(dllLocation.utf16(), functionName.utf16(), 0, 0, &outputSize, &output, &stream, 0);
+    if (S_OK != res) {
+        DWORD ce_error = CeGetLastError();
+        if (S_OK != ce_error) {
+            qWarning("Error invoking %s on %s: %s", qPrintable(functionName),
+                qPrintable(dllLocation), strwinerror(ce_error).constData());
+        } else {
+            qWarning("Error: %s on %s unexpectedly returned %d", qPrintable(functionName),
+                qPrintable(dllLocation), res);
+        }
+    } else {
+        DWORD written;
+
+        if (S_OK != stream->Write(&toggle, sizeof(toggle), &written)) {
+            qWarning("   Could not write toggle option to process");
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        if (S_OK != stream->Read(&returned, sizeof(returned), &written)) {
+            qWarning("   Could not access return value of process");
+        }
+        else
+            result = true;
+    }
+
+    if (returnValue)
+        *returnValue = returned;
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+bool ActiveSyncConnection::resetDevice()
+{
+    if (!isConnected()) {
+        qWarning("Cannot execute, connect to device first!");
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    bool result = false;
+    if (!isConnected() && !connect())
+        return false;
+
+    QString dllLocation = "\\Windows\\QtRemote.dll";
+    QString functionName = "qRemoteSoftReset";
+
+    DWORD outputSize;
+    BYTE* output;
+    IRAPIStream *stream;
+
+    int returned = 0;
+
+    HRESULT res = CeRapiInvoke(dllLocation.utf16(), functionName.utf16(), 0, 0, &outputSize, &output, &stream, 0);
+    if (S_OK != res) {
+        DWORD ce_error = CeGetLastError();
+        if (S_OK != ce_error) {
+            qWarning("Error invoking %s on %s: %s", qPrintable(functionName),
+                qPrintable(dllLocation), strwinerror(ce_error).constData());
+        } else {
+            qWarning("Error: %s on %s unexpectedly returned %d", qPrintable(functionName),
+                qPrintable(dllLocation), res);
+        }
+    } else {
+        result = true;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+bool ActiveSyncConnection::toggleDevicePower(int *returnValue)
+{
+    if (!isConnected()) {
+        qWarning("Cannot execute, connect to device first!");
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    bool result = false;
+    if (!isConnected() && !connect())
+        return false;
+
+    QString dllLocation = "\\Windows\\QtRemote.dll";
+    QString functionName = "qRemotePowerButton";
+
+    DWORD outputSize;
+    BYTE* output;
+    IRAPIStream *stream;
+    int returned = 0;
+
+    HRESULT res = CeRapiInvoke(dllLocation.utf16(), functionName.utf16(), 0, 0, &outputSize, &output, &stream, 0);
+    if (S_OK != res) {
+        DWORD ce_error = CeGetLastError();
+        if (S_OK != ce_error) {
+            qWarning("Error invoking %s on %s: %s", qPrintable(functionName),
+                qPrintable(dllLocation), strwinerror(ce_error).constData());
+        } else {
+            qWarning("Error: %s on %s unexpectedly returned %d", qPrintable(functionName),
+                qPrintable(dllLocation), res);
+        }
+    } else {
+        DWORD written;
+        if (S_OK != stream->Read(&returned, sizeof(returned), &written)) {
+            qWarning("   Could not access return value of process");
+        }
+        else {
+            result = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (returnValue)
+        *returnValue = returned;
+    return result;
+}
+
 bool ActiveSyncConnection::createDirectory(const QString &path, bool deleteBefore)
 {
     if (deleteBefore)
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/activesyncconnection.h b/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/activesyncconnection.h
index 1891514..4502fc7 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/activesyncconnection.h
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/activesyncconnection.h
@@ -79,6 +79,9 @@ public:
     bool createDirectory(const QString&, bool deleteBefore=false);
 
     bool execute(QString program, QString arguments = QString(), int timeout = -1, int *returnValue = NULL);
+    bool resetDevice();
+    bool toggleDevicePower(int *returnValue = NULL);
+    bool setDeviceAwake(bool activate, int *returnValue = NULL);
 private:
     bool connected;
 };
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/main.cpp b/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/main.cpp
index 146cc5a..9fe5f02 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/main.cpp
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/wince/cetest/main.cpp
@@ -45,6 +45,9 @@
 #   include "activesyncconnection.h"
 #endif
 
+const int SLEEP_AFTER_RESET = 60000; // sleep for 1 minute
+const int SLEEP_RECONNECT   = 2000;  // sleep for 2 seconds before trying another reconnect
+
 #include "deployment.h"
 #include <option.h>
 #include <project.h>
@@ -123,6 +126,8 @@ void usage()
         " -debug            : Test debug version[default]\n"
         " -release          : Test release version\n"
         " -libpath <path>   : Remote path to deploy Qt libraries to\n"
+        " -reset            : Reset device before starting a test\n"
+        " -awake            : Device does not go sleep mode\n"
         " -qt-delete        : Delete the Qt libraries after execution\n"
         " -project-delete   : Delete the project file(s) after execution\n"
         " -delete           : Delete everything deployed after execution\n"
@@ -152,6 +157,8 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
     int timeout = -1;
     bool cleanupQt = false;
     bool cleanupProject = false;
+    bool deviceReset = false;
+    bool keepAwake = false;
 
     for (int i=1; i<arguments.size(); ++i) {
         if (arguments.at(i).toLower() == QLatin1String("-help")
@@ -196,6 +203,10 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
         } else if (arguments.at(i).toLower() == QLatin1String("-delete")) {
             cleanupQt = true;
             cleanupProject = true;
+        } else if (arguments.at(i).toLower() == QLatin1String("-reset")) {
+            deviceReset = true;
+        } else if (arguments.at(i).toLower() == QLatin1String("-awake")) {
+            keepAwake = true;
         } else if (arguments.at(i).toLower() == QLatin1String("-conf")) {
             if (++i == arguments.size()) {
                 cout << "Error: No qt.conf file specified!" << endl;
@@ -353,6 +364,43 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
         cout << "Error: Could not copy file(s) to device" << endl;
         return -1;
     }
+    // device power mode
+    if (keepAwake)
+    {
+        int retVal = 0;
+        if (!connection.setDeviceAwake(true, &retVal)) {
+            cout << "Error: Could not set unattended mode on device" << endl;
+            return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // reset device
+    if (deviceReset)
+    {
+        if (!connection.resetDevice()) {
+        //if (!connection.toggleDevicePower( &retVal)) {
+            cout << "Error: Could not reset the device" << endl;
+            return -1;
+        }
+        cout << " Entering sleep after reset for " << SLEEP_AFTER_RESET / 1000 << " seconds ... " << endl;
+        Sleep(SLEEP_AFTER_RESET);
+        cout << " ... woke up. " << endl;
+        connection.disconnect();
+        // reconnect after reset
+        int retryCount = 21;
+        while (--retryCount)
+        {
+            if (!connection.connect()) 
+                Sleep(SLEEP_RECONNECT);
+            else
+                break;
+        }
+        if (!connection.isConnected())
+        {
+            cout << "Error: Could not connect to device!" << endl;
+            return -1;
+        }
+    }
 
     // launch
     launchArguments.append("-o");
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/wince/remotelib/commands.cpp b/tools/qtestlib/wince/remotelib/commands.cpp
index 4244424..88bf9e6 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/wince/remotelib/commands.cpp
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/wince/remotelib/commands.cpp
@@ -39,6 +39,9 @@
 **
 ****************************************************************************/
 #include "commands.h"
+#include <Pm.h>
+#include <Pmpolicy.h>
+
 
 #define CLEAN_FAIL(a) {delete appName; \
     delete arguments; \
@@ -124,3 +127,86 @@ bool qRemoteExecute(const wchar_t* program, const wchar_t* arguments, int *retur
     }
     return true;
 }
+/**
+\brief Reset the device.
+*/
+int qRemoteSoftReset(DWORD, BYTE*, DWORD*, BYTE**, IRAPIStream* stream)
+{   
+    //POWER_STATE_ON        On state 
+    //POWER_STATE_OFF       Off state 
+    //POWER_STATE_CRITICAL  Critical state 
+    //POWER_STATE_BOOT      Boot state 
+    //POWER_STATE_IDLE      Idle state 
+    //POWER_STATE_SUSPEND   Suspend state 
+    //POWER_STATE_RESET     Reset state
+
+    DWORD returnValue  = SetSystemPowerState(0, POWER_STATE_RESET, POWER_FORCE);
+    return returnValue;
+}
+
+/**
+\brief Toggle the unattended powermode of the device
+*/
+int qRemoteToggleUnattendedPowerMode(DWORD, BYTE*, DWORD*, BYTE**, IRAPIStream* stream)
+{
+    if (!stream)
+        return -1;
+
+    DWORD bytesRead;
+    int toggleVal   = 0;
+    int returnValue = S_OK;
+
+    if (S_OK != stream->Read(&toggleVal, sizeof(toggleVal), &bytesRead))
+        return -2;
+
+    //PPN_REEVALUATESTATE 0x0001 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_POWERCHANGE 0x0002 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_UNATTENDEDMODE 0x0003 Set dwData to TRUE or FALSE. 
+    //PPN_SUSPENDKEYPRESSED or
+    //PPN_POWERBUTTONPRESSED 0x0004 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_SUSPENDKEYRELEASED 0x0005 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_APPBUTTONPRESSED 0x0006 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_OEMBASE Greater than or equal to 0x10000 
+    //You can define higher values, such as 0x10001, 0x10002, and so on.
+    // Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    returnValue = PowerPolicyNotify(PPN_UNATTENDEDMODE, toggleVal);
+
+    if (S_OK != stream->Write(&returnValue, sizeof(returnValue), &bytesRead))
+        return -3;
+    else
+        return S_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+\brief Virtually press the power button of the device
+*/
+int qRemotePowerButton(DWORD, BYTE*, DWORD*, BYTE**, IRAPIStream* stream)
+{
+    if (!stream)
+        return -1;
+
+    DWORD bytesRead;
+    int toggleVal   = 0;
+    int returnValue = S_OK;
+
+    if (S_OK != stream->Read(&toggleVal, sizeof(toggleVal), &bytesRead))
+        return -2;
+
+    //PPN_REEVALUATESTATE 0x0001 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_POWERCHANGE 0x0002 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_UNATTENDEDMODE 0x0003 Set dwData to TRUE or FALSE. 
+    //PPN_SUSPENDKEYPRESSED or
+    //PPN_POWERBUTTONPRESSED 0x0004 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_SUSPENDKEYRELEASED 0x0005 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_APPBUTTONPRESSED 0x0006 Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    //PPN_OEMBASE Greater than or equal to 0x10000 
+    //You can define higher values, such as 0x10001, 0x10002, and so on.
+    // Reserved. Set dwData to zero (0). 
+    returnValue = PowerPolicyNotify(PPN_POWERBUTTONPRESSED, 0);
+
+    if (S_OK != stream->Write(&returnValue, sizeof(returnValue), &bytesRead))
+        return -3;
+    else
+        return S_OK;
+}
+
diff --git a/tools/qtestlib/wince/remotelib/commands.h b/tools/qtestlib/wince/remotelib/commands.h
index c5cc926..8f202c8 100644
--- a/tools/qtestlib/wince/remotelib/commands.h
+++ b/tools/qtestlib/wince/remotelib/commands.h
@@ -45,6 +45,9 @@
 
 extern "C" {
     int __declspec(dllexport) qRemoteLaunch(DWORD, BYTE*, DWORD*, BYTE**, IRAPIStream*);
+    int __declspec(dllexport) qRemoteSoftReset(DWORD, BYTE*, DWORD*, BYTE**, IRAPIStream* stream);
+    int __declspec(dllexport) qRemoteToggleUnattendedPowerMode(DWORD, BYTE*, DWORD*, BYTE**, IRAPIStream* stream);
+    int __declspec(dllexport) qRemotePowerButton(DWORD, BYTE*, DWORD*, BYTE**, IRAPIStream* stream);
     bool __declspec(dllexport) qRemoteExecute(const wchar_t* program, const wchar_t* arguments = NULL, int *returnValue = NULL , DWORD* error = NULL, int timeout = -1);
 }
 
diff --git a/tools/tools.pro b/tools/tools.pro
index 4cff507..d5569b6 100644
--- a/tools/tools.pro
+++ b/tools/tools.pro
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ mac {
 
 embedded:SUBDIRS += kmap2qmap
 
-contains(QT_CONFIG, declarative):SUBDIRS += qmlviewer qmldebugger
+contains(QT_CONFIG, declarative):SUBDIRS += qmlviewer
 contains(QT_CONFIG, dbus):SUBDIRS += qdbus
 !wince*:contains(QT_CONFIG, xmlpatterns): SUBDIRS += xmlpatterns xmlpatternsvalidator
 embedded: SUBDIRS += makeqpf